Submitted for Environmental Clearance after Public Hearing as per ...

Submitted for Environmental Clearance after Public Hearing as per the provisions of EIA

Notification 2006 & amendments thereof

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER NAME TITLE PAGE NO. 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1-17 1.1 Purpose of the report 1 1.2 Identification project and project proponent 2 1.3 Need for the project 3 1.4 Brief description of the project 3 1.5 Scope of the study 8 1.6 Preparation of EIA/EMP 9 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 18-34 2.1 Type pf project 18 2.2 Project location 18 2.3 Geology of the area 19 2.4 Reserve & life of the mine 25 2.5 Method of mining 26 2.6 Waste generation & disposal 32 2.7 Use of mineral 32 2.8 Requirements for the project 32 3.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 35-101 3.1 Baseline environmental studies 35 3.2 Land Environment 35 3.3 Air Environment 58 3.4 Noise Environment 65 3.5 Water Environment 68 3.6 Biological Environment 75 3.7 Socio-economic Environment 94 4.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 102-126 4.1 Details of the investigated environmental impacts 102 4.2 Greenbelt development & plantation programme 119 4.3 Impact on socio - economic aspects 122 4.4 Reclamation of mined out area 123 4.5 Occupational health (impacts and mitigation measures 124 5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 127 5.1 Analysis of site Alternatives 127 5.2 Analysis of alternative technology 127 6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 128-134 6.1 Introduction 128 6.2 Implementation schedule of mitigation measures 128 6.3 Environmental monitoring programme 128 6.4 Environmental policy 132 6.5 Occupational health and safety 134 6.6 Budgetary allocation for environmental monitoring 134 7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 135-147 7.1 Public consultation 135 7.2 Occupational health and safety 141 7.3 Risk assessment and disaster management plan 144 7.4 Social impact assessment 147 7.5 Rehabilitation & resettlement aspects 147 8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS 148-150 8.1 Need based assessment 148

2

CHAPTER NAME TITLE PAGE NO. 8.2 Proposed socio-economic welfare measures 148 8.3 Budget for socio-economic welfare activities 149 8.4 Summary 150 9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 151

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 152-167 10.1 Environment Management Plan 152 10.2 Air Environment 153 10.3 Water environment 154 10.4 Land environment 155 10.5 Biological environment 157 10.6 Socio-economic environment 158 10.7 Institutional arrangements for environment protection and

conservation 161

10.8 Budgetary allocation for environmental management programme 167 11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 168-180 11.1 Introduction 168 11.2 Project description 169 11.3 Existing environmental scenario 170 11.4 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures 176 11.5 Environmental monitoring program 178 11.6 Risk assessment & disaster management plan 179 11.7 Project benefits 179 11.8 Environmental management plan 180 11.9 Conclusion 180 12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 181-189 12.1 Introduction 181 12.2 Credentials of testing lab 182 12.3 Services offered 183 12.4 Facilities 184 12.5 Quality systems 185 12.6 Achievements 185

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANN. NO NAME OF ANNEXURES Annexure I ToR Letter Annexure II LOI for grant of Mining Lease Annexure III Forwarding Letter of FC Apllication Annexure IV Mine Plan Approval Letter Annexure V Sampling Methods & Analysis Details Annexure VI-XIV Phytosociological study Annexure XV Demographic Details Annexure XVI Infrastructure Facility Details Annexure XVII Land Use Details Annexure XVIII Corporate Environmental Policy Annexure XIX Public Hearing Annexure XX Letter of DFO for Mine lease area category under Protected forest Annexure XXI SEAC Letter for the amendment in Lat Long of Mine Lease area Annexure XXII Questionnaire of Environmental Appraisal for mining sector Annexure XXIII Wildife Management Plan

‘

3

LIST OF PLATES

PLATE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1.1 Site photographs 4 3.1 Floral divertsity within the study site 92 3.2 Faunal divertsity within the study site 93 3.3 Aquatic divertsity within the study site 93 7.1 Photos of Public Hearing 137

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1.1 Location map 5 1.2 Toposheet map of study area (10 km radius) 6 2.1 Google Map showing coordinates of lease area 19

2.2 Surface plan 22 2.3 Geological plan 23 2.4 Conceptual plan of the mine lease area 24 2.5 Development plan during mining plan period 27 2.6 Year wise development production sections 28

2.7 Conceptual plan of the mine lease area 31

2.8 Conceptual section of the mine lease area 31 2.9 Water balance diagram 33 3.1 FCC of 00-10 km radius with project location 39 3.2 Slope map (Degree) of the study area within 10 KM radius from the

project site 41

3.3 River/Streams/Nala (Drainage) available in the study area within 10 KM radius from the project site

42

3.4 Represents the Connectivity of the study area within 10 km radius from the project site

44

3.5 FCC of the study area within 10 km radius from the project site covering forest area

46

3.6 LU/LC details of 00-10 km radius 48 3.7 Pie chart represent the LU/LC details of 10 km radius 49 3.8 Contour details of 00-10 km radius 52 3.9 DEM details of 00-10 km radius 53

3.10 3D-DEM details of 00-10 km radius 54 3.11 Study area map with soil sampling locations 55 3.12 Windrose diagram of IMD Jagdalpur 59 3.13 Site specific windrose diagram 60 3.14 Study area map with air monitoring locations 64 3.15 Study area map with noise monitoring locations 66 3.16 Surface and ground water sampling locations 71 3.17 Infrastructure facilities in the study area in percentage 97

4.1 Windrose diagram 106 4.2 Incremental GLC of PM10 for Drilling, Loading/Crushing &

Transportation 108

4.3 Incremental GLC of PM10 for Blasting. 109 4.4 Transportation route from mine to captive steel plant 111 4.5 Water balance of mine 113

4

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 4.6 Schematic representation of site elevation, working depth & ground

water 114

4.7 Typical roof top rain water harvesting system 115 6.1 Component of post project environmental monitoring programme for

proposed beneficiation plant 129

6.2 Organizational structure of environmental management cell 130 10.1 Channel, trench & pond to conserve water during rains 162 10.2 Factors determining choice of species 163

10.3 Design of pits and irrigation furrow for level areas on gentle slopes 164 10.4 Organizational structure for environment management 164 11.1 Wind Flow Direction 171

171

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 1.1 Geographical coordinates of the Alnar mine lease area 4 1.2 Site location details 7 1.3 Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring 8 1.4 Compliance of terms of reference 9 2.1 Location details 19 2.2 Summary of total reserves 25 2.3 Reserve Estimation along with Anticipated life of Mine 26 2.4 Development & production during mining plan period 29 2.5 Existing and proposed land use pattern of mine lease area 30 2.6 Salient features of the mine 30 2.7 Daily water requirement (KLD) 32 2.8 Employment potential of the mine 33 2.9 List of machinery 34 3.1 Data Specification Used For Presents Study 36

3.2 Distance and direction of river/stream/nala present in project site within 10 km radius

40

3.3 Distance and direction of connectivity present in project site within 10 km radius

43

3.4 Forest and its distance w.r.t. the project site 45 3.5 LU/LC classes and their coverage in Sq. Km of 10 km radius 49 3.6 Details Of Soil Sampling Locations 56 3.7 Soil Quality Analysis Results 56 3.8 Climatological Data Generated At Imd Station 59

3.9 Site Specific Meteorological Data 60 3.10 Details Of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 61 3.11 Summary Of Ambient Air Quality Results 62 3.12 Mineralogical Composition Of Pm10 [Unit: Μg/M3] 65 3.13 Noise Sampling Locations In The Study Area 65 3.14 Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results, [Leq In Db(A)] 67

3.15 Details Of Water Sampling Locations 71

3.16 Physico-Chemical Characteristics Of Ground Water 72 3.17 Physico-Chemical Characteristics Of Surface Water 73

3.18 Floristic Status Observed/Reported In Study Area 78

5

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 3.19 Habit Wise Floristic Composition In Deferent Zone Of Study Site 84

3.20 Population details in the study area 85 3.21 Details Of Fauna Observed/Reported In Core Zone 88 3.22 Details Of Fauna Diversity In Diferent Zone 91 3.23 Dwelling Units In The Study Area (10 Km) 95

3.24 population size village wise 95 3.25 Population Details In The Study Area 95 3.26 Literate & Illiterate Population In The Study Area 96 3.27 Employment Pattern In The Study Area 96 3.28 Main Worker Employment Pattern In The Study Area 97 3.29 Landuse Pattern (In Ha) 98 3.30 Surveyed Village List 98 3.31 Health facilities in the rural village 99 3.32 Health facilities in the study area 100 4.1 Stage wise land use (ha) 103

4.2 Summary of calculated emission rates 106 4.3 Incremental Rise In Concentration (GLCs) Of PM10 107

4.4 Cumulative concentration levels PM10 (ambient + proposed scenario) 110

4.5 Predicted concentration levels of PM10 at ambient monitoring locations 110 4.6 Water Requirements (Unit In KLD) 112 4.7 Expected Noise Levels From Mining Operations 116 4.8 Estimated Peak Particle Velocity For Different Explosive Charges 117 4.9 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (Mm/S) 117

4.10 Proposed Afforestation Program (Year Wise) 120

4.11 Recommended Plants For Greenbelt 120 4.12 Work Related Health Hazards 124

6.1 Implementation schedule 128 6.2 Proposed environmental monitoring schedule 131 6.3 Cost of environmental monitoring programme 134 7.1 Details of action plan for the issues raised during public hearing 137 7.2 Details of explanation towards the written objection 140 8.1 Proposed budget for socio-economic welfare activities 150

10.1 Summary of impacts, problems and appropriate management plan for augmentation of ore production at village alnar, dantewada

160

10.2 Anticipated environmental impacts and action plan proposed for mitigation 165 10.3 Budget for implementation of EMP 167 11.1 Salient features of the project site 169 11.2 Salient features of the mine 170 11.3 Summary of ambient air quality results 171 11.4 Summary of ambient noise level monitoring results 172 11.5 LU/LC classes and their coverage in sq. km of 10 km radius 173 11.6 Habitat wise floristic composition in deferent zone of study site 175 11.7 Summary of socio economic environment of villages with 10km radius

area 176

11.8 Stage wise land use (HA) 176

EIA/EMP for Alnar Iron Ore Mine (Lease area: 31.55 Ha, Production: 1,50,000 TPA of Iron Ore) located at Alnar Village Tehsil Kuwankonda of Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh State Lessee: M/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur (Area: 31.55 Ha)

i

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The applicant M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd, Raipur is seeking prior Environmental Clearance for

Proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine located in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 at Aranpur

Reserve forest near Alnar Village, Tehsil Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) of Dantewada District,

Chhattisgarh State over an area of 31.55 Ha area for a maximum production of 1,50,000 TPA.

Chhattisgarh State Government vide their letter on 3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013 has

recommended the proposal to Secretary, Ministry of Mines, Government of India for grant of Mine

Lease in favor of Project Proponent. Ministry of Mines, GOI have also issued a letter to Secretary,

Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dated 21.04.2011 for

grant of mine lease over an area of 31.55 Ha in Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of Aarti

sponge and power Ltd. for a period of 30 years (now, 50years according to MMDR act, 2016).

Chhattisgarh State Govt. has issued a letter of intent for preparation of mining plan vide letter No. F-

3-13/2010/12, dated on 01/10/2013 for Alnar iron ore deposit in village Alnar, Kuwankonda tehsil of

Dantewada, District - over an area of 31.55 Ha in favor of M/s Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd, Raipur.

Regionally, the lease area is a part of northern most hilly terrain of Alnar. As per EIA Notification 2006

and subsequent amendments, the project falls in Schedule 1 (a) in Category ‘B1’ and needs

Environmental Clearance from SEAC, Chhattisgarh. The application for prior Environmental

Clearance (Form-1) for the Alnar Iron Ore Mine was considered by the Reconstituted Expert

Appraisal Committee (Non-Coal Mining) in its 3rd meeting held during February 23-25, 2015 for

prescribing Terms of Reference (ToR) to prepare Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report.

The Terms of Reference (ToR’s) has been issued by SEAC vide its letter No.2599/SEAC,

Chhattisgarh/meeting/2015 dated 9th September 2015.

1.1.1 Identification of Project

The Alnar Iron Ore Mine located in 31.55 Ha in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689

(khasara no. 416, 417 & 418 ) at Aranpur Reserve forest near village Alnar of kuwankonda tehsil of

Dantewada District of Chhattisgarh State has applied for Environmental Clearance. Application has

been submitted to SEAC/PCCF forest wing File No. 2014/14 for Forest clearance. The Lessee

proposed to produce a maximum of 1,50,000 Tonnes/annum of Ore from the Alnar mine.

The applicant is seeking prior Environmental Clearance project as per EIA notification 2006 and its

amendments. Since the applied mine lease area is lesser than 50 Ha ( 31.55 Ha), hence it falls under

“Category B1” based on the Schedule Clause number 1(a) of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent

amendments.


ii

1.1.2 Location of the Project

The applied Mine lease area is located in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 (khasara

no. 416, 417 & 418 ) at Aranpur Reserve forest near Alnar village, of District – Dantewada

Chhattisgarh, India over an area of 31.55 Ha.

The Mine lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet no. 65 F/2 and lies between Latitudes

18°32′58.0033″ N to 18°33’9.6788″N & Longitudes 81°13′55.0305″ E to 81°14′36.1751″ E.

The details of salient features of project are given in Table 1.1

TABLE 1.1

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Particulars Details Project Location Alnar Iron Ore Mine

Protected Forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (khasara no. 416, 417 & 418 ) at Aranpur Reserve forest near Village – Alnar, District – Dantewada Chhattisgarh

Site elevation above MSL 660 mRL to 640 mRL Land use of project site The land proposed to be utilized for mining activity is revenue forest land.

The land is part of Arnapur Reserve Forest in Dantewada Forest Range. Site topography Hilly Terrain Nearest roadway SH-5 : 6.43 Km S

Raipur - Dantewara State Highway (SH-16) :44 Km Raipur-Jagdalpur National Highway (NH 43) : 135 Km

Nearest Railway Station Kirandul Railway Station, 8.32 km Nearest village/major town Village Alnar, 1.6 km., Town Dantewada 68 km. Hills/valleys Lease area is hilly terrain surrounded by Hills Ecologically sensitive zone None within 10 km radius Reserved/ Protected forests Protected Forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 of Aranpur R.F., Forest

Range Bacheli of Dantewada Forest Division.

Historical/tourist places None within 10 km radius Nearest Industries None within 10 km radius Nearest water bodies Malenger river (1.53 km), Palldu river (2.98 km), Korum Nala (4.89 km),

Koyar river (6.94 km) and Vemal Gurun (8.54 km) Seismic zone Seismic Zone-II as per IS-1893 (Part-1)-2002. The site is located in a stable

zone

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.2.1 Method of Mining

It is proposed to carry out opencast mechanized mining for this plan period by creating systematic

benching system having height of 1.5 m and width of 5 to 6 m. It is proposed to deploy 63 mm dia

wagon drilling to drill blast holes having burden and spacing of 2 m x 2 m in stagger grid pattern.

Muffle blasting will be adopted as precautionary measure.

Drilling and blasting will be conducted in the mine for extracting hard rock. The pattern of delay

blasting will be in conjunction with use of detonating fuse. Gelatin explosives are used for blasting.


iii

Powder factor of over 7.25 tonnes / kg is expected. Blasting will be done by contractual agency;

hence storage of explosive is not required.

1.2.2 Anticipated life of the mine

The mineable reserves of iron ore is 1.731 million tonnes, considering the annual production rate of

maximum 0.150 million tonnes, the life of the mine will be about 6 years. But, after completion of

proposed boreholes, the reserves of iron ore will likely to increase and accordingly the life of the mine

will get increased.

1.2.3 Conceptual Mine Plan

Total 5.943 ha will be mined out at the end of conceptual period. The infrastructure will be shifted to a

safer place during the course of conceptual plan period. The overburden will be reclaimed by

plantation. The voids left due to mining will be filled with rain water and used as water reservoir. The

ultimate pit limit at the end of conceptual period is 638 mRL.

TABLE 1.2

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MINE

S. No.

Particulars Details

1. Lease Status Ministry of Mines, GOI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dtd. 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd. Raipur for a period of 11.5 years.

2. Method of mining Mechanized Open Cast Mining 3. Crushing and Screening Unit 500 TPD 4. Area 31.55 ha 5. Proposed Production 1,50,000 TPA Iron Ore 6. Mineable Reserves 1.730836 million tonnes 7. Life of the Mine 11.5 years (may be increased after future exploration) 8. Bench Height and Width 1.5 m Height & 5-6 m Width 9. Maximum Depth of Mining upto 638 m MSL 10. Topsoil thickness Not available 11. Ultimate Pit Slope angle 45° 12. Elevation Range 660 to 640 m above MSL 13. Water requirement 10 KLD 14. Source of Water Water Tanker & mine pit water (if available) 15. Water table 5-10 m BGL from general ground level i.e. 600 mRL 16. Number of working days 300 17. Number of shifts per day 2

1.2.4 Waste Generation & Disposal

Waste generation in ML area will be mainly in the form of overburden (includes BHQ & ferruginous

shaly BHQ rocks). Total 1,57,500 Cum of waste will be generated during mining plan period.

Thereafter up to conceptual period, the generated waste will be about 31,500 Cum, The waste

generated during mine life will be dumped on the north western side of the lease area with dump


iv

height of 6 m and covered by fast growing grass and shrubs and protected by retaining wall & garland

drain, if required.

1.2.5 Water Requirement & Source

Total water requirement for the project will be 10 KLD, which will be met from bore well and mine pit

water (if available).

1.2.6 Manpower Requirement

Total manpower requirement for the project will be 171 persons.

1.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

1.3.1 Baseline Environmental Studies

Baseline environmental studies were carried out within 10 km radius of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine area

to assess the existing environmental scenario in the area. For the purpose of EIA studies, Mine lease

area of Alnar Iron Ore Mine was considered as the core zone and area outside the mine upto 10 km

radius was considered as buffer zone. The baseline environmental monitoring for various

components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land was carried out during summer season i.e.

March to May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km radial Distance from the mine lease area.

1.3.2 Meteorology & Ambient Air Quality

Summary of Meteorological data generated at site (March to May 2016)

Temperature (°C) 11.3°C to 43.5°C

Relative Humidity (%) 21.4% to 86.4%

Wind Direction NNE (17.9%)

Calm wind % 11.34%

FIGURE 1.1: WIND FLOW DIRECTIONS


v

Ambient Air Quality Status

The status of ambient air quality within the study area was monitored for summer season during

March - May 2016 at 10 locations including the Mining area and in nearby villages. Total locations

were selected based on the meteorological conditions considering upwind and downwind directions.

The levels of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Fine Particulates (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2,),

and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) were monitored. The minimum and maximum values of monitoring

results are summarized in Table 1.3.

TABLE 1.3

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS

Station code

Location Descript-ion

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx (μg/m

3) CO (mg/m3)

O3 (μg/m

3) NH3 (μg/m

3) (μg/m

3) (μg/m3) (μg/m

3)

AAQ1 Project Site Minimum 37 16 5 6 0.212 9.8 12

Maximum 44 22 8 12 0.272 16.8 23

AAQ2 Alnar Minimum 32 10 5 5 0.202 7.8 12

Maximum 42 21 6 8 0.243 15.6 21

AAQ 3 Gumiyapal Minimum 37 16 5 5 0.248 10.7 10 Maximum 43 19 7 9 0.286 18.9 32

AAQ 4 Bengpal Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12 Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29

AAQ 5 Bodepali Minimum 42 18 5 11 0.242 11.6 12 Maximum 62 28 9 26 0.328 19.4 28

AAQ 6 Madakmaras Minimum 34 13 5 7 0.165 6.7 5 Maximum 44 19 7 13 0.22 13.8 13

AAQ 7 Taneli Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12 Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29

AAQ 8 Kanhalguda Minimum 48 16 5 12 0.215 10.4 12

Maximum 68 38 9 28 0.358 18.2 32 AAQ 9 Perpa Minimum 49 21 5 11 0.242 10.8 12

Maximum 64 34 8 26 0.362 19.2 29 AAQ 10 Kirandul Minimum 51 21 5 12 0.217 11.4 12

Maximum 66 32 7 24 0.341 19.2 28

CPCB Standard 100 (24 hrs)

60 (24 hrs)

80 (24 hrs)

80 (24 hrs)

2 (8 hrs)

180 (1 hrs)

400 (24 hrs)

From the above results, it is observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

and NOx at all the monitoring locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB.

1.3.3 Ambient Noise Levels

Ambient noise level monitoring was carried out at the 10 monitoring locations; those were selected for

ambient air quality monitoring. The monitoring results are summarized in Table 11.4.


vi

TABLE 1.4

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS

Time Core Zone

Alnar Gumiyapal Bengpal Bodepali Madakparas Taneli Kanhalguda Perpa Kirandul

Min 30 31 41 42 42 43 43 41 41 41 Max 48 47 57 61 56 54 57 54 60 56 Ld 45 45 51 55 53 49 53 50 54 52 Ln 34 35 44 45 45 44 46 42 45 44

1.3.4 Surface and Ground Water Resources & Quality

There is a seasonal nallah flowing within the mining area. However, there are some water bodies viz.

Malenger river (1.53 km), Palldu river (2.98 km), Korum Nala (4.89 km), Koyar river (6.94 km) and

Vemal Gurun (8.54 km) are flowing within the study area.

The pre monsoon water level in the area is observed at 5-10 m bgl while post monsoon water level in

the area is observed from 3-6m bgl from a general elevation of 26m amsl. The general elevation

within the study area is from 640 m to 660m. The entire Dantewara has 25.17% ground water

development status. Thus it falls in safe category (CGWB, 2008).

Water Quality

The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying 8 ground

water (Bore wells/dug wells) samples in different villages and 4 surface water samples.

A. Groundwater Quality

The pH of the water samples collected ranged from 6.20 to 7.60 and within the acceptable limit of 6.5

to 8.5. The total dissolved solids were found in the range of 120-320 mg/l. The total hardness varied

between 65.2-194.7 mg/l for all samples. In all samples, iron content varied in between 0.11 - 0.30

mg/l, Nitrate in between 0.1 – 42.7 mg/l, fluoride varied between 0.3-0.6 mg/l, chloride 8.5 – 32.6

mg/l, Sulphate 0.4-38.9 mg/l, alkalinity 66.0-191.0 mg/l. The overall ground water quality was found to

be good except iron content, which was observed to exceed the desired levels of 0.3 mg/l in most of

the ground water samples.

B. Surface Water Quality

The pH of the surface water samples collected was observed between 7.1 to 7.8 and within the

acceptable limit of 6.5-8.5. The total dissolved solids were found to be 84 - 107 mg/l. Total hardness

was observed between 53.4 – 69.3 mg/l. Iron content in all samples was found in the range of 0.11 –

0.14 mg/l, concentration of nitrate was 1.3 – 5.6 mg/l. The fluoride concentration was found to be

<0.01 to 0.2 mg/l and chloride concentration was varied between 13.8 – 19.2 mg/l. The sulphate

content in all samples was in the range of 1.8 – 4.6 mg/l. The variation in alkalinity recorded was in

the range of 38.6 – 48.6 mg/l, magnesium was found to be in the range of 4.6 to 6.4 mg/l in all

samples.


vii

C. Bacteriological Characteristics

In groundwater samples, total coliform & faecal coliform were absent in all the samples. Whereas,

surface water was found to be contaminated by coliform bacteria. From the results, it was observed

that, groundwater is suitable for drinking and domestic uses in absence of alternate drinking water

source whereas surface water was not suitable for drinking uses without treatment.

1.3.5 Land use Land Cover classification

The Land Cover classes were extracted following a visual interpretation method or on screen

digitization of the Resource Sat-1 Imagery, sensor LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution image.

These were later verified by using SOI toposheet and Google Earth imagery. Polygon layers for each

class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The land cover classes and their

coverage are summarized in Table 1.5.

TABLE 1.5

LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 10 KM RADIUS

LU/LC classes and their coverage in Sq. Km

Sr. No. LU/LC Class Area (Sq.Km²) Percentage (%)

1 Built up Land Rural/Urban)

Settlement 19.72 6.28

Road Infrastructure 2.36 0.75

Railway 0.05 0.02

2 Agriculture Land

Cropland 40.32 12.84

3 Water bodies

River/Nala/Stream 2.97 0.95

4 Scrub/Waste Land

Land with scrub/Open Scrub 33.61 10.70

5 Forest

Dense Forest 206.12 65.64

6 Mining/Stone Quarry 8.85 2.82

Total 314.00 100.00

1.3.6 Soil Quality

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil

conditions in and around the proposed project site representing various land use conditions. The

physical, chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined. The samples were

collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 15-20 cm. Total 8 samples within the

study area were collected and analyzed.


viii

From the analysis results of the soil samples, it was observed that the soil was low to medium fertile

and having low productivity. The soil in the study area needs additional fertilizers for improving the

fertility status and increase in crop productivity. The concentration of heavy metals in the water

extract of soil was found to be low with a negligible concentration level of cadmium, chromium, lead,

cobalt and selenium. This also indicates the poor level of micro-nutrient. The organic matter and

organic carbon was found in the range of 0.89 to 1.14 % and 0.52 to 0.66 % respectively indicating

moderate organic content in the soil.

1.3.7 Biological Environment

The vegetation was found in mixed category forest which have association of Teak (Tectona grandis),

dhawa (Anogeissus latifolia), Mahua (Madhuca latifolia), ber (Zizyphus sp.), makor (Zizyphus

oenophlolia), saja (Terminalia tomentosa), jamun (Syzygium cumini), gular (Ficus glomerata),

lendia(Lagerstromia perviflora), Asta (Bahunia purpuria), mundi (Mitrigyna pervifolia), ghont (Zizyphus

xylocarpus), kari (Milliusa tomentosa) gilchi (Casseria graviolens), kasai (Bridelia retusa), salai

(Boswelia serrata), semal (Bombax ceiba), pakur (Ficus infectoria), keolar (Bauhinia sp.), karra

(Cleistanthus collinus), tinsa (Ougenia oojensis), gunja (Leena coromendelica) etc. landscape is hilly

terrain have altitude varies from 700-600 m msl. Forest floor is generally covered with dry litters and

carbon rich humus in most of the area which shows the functioning characteristics of the biological

systems. The soil is basically silty clay to clay loam textured lateritic soil which has medium fertility

that is not suitable for the all types of agriculture species only suitable for rice, maize, ramtil and other

minor millets.

Flora in the core & Buffer Zone

Study Area, once known for its thick & extensive forests, is now bereft of much of its jungle wealth.

There is some forest area observed within 10 km radial distance from the project site. However, as

per Champion & Seth, 1968 vegetation types of the area can be grouped as Northern Tropical Dry

Mixed Deciduous Forests 5B/C2 (vii) and Tropical Dry Deciduous Scrub Forests 5B/DSI (ii). The

average annual rainfall of the region is 1382 mm. Soil of the area is black fertile soil derived from

basaltic lava. Winter is moderately cold and the summer is very hot.

Study Area, once known for its thick & extensive forests, is now bereft of much of its jungle wealth.

There has been large-scale destruction of forests in the past years. So the subsistent agro based

economy, which was earlier supplemented by forest and forest produce, has been badly affected.

The local people carry on their livelihood on the forest products like bamboo, sabai grass, tasser, silk

cocoon, lac, semal cotton & tendu (Bidi) leaves.

Mango, were observed in most of the villages the study area. Other fruit yielding varieties observed in the

villages in the study area were Papaya, Guava, Vilayti imali, Imli, Sitafal and Ber.


ix

Only 163 plant species were enlisted within the study site. The comparative accounts of habit wise

species in different zone of study site are given in Table 1.6.

TABLE 1.6

HABITAT WISE FLORISTIC COMPOSITION IN DEFERENT ZONE OF STUDY SITE

Habit Core BF-I BF-II

Climbers 7 20 20

Epiphytes 1 1 1

Grassess 7 17 18

Herbs 6 9 10

Parasite 2 2 3

Shrubs 8 25 27

Trees 28 79 84

Total 59 153 163

Aquatic ecosystem Total 7 aquatic species have been identified and they can be described into

following broad Categories (3.6.7).

Fauna in the core & Buffer zone

Total 90 faunal species was recorded through primary and secondary sources. Out of which 18

species belongs to class mammalian, 11 species belongs to class Reptilians and Amphibians, 43

species belongs to class Aves, 9 species belongs to class Insect (Butterflies) and 9 species belongs

to class Pisces. During the field survey total 90 faunal species were found within the study site

(Table- 3.21). Out of which 27 species were found from the core zone, 65 plants found from buffer-I

zone( 5 km radius from core) and 90 faunal species were recorded from the buffer-II (10 km radius

from core except the buffer-I zone (Table 3.22). There is no sensitive floral / faunal species has been

found in the study area.

1.3.8 Socio-economic Environment

Information on socio-demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius was

collected through primary social survey and secondary data from census 2011 & village directory

2001. Summary of the socio-economic status of the study area is given in Table 1.7.


x

TABLE 1.7

SUMMARY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF VILLAGES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

AREA

No. of villages 23 Total households 3173 Total population 13704 Male Population 6802 Female population 6902 SC Population 686 ST Population 11203 Total literates 5515 Total workers 7201 Total main workers 5312 Total marginal workers 1889 Total non-workers 6503

1.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

1.4.1 Impact on Topography, Drainage & Landuse

Regionally, the lease area is a part of northern most hilly terrain of Alnar. The entire applied lease

area is hilly terrain; the highest contour level is 660 mRL on the center and gradually reduced in all

directions having lowest contour level of 640 mRL, which will go upto 638 mRL at Conceptual Stage.

The proposed mining operations will alter the existing topography of the mining lease area. Proposed

mining will require hill cutting for excavation of iron ore, which will result in creation of mine pits in the

lease area.

Mining lease area is devoid of any seasonal or perennial water body. Some seasonal nalas are

present nearby mine lease area. The general ground level is about 600 m RL near the village

settlements. As observed from the nearby wells, the water table is about 10m below the general

ground level. The UPL is 638 mRL at conceptual stage of mining. Hence there is no intersection of

ground water table has been anticipated from mining activity.

Proposed mining activities will change the land use pattern of the mining lease area. The present and

proposed land use pattern of the mine lease area is given in Table 1.8

TABLE 1.8

STAGE WISE LAND USE (HA)

Category Present Area in Hectare Area Under Pits 0.0 5.943 Area for Dumping 0.0 1.294 Area for Approach Road 0.0 0.949

Plantation 0.0 0.225 Infrastructure 0.0 0.168 Undisturbed area 31.55 22.971 Total Area in Hectares 31.55 31.55


xi

1.4.2 Ambient Air Quality

Impacts on Air Quality

To assess the impact of the Iron Ore mining and crushing operations from the Alnar Iron Ore Mine, air

quality modeling was carried out for the mining operations and the mineral transportation activities.

The modeling was carried out using MoEF/CPCB approved ISCST3 model.

The maximum predicted GLC of PM10 for iron ore mine activity like drilling/loading/ unloading/

transportation/crushing, blasting, was found to be 5.4 μg/m3, 4.4 μg/m3 in the SSW direction. From

the observations of modeling results, it is observed that the cumulative concentrations of PM10 in the

study area will remain within the permissible limits after commencement of the mining activities.

Air Pollution Control Measures

No blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions.

Use of drilling machines equipped with dust collector arrangement.

Blasting only in daytime and at a time when there will be no mining activity. No basting during

unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions.

Blasting by using adequate booster/primer & by proper stemming of the blast hole.

Minimum excavator bucket height during loading and unloading activity.

Water sprinkling through mobile tanker at regular intervals on haul roads within the mine and

surface transportation road.

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery.

Dust respirators to workmen.

Development of green belt/plantation in the safety zone.

Good housekeeping.

Regular monitoring of pollutants to strengthen the control measures in case the concentration

level exceeds the prescribed limits.

1.4.3 Ambient Noise Levels & Ground vibrations

From the modeling results, it was observed that the resultant noise levels at the mine lease boundary

was about 50 dB (A), which will further reduce over short distance. The resultant noise levels due to

mine operations at the nearest habitation i.e. Alnar village was about 40 dB (A). Thus, it could be

seen that no significant impact will take place on the ambient noise levels due to the Alnar Iron Ore

quarry operations.

Ground vibrations

From the above table, it can be seen that the maximum charge per blast of 200 kg/day will not cause

any significant ground vibrations in the area. The ground vibrations at Alnar village due to the blasting

in Alnar Iron Ore mine are approximately zero. However, additional control measures needs to be

adopted to avoid the impacts due to ground vibrations and fly rocks due to blasting.


xii

Proposed Noise Control Measures

Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise.

Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, stemming and optimum charge/delay will be

maintained.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to

reduce generation of noise.

Proper designing of crushing plant by providing inbuilt mechanism like silencers, mufflers and

enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing pads at the foundation.

Green Belt/Plantation will be developed around the mining activity area and along haul roads.

Ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to persons working at high noise area. and

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

Measures to Control Ground Vibration & Fly Rocks

Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks

Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained.

Charge per delay will be minimized and more number of delays will be used per blasts;

During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped;

Drilling parameters will be properly designed to give proper blast.

Muffle blasting using wire mesh and sand bags will be conducted at mine working near ML

boundary towards habitation.

Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of

explosives.

1.4.4 Water Environment

There will be no process waste water generation in the mine and allied activities. Only domestic

effluent will be generated from the mine office and rest shelter. The domestic effluent is discharged in

septic tank followed by soak pit. There is no discharge of effluent from the Iron Ore Mine. Rainwater

accumulated in the mine pit, if any, will be collected in the mine sump and will be used for dust

suppression and plantation in mine lease area. The ground water table in the nearby villages is

observed at about 5-10 m BGL from normal surface level 600 mRL. The mining is proposed upto 640 m

MSL during mining plan period and upto 638 m MSL upto conceptual stage. From the occurrence of

Water Table it has been observed that mining activity will be confined much above the water table

and will not intersect the aquifers in the area.


xiii

Proposed Water Conservation & Water Pollution Control Measures

The daily water requirement for the proposed Iron Ore Mine is about 10 KLD which will be met from

bore well & mine pit water (when available). There is no water requirement for mineral processing in

the mine. Also, there is no process effluent generation in the mine.

The following measures will be taken up to reduce this load:

Garland drains around the mining pit so that surface water does not enter and is drained outside

after treatment in settling tank.

Retaining walls having water holes along the toe of the dumps to avoid the soil wash out.

Stabilization of dump slopes by plantation to avoid soil erosion.

Regular sampling and analysis of treated mine water for taking any corrective actions if required.


Regionally, the lease area is a part of southernmost hilly terrain of Alnar Reserved Forest. There is no

National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve within 10 km radius of the project site. No

schedule I species are reported in the core zone. The core & buffer zone belongs to mixed forest

predominantly Teak & Dhawa species. Dust deposition on leaf lamina will takes place on nearby local

plant species which may results in decline the rate of photosynthesis and retards the plant growth.

Proposed Biological Environment Conservation Measures

Periodic maintenance of mineral transport road from crusher to railway siding

Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tanker on mineral transport road up to railway siding.

Covered Transport of stone from crusher to railway siding

Development of thick plantation around mine lease area

Monitoring of dust fall at agriculture land located nearby the mining area

1.4.6 Socio-economic Environment

There is no habitation or private land in the Alnar Iron Ore Mine. There is no rehabilitation and

resettlement involved in the project.

Total 171 nos. manpower will be employed directly during operation phase of Iron Ore Mine.

Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine. Additional manpower requirement in the mine

will be employed from the nearby villages. Thus, there will not be any population growth in the

area due to the proposed mining project.

Mine management will take efforts as a part of CSR for improvement in civic amenities like

sanitation, drinking water facilities, transport road, etc in the nearby villages.


xiv

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

An Environmental Management Cell will be established for implementing the Environmental

Management Plan and conducting periodic environmental monitoring of important and crucial

environmental parameters to assess the status of environment regularly during mine operations.

Environmental monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Water table depth, Water quality, Ambient Noise

Levels, Soil Quality, CSR activities etc will be carried out through MOEF accredited agencies

regularly and reports will be submitted to CECB/MoEF. With the knowledge of baseline conditions,

the monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions

due to operation of the mine and so that suitable additional mitigation steps could be taken in time to

safeguard the environment.

1.6 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The assessment of risk in the Alnar Iron Ore Mine has been estimated for Slope failure, Handling of

explosives, Fly-rocks during blasting, Movement of HEMM, Inundation due to surface water, Dust

hazards, Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets and flooding of lower

benches and corresponding mitigation measures are suggested in the Draft EIA/EMP report.

A detailed Disaster Management Plan for facing disasters due to natural effects and human reasons

is prepared and incorporated in the draft EIA/EMP report for ensuring safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same

order of priorities. For effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely

circulated and personnel training through rehearsals. Site facilities, procedures, Duties and

responsibilities, Communications, etc. are considered in detail in the Disaster Management Plan.

1.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The Alnar Iron Ore mine project at Alnar village would generate additional employment opportunities

which would finally result in improvement in the quality of life of people of the nearby villages. In line

with this CSR policy, M/s. Aarti sponge and Power Limited, Raipur will carry community welfare

activities in the following areas:

Education

Community Health

Livelihood & Employability

Infrastructure Development

Social Welfare

A budget of Rs. 8.5 Lakh per annum as recurring expenses has been proposed for implementation of

Socio-economic welfare activities in the nearby villages.


xv

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An The environmental management plan consists of following set of mitigation, management,

monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project,

to eliminate adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.

Overall conservation of environment.

Minimization of natural resources and water.

Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace.

Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents.

Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts.

Judicious use of the present environmental management plan addressed the components of

environment, which are likely to be affected by the different operations of mining activity.

The capital cost of the project is approx. Rs.6.00 Crore. It is proposed to provide an amount of Rs.

50.25 Lakh as capital cost and Rs. 19.65 Lakhs per annum as recurring expenses towards

implementation of the environmental action plan.

1.9 CONCLUSION

The Alnar Iron Ore Mine is a project of M/s Aarti sponge and power Ltd, Raipur, will be beneficial for

the development of the nearby villages. Some environmental aspects like dust emission, noise,

siltation due to surface run-off, etc. will have to be controlled within the permissible norms to avoid

impacts on the surrounding environment. Necessary pollution control equipment like water sprinkling,

plantation, personal protective equipment’s, etc., will form regular practice in the project. Additional

pollution control measures and environmental conservation measures will be adopted to

control/minimize impacts on the environment and socio-economic environment of the area. Measures

like development of thick green belt and plantation within mine lease area and along transport road,

adoption of rainwater harvesting in the mine and in nearby villages, etc. will be implemented. The

CSR measures proposed to be adopted by the mine management will improve the social, economic

status of the nearby villages.

The overall impacts of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine will be positive and will result in overall socio-

economic growth of nearby villages.


Chapter 1: Introduction 1

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

1.1.1 History of the Project The applicant M/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur is seeking prior Environmental Clearance for Proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine for a maximum capacity of 1,50,000 TPA as per the provisions of EIA notification 2006. Alnar Iron Ore Mine is located in protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 near Alnar Village, Tehsil Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) of Dakshin Bastar, Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh State over an area of 31.55 ha. M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited is a company registered under the company act 1956, headed by Shri Rajiv Agrawal is one of the renowned personality and industrialist of Chhattisgarh region. The group took over the company with an intention to setup an integrated steel plant in Chhattisgarh. To achieve the objective promoters have already established sponge iron plant at Siltara Industrial Area which is already in operation since long time. The present source of raw material iron ore is from iron ore mine Orissa Barbil Sector and National Mineral Development Corporation (NMDC) Bailadila, Chhattisgarh. ASPL applied for new mine to Government and Government has allotted an Iron ore mine with an area 31.55 ha in the Bailadila region. Bailadila region is having good potential of iron ore deposit. The present M.L. applied area having outcrops of iron ore and has been proved with physical and chemical characteristics, therefore, M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited have embarked on acquiring mining rights on the above region. The prospecting license of Alnar iron ore deposit has been granted to M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited over an extent of 31.55 ha area by Govt. of Chhattisgarh vide Order No. F2-37/2004/12 Raipur Dated 02/12/2008. After the execution of the PL statutory Govt. agencies,ASPL approached for necessary clearances to conduct prospecting operation. Chhattisgarh State Government vide their letter on 3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013 recommended the proposal to Secretary, Ministry of Mines, and Government of India (GoI) for grant of Mine Lease in favor of Project Proponent. Ministry of Mines, GoI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dtd. 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 near village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited, Raipur for a period of 50 years. Chhattisgarh State Govt. has issued a letter of intent for preparation of mining plan vide letter No. F-2-37/2004/12, Raipur, dated 23/11/2015 for Alnar iron ore deposit in village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli), District –Dantewada an area of 31.55 Ha in favor of M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited, Raipur. Applicability of EIA Notification for Environmental Clearance EIA Notification 2006 This is a proposed Iron Ore Mine project having a mining lease area of 31.55Ha. As per EIA Notification 2006 and subsequent amendments, the project falls in Schedule 1 (a) in Category „B1‟ and needs Environmental Clearance from State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Chhattisgarh. The entire applied lease area is on the hill the highest contour level is 660 mRL on the centre and gradually reduced in all directions having lowest contour level of 640 mRL.



The proposed Lessee will produce a maximum of 1,50,000 TPA of Iron Ore from the Alnar Iron Ore Mine . Application for Environmental clearance is submitted to Sate Expert Appraisal committee (SEAC), Chhattisgarh under category 'B1' as the mining lease area is lesser than 50 Ha i.e.31.55 Ha. The applicant M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited, Raipur is seeking prior Environmental Clearance for Proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine for a maximum capacity of 1,50,000 TPA as per the provisions of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendments. The application for prior Environmental Clearance (Form-1) for the Alnar Iron Ore Mine was considered by the State Expert Appraisal Committee in its 158th meeting held during 09-07-2015 for prescribing Terms of Reference (ToR) for preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report. The Committee, after going through the Form-1, Pre-Feasibility report and presentation, has issued Terms of Reference (ToR‟s) for preparation of the EIA/EMP report vide its letterNo.2599/SEAC, Chhattisgarh /meeting/ 2015 dated 9th September, 2015 enclosed as Annexure-I. The Public hearing of the proposed project was conducted on 30.09.2016, in the line with the EIA notification dated 14th September 2006 and as prescribed in ToR. The final EIA/EMP report is upgraded after Public hearing incorporating concerns of public raised at the time of public hearing and submitted to SEAC, CG for environmental clearance. 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 Identification of Project The Alnar Iron Ore Mine located in 31.55 Ha area in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417& 418) of Aranpur Reserve forest near Village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) of Dantewada District of Chhattisgarh State has applied for Environmental Clearance. Application has been submitted to Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) forest wing file no. 2014/14dated 23.03.2014 for Forest Clearance. Chhattisgarh State Government vide their letter on on 3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013 recommended the proposal to Secretary, Ministry of Mines, and Government of India for grant of Mine Lease in favor of Project Proponent. Ministry of Mines, GOI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dated on 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in Village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda of Dantewada District in favour of M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited, Raipur for a period of 30 years (Annexure II). Chhattisgarh State Govt. has issued a letter of intent for preparation of mining plan for Alnar iron ore deposit from vide letter No. F-3-23/2010/12, dtd.01/10/2013. 1.2.2 Identification of Project Proponent Registered Office Site Office: M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited, RaipurVillage – Siltara Industrial Area, Raipur-492007 (C.G.) Ph. No. : 0771- 4222701/702/703 Email: [email protected]

Alnar Iron Ore Mine Protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) near Village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda of Dantewada District, State-Chhattisgarh, India

mailto:[email protected]



1.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT Mining of Iron ore has been done since pre-historic times. Mining is the excavation of valuable minerals or other geological materials from the earth, which are processed and/or used for production of materials of economic value. Mining of minerals plays positive role in the process of economic development of India. Iron ore is required for producing steel, sponge iron, etc. which is essential material for infrastructure development projects. This is an interlinked project. The Iron ore produced from Alnar Iron Ore mine lease area would be utilized by project proponent for their existing Integrated Steel Plant located at Siltara Industrial area, Raipur District, Chhattisgarh. The present capacity of existing Integrated Steel Plant is 0.090 MTPA. The Requirement for Iron ore is 0.165 MTPA. The existing total minable reserves of Iron ore in the captive mine is 17,30,836 Tons, looking to the current consumption and future requirement, project proponent shown their desire to the Chhattisgarh State Govt. for Mining lease of suitable Iron Ore Deposit, in turn State Govt. issued a letter of intent for grant of Mining lease for producing iron ore for use in Company's existing Integrated Steel Plant in Chhattisgarh state. The proposed mine will also benefits the local people by way of direct and indirect employment opportunities and development of infrastructure and basic amenities in the nearby area. State Government will also be benefitted through royalty and Direct & Indirect Taxes. 1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1.4.1 Nature of the Project This is a proposed Iron Ore Mine having a mine lease area of 31.55 Ha and seeking Environmental Clearance for a maximum production of 1,50,000 TPA as per EIA notification dated 14thSeptember 2006 and its amendments. The mine lease area for this proposed mine is less than 50 ha, so it falls under “Category B1” based

on the Schedule Clause no 1(a) of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendments and hence requires environmental clearance from SEAC, Chhattisgarh. 1.4.2 Size of the Project This is a proposed iron ore mine having applied Mine lease area of 31.55 Ha. The mine would be developed for maximum production of iron ore @1,50,000 TPA. Mining Plan has been prepared and submitted to IBM and approved vide letter no. F3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013. 1.4.3 Anticipated Life and Cost of the Project The mineable reserves of iron ore is 1.731 million tonnes, considering the annual production rate of maximum 0.150 million tonnes, the life of the mine will be about 11.5 years. But, after completion of proposed boreholes, the reserves of iron ore will likely to increase and accordingly the life of the mine will get increased. This is a case of proposed iron ore mine. The estimated cost of the project is Rs. 6.00 Crores. 1.4.4 Location of the Project The applied Mine lease area is located in protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) near Village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda of Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh state, India having applied mine lease area of 31.55 Ha. The nearest railway station is Kirandul



Railway Station,18 km. Nearest Highway from the lease area is Raipur - Dantewara State Highway (SH-16) and Raipur-Jagdalpur National Highway (NH 43). The district headquarter Dantewada is 68.0 Km from project site. The Mine lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet no. 65 F/2 and lies between Latitudes 18°32′58.0033″ to 18°33′09.6788″N & Longitudes 81°13′55.0305″ to 81°14′36.1751″ E.The boundary Co-ordinates of the applied mine lease area are given in Table 1.1.

TABLE 1.1 GEOGRAPHICAL COORDINATES OF THE ALNAR MINE LEASE AREA

BP No. Latitudes/Northing Longitudes/Easting BP-A 18° 33' 9.6788” N 81° 13‟55.3299” E BP-B 18° 33' 8.0532” N 81° 14' 27.5836” E BP-C 18° 33' 00.7477” N 81° 14' 30.4105” E BP-D 18° 32' 58.0033” N 81° 14' 36.1751” E BP-E 18° 32' 59.3323” N 81° 13' 55.0305” E

The location map of the project site is presented in Figure-1.1, Study Area (10 Km radius) is shown in Figure-1.2 & Figure-1.3. The environmental setting of the project site is presented in Table-1.2. Photographs of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine are given in Plate-1.1.There is nocritically polluted identified cluster by CPCB/MOEF in the vicinity of the project.

PLATE NO. 1.1: SITE PHOTOGRAPHS



FIGURE 1.1: LOCATION MAP



FIGURE 1.2: TOPOSHEET MAP OF STUDY AREA (10 KM RADIUS)

EIA/EMP for Alnar Iron Ore Mine (Lease area: 31.55 Ha, Production: 1,50,000 TPA of Iron Ore) located at Alnar VillageTehsil Kuwankonda of Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh State Lessee: M/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur (Area: 31.55 Ha)


TABLE 1.2 SITE LOCATION DETAILS

Sr. No. Particulars Details 1. Project Location Alnar Iron Ore Mine

Protected forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) of Aranpur Reserve Forest, of Bacheli Forest Range of Dantewada forest division. Village – Alnar, Dantewada Forest Department, District– Dantewada, Chhattisgarh

2. Latitude/Longitude Latitude: N 18°32'58.0033‟‟ to N 18°33'09.6788‟‟ Longitude: E 81°13‟55.0305‟‟ to E 81°14‟36.1751‟‟

3. Toposheet No E44J7 (65 F/2) 4. Climatic Conditions IMD data, Jagdalpur

Avg. Ambient air temp 20.86°C –32.71°C Avg. annual rainfall 1427.4mm

5. Site elevation above MSL The entire applied lease area is on the hill; the highest contour level is 660 mRL on the center and gradually reduced in all directions having lowest contour level of 640 mRL.

6. Land use at the proposed project site

The land proposed to be utilized for mining activity is protected forest. The land is part of North Arnapurreserve Forest of Dantewada forest division.

7. Site topography Hilly Terrain 8. Nearest roadway SH-5 : 6.43 Km


9. Nearest Railway Station Kirandul Railway Station, 8.32 km, S 10. Nearest Railway line Kirandul Railway line 11. Nearest Air Port Jagdalpur – 153 Km 12. Nearest village/major town Alnar Village – 1.6 km

Dantewada – 68 km 13. Hills/valleys Lease area is hilly terrain surrounded by Hills 14. Ecologically sensitive zone No notified ecologically sensitive zone within 10 km radius 15. Reserved/ Protected forests The proposed mine lease area of Alnar iron ore mine is coming

under Protected forest compartment numbers 1688 and 1689 (khasara no. 416, 417 and 418) of North Arnapurprotected Forest of Dantewada Forest Division.

16. Historical/tourist places None within 10 km radius area 17. Nearest Industries No other industries within 10 km radius area 18. Nearest water bodies Malenger river (1.53 km), Palldu river (2.98 km), KorumNala

(4.89 km), Koyar river (6.94 km) and VemalGurun (8.54 km) 19. Seismic zone The area is not known for these natural hazards. Seismically,

this area is categorized under Zone-II as per IS-1893 (Part-1)-2002. Hence, seismically the site is a stable zone.

1.4.5 Supply and Demand Details Currently, demand for finished steel in India is estimated to be around 60 MT. This is expected to more than double to 166 MT by 2020-21. With the curb on illegal mining in two major iron ore producing states (Karnataka and Goa accounting for more than 35 percent share of the domestic production), India witnessed a significant decline in its iron ore



production from the peak of about 218 million tonnes per annum (MTPA) in FY10 to about 135 MTPA in FY13. The present capacity of existing Integrated Steel Plant is 0.09 Lacs Tonnes/annum. The Requirement for Iron ore is 0.165MT per annum. The existing reserves of Iron ore in the captive mine is 2.048 million tonne, looking to the current consumption and future requirement, project proponent shown their desire to the Chhattisgarh State Govt. for Mining lease of suitable Iron Ore Deposit in turn State Govt. issued a letter of intent for grant of Mining lease for producing iron ore for use in Company's existing Integrated Steel Plant in Chhattisgarh state. 1.4.6 Importance to the Country & Region This project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socio -economic environment of the region. It will also help in sustainable development of this area including further development of physical infrastructural facilities. The Alnar Iron Ore Mine will benefit the local people by way of direct and indirect employment. Also, the mine will benefit the State Government by the way of Royalty from Iron Ore. This applied Mine lease area would generate direct employment for about 171 persons. Priority for employment will be given to local persons. Also, indirect employment opportunities will be generated for more than 100 persons in mineral transport, contractual works, shops, garages, hotels, etc. 1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY In line with the Terms of Reference (ToR) prescribed by SEAC, Chhattisgarh the area comprising of 10 km radius around the mine lease boundary was considered as the study area for the project. The EIA/EMP report has been prepared for the Alnar Iron Ore Mine. The detailed studies were conducted as per prescribed ToR. The scope of study broadly covered: Literature review and collection of data relevant to the study area; Establishing the baseline environmental scenario in and around the Iron Ore project; Identifying various existing pollution loads due to various mining activities; Predicting incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed mining; Evaluating the predicted impacts on various environmental attributes in the study area by using

scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies; Preparing an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the

environmental quality; and Identifying critical environmental attributes that are required to be monitored in the post-project

scenario.

The field studies for baseline environmental studies were conducted for a period of three months representing summer season (March 2016 to May 2016) to determine existing levels of various environmental attributes as outlined in Table-1.3.The scope also includes all the conditions outlined in the TOR‟s prescribed by MoEF&CC for mining project.

TABLE 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES AND FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

Sr. No.

Attributes Parameters Frequency

1 Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2and NOX 24 hourly samples twice a week for three months at 10 locations.



Sr. No.

Attributes Parameters Frequency

2 Meteorology Wind speed, Wind direction, Temperature, Relative humidity and Rainfall Non-instrumental observation Cloud cover, visibility and dust storms etc. will be recorded.

At or near mine site continuous for one season with hourly recording and secondary data collected from the nearest IMD station, Jagdalpur.

3 Water quality Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological parameters for ground water and surface water samples.

Grab samples will be collected once during study period at 12 locations.

4 Soil quality Physico-chemical and fertility quality of Soil samples.

Grab samples will be collected once during study period from 8 locations.

5 Ecology Existing terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna in 10 Km radius.

Through field studies once during study period. Secondary data will also be collected.

6 Noise levels Ambient Noise levels in dB (A). Noise levels in and around the project area will be monitored every hour for 24 hours at 10 locations once during study period.

7 Land use Trend of land use change for different categories.

Once during study period based on recent Satellite imagery.

8 Geology Geological history Once during study period .Data will be collected from secondary sources.

9 Hydrogeology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, aquifer characteristics, recharge and discharge areas.

Based on primary and secondary sources, once during study period.

10 Socio-Economic aspects

Socio-economic characteristics: i.e. demographic structures, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, health status, economic resources.

From primary and secondary sources (like census abstracts of census of India 2001 & 2011) once during the study period.

1.6 PREPARATION OF EIA/EMP The EIA/EMP report is prepared for the Alnar Iron Ore Mine which is classified as “Category B1” by SEAC, Chhattisgarh, as per the EIA notification dated on 14th September, 2006& its subsequent amendments. The final report is prepared after the public hearing upgradation and incorporating all the public concerns and their reply in this final EIA/EMP report. The point wise ToR condition compliances are summarized in Table-1.4.

TABLE 1.4 COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE

Sr. No.

Scope as per ToR Compliance status

1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 came into force w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

Not Applicable, Since this is a new project.

2. A copy of the document in support of the fact that Chhattisgarh State Government vide their letter on



Sr. No.


the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given.

3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013 recommended the proposal to Secretary, Ministry of Mines, Government of India for grant of Mine Lease in favor of Project Proponent. Ministry of Mines, GoI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt., of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IVdated21.04.2011for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of M/s Aarti Sponge and power Ltd. Raipur for a period of 30 years. (Annexure II). Chhattisgarh State Govt. has issued a letter of intent for preparation of mining plan vide letter No. F-3-13/2010/12, dtd. 01/10/2013. (Section 1.2.1, Page- 3)

3. All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee.

Complied

4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/toposheet should be provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone).

All corner coordinates of the proposed mine lease area are superimposed on Cadastral Map and are given in Figure 2.1 in Chapter 2. The topo map showing mine lease area and land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone) is given in Figure 1.2 in Chapter 1.

5. Information should be provided in Survey of India toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics.

The toposheet map showing mine lease area and land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone) is given in Figure 1.2 in Chapter 1. Refer Figure 2.3 in Chapter 2 for Gelogical information of the mine lease area.

6. Details about the land proposed for mining activities should be given with information as to whether mining conforms to the land use policy of the State; land diversion for mining should have approval from State land use board or the concerned authority.

The proposed mine lease area is Protected Forest land and the letter of intent is issued by State Govt. in favor of M/s Aarti Sponge and Power Ltd., Raipur and all the approval as per norms will be taken by project proponent prior to start of Mining operation.

7. It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA Report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-

The environment policy of M/s Aarti Sponge and power Ltd. Raipuris given in Chapter6.



Sr. No.


compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large, may also be detailed in the EIA Report.

8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope study in case of open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided.

Subsidence is not envisaged being the opencast mining proposal. The issues relating to Mine Safety, including slope stabilization, blasting etc. are given in Para 7.2 of Chapter 7.

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

The study area comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery as mentioned in Para 2.4.2 & Para 2.6 in Chapter 2 Complied with

10. Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given.

Table 3.5 of Chapter-3 related to land use delineating forest, Agriculture, grazing land, Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park, Migratory routes of fauna, water bodies (Figure 3.3), Human settlement (Figure 3.6) and ecological features. Impact and changes in landuse is given in Chapter-4

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

There is no proposal of dumping overburden outside the mine lease area. The mine lease area falls in Protected forest and does not involve any private land or habitation. Hence R&R issues are not involved.

12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

The protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara 416, 417 & 418) land are involved in proposed mine lease area and already applied for forest clearance.

13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forest land involved in the Project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Applied for Forestry clearance.

14. Implementation status of recognition of forest rights Not applicable



Sr. No.


under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.

Details of vegetation in the core zone and buffer zone including RF/PF are given in Para 3.6 of Chapter 3.

16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly, detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.

The protected forest area is involved in the proposed mine lease area of Alnar Iron ore mining. The impacts due to the mining project and compensation etc. have already been submitted with Forestry Clearance application and wildlife management plan.

17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National Board of Wildlife and copy furnished.

There is no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves within 10 km of the mine lease area.

18. A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET Species duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan alongwith budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost.

A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease) has been carried out. List of flora and fauna observed in core zone and buffer zone is given in Para 3.6 of Chapter 3. There is no schedule I fauna observed in the core area of the project.

19. Proximity to Areas declared as „Critically Polluted‟

or the Project areas likely to come under the „Aravali Range‟, (attracting court restrictions for

mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered.

There is no critically polluted area within 10 km radius of the mining area. Also, the project does not come under the 'Aravali Range'.

20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies

The project does not fall under CRZ.



Sr. No.


demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority).

21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the Report.

There is no habitation in the mining lease area. There is no additional land required for the project. Hence R&R is not involved in the project.

22. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March - May (Summer Season); October - December (post monsoon season) ; December – February (winter season)] primary baseline data on ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.

Baseline environmental monitoring was conducted in the core zone and buffer zone during pre-monsoon (summer) season 2016 i.e. March - May 2016. Site specific meteorological data was also collected during the study period. The monitoring location details and the monitoring results are discussed in Chapter 3.

23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant

Air quality modeling was carried out for the stone mining project using ISCST3 model. Details of the model used and obtained results are discussed in Chapter 4.



Sr. No.


wind direction may also be indicated on the map. 24. The water requirement for the Project, its availability

and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated.

Water requirement for the project is 10 m3 per day and source are given in Para 2.8.2 of Chapter 2.

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the Project should be provided.

Total water requirement for the project will be 10 KLD, which will be met from water tankers and mine pit water. Drinking water will be supplied from water tankers.

26. Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided.

Proposed water conservation measures including rainwater harvesting measures are discussed in Chapter 4.

27. Impact of the project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.

Impact of the project on the surface and ground water environment and necessary control measures are discussed in Chapter 4.

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report interalia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

Mining activity is proposed on the hill top and slope only.

29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

There is a dry rivulet‟s (depression in lease area ) is passing through the lease area. Garland trench diversion will be done if required.

30. Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in AMSL and BGL. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

Schematic diagram of the site elevation, working depth, ground water table, etc is given in Chapter 4.

31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the Project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given. The plant species selected for green belt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with

Progressive green belt development plan is prepared and discussed in Chapter 4.



Sr. No.


emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution.

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of Transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.

Impact due to the mining project on the transport infrastructure of the area is discussed in Chapter 4.

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.

Details of onsite facilities to be provided to the mine workers are given in Chapter 2.

34. Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Conceptual plan of the mine lease area is given in Figure 2.6 and corresponding conceptual section is given in Figure 2.7 in Chapter 2.

35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed.

Details of anticipated occupational health impacts and proposed preventive measures are discussed in Para 6.5 of Chapter 6 and Para 7.2 in Chapter 7.

36. Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations.

The public health implications due to the project are discussed in Chapter 4.

37. Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation.

Details of the proposed socio-economic welfare measures to be carried out in nearby villages under CSR are discussed in Chapter 8.

38. Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project.

Environmental Management Plan for the project is discussed in detail in Chapter 10 and occupational health has been discussed in Para 6.5 of Chapter 6 and Para 7.2 in Chapter 7.

39. Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same should be

The report of public hearing issues and their compliance along with time bound action plan has been incorporated in the final EIA/EMP report.



Sr. No.


provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

(Annexure-XIX)

40. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the project should be given.

There is no litigation pending against the project.

41. The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt out.

Cost of the project: Rs. 6.0 crore Cost of implementation of EMP: 72.0 lakh Recurring cost: Rs. 20.65 Lakh/annum Details are given in Chapter 10.

42. A Disaster management Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

Details are given is Para 7.2 of Chapter 7.

43. Benefits of the Project if the Project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the Project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.

Details are given is Chapter 8.

44. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:-

a) Executive summary of the EIA/EMP Report. Enclosed

b) All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous and continuous page numbering.

Complied with

c) Where data are presented in the reports especially in the tables, the period in which the data were collected and the sources should be indicated.

Complied with

d) The project proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise etc. using the MoEF& CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/ testing reports should be available during the appraisal of the project.

Complied with

e) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation should be provided.

Complied with

f) The questionnaire for environmental appraisal of the mining project as devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled in submitted.

Complied with (Annexure-XXII)

g) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MoEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 4th ,August 2009 , which are available on the website of this Ministry should be followed.

Complied with

h) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in form 1 and the PFR for securing the TOR)

1) Latitude and longitude of the area has been revised because the previous GPS data was not appropriate so instead of that the Data of



Sr. No.


should be brought to the attention of SEIAA, CG with altered. Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/ EMP (other than modification arising out of the P.H. Process) will entail conducting the PH again with the revised documentation.

DGPS has been given in final EIA/EMP report. The letter of request for change in the Latitude and longitude of the area has been sent to SEAC, CG and after their approval for change has been done in the final report. (Annexure-XXI). 2) The proposed project mine lease area is coming under the Protected forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 and 418) of Aranpur reserve forest, BacheliRange Office of Dantewada Forest division. This comments has been given by DFO, Dantewada letter No. Kr./k.t.a./7288 dated 16/09/2016 (Annexure- XX). Complied with

i) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA-II (I) dated on 30/05/2012 certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions situated in the environment clearance of the existing of the project , should be obtained from the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment , Forest and Climate Change as may be applicable.

Not Applicable

j) The EIA report should also include (i) surface of the plan area indicating contours of the main topographic features drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps and section and (iii) sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the adjoining area.

Complied with


Chapter 2: Project Description 18

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine is located in 31.55 Ha area under the Protected forest Compartment Number 1688 & 1689 (khasara no.416, 417& 418) of Aranpur forest of Bacheli forest range of Dantewada forest Division near village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) District – Dantewada State Chhattisgarh. Chhattisgarh State Government vide their letter on F 3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013 recommended the proposal to Secretary, Ministry of Mines, Government of India for grant of Mine Lease in favor of Project Proponent. Ministry of Mines, GOI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dated 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55ha in protected forest block No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) near Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of Alnar sponge & Power Limited, Raipur for a period of 30 years. Chhattisgarh State Govt. has issued a letter of intent for preparation of mining plan vide letter No. F-3-13/2010/12, dated on01/10/2013 for Alnar iron ore deposit in village Alnar, Tehsil-Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) of Dantewada, District over an area of 31.55 Ha in favor of M/s Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd, Raipur. Mine plan has been approved by IBM vide letter no. dated MSD/RAP/QT2/MPLN-358/NGP dated 05/12/2012. (Annexure III). Salient Features of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine Project: Lease Area 31.55 ha Mining Lease Ministry of Mines, GOI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt. of Chhattisgarh, Mineral

Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV, New Delhi dated. 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in protected forest block No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) near Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favor of Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd., Raipur for a period of 30 years (50 years according to new MMDR Act, 2016)

Approved by IBM vide letter no. MSD/RAP/QT2/MPLN-358/NGP dated 05/12/2012 Land Type Khasra

No. Area in Ha. Type of Land Ownership

416 07.55 Protected Forest land of Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 of Aranpur Forest

Government Forest Land for which Letter of Intent issued for Lease Grant. Application has been submitted to SEAC, Chhattisgarh forest wing File No. (2014/14) for Forest clearance.(Annexure III)

417 12.00 418 12.00 Total 31.55

Environmental clearance

Applied for EC TOR granted by SEAC, Chhattisgarh videletter No. 2599/SEAC, Chhattisgarh/meeting/2015 dated 09-09-2015 (Annexure I)

Proposed Capacity 1,50,000 TPA of Iron Ore 2.2 PROJECT LOCATION

The proposed mining lease area “Alnar Iron Ore Mine” is falling on toposheet no E44J2 (65F/2) of the survey of India. The Mine lease area is situated around 1.6 km. from village- Alnar and connected by the village road. The district head quarter Dantewada is 68 km. and tehsil – Kuwankonda is 25 km



away from the mining lease boundary. The geographical co-ordinates were superimposed on toposheet are shown in Figure-2.1 whereas, the location details are given in Table-2.1.

TABLE 2.1 LOCATION DETAILS

1. State Chhattisgarh 2. District Dantewada 3. Tehsil Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) 4. Village Alnar 5. Forest Compartment No. Protected forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 &

418) 6. Latitude & Longitude 18°32′58.0033″ To 18°33′9.6788″N

81°13′55.0305″ To 81°14′36.1751″E 7. Toposheet No. 65 F/2

BP No. Latitudes/Northing Longitudes/Easting BP-A 18° 33' 9.6788” N 81° 13’55.3299” E BP-B 18° 33' 8.0532” N 81° 14' 27.5836” E BP-C 18° 33' 00.7477” N 81° 14' 30.4105” E BP-D 18° 32' 58.0033” N 81° 14' 36.1751” E BP-E 18° 32' 59.3323” N 81° 13' 55.0305” E

FIGURE 2.1: GOOGLE MAP SHOWING COORDINATES OF LEASE AREA

2.3 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

The Alnar Iron Ore Deposit area is belonging to rocks iron series. The applied area is falling on the Survey of India Toposheet No. 65 F/2 and bounded between latitude 18o32’58.0033” to

18o33’09.6788” N and longitude 81o13’55.0305” to 81o14’36.1751” E of Greenwich line. The mining lease area is in hillocks having maximum mRL 660 meter and minimum mRL 640 meter. 2.3.1 Physiography The area consists of hilly terrain and having medium hard sedimentary rock. The general height of the area is 640 meters above MSL. The highest contour of the Proposed Lease area is 660 meter above MSL and the lowest 640 meter above MSL. The area is sloping towards the north west direction. Regionally, the proposed mine lease area is a part of southernmost hilly terrain of Aranpur



Reserved Forest. The general ground level is about 600 m near the village settlements of Alnar (far away from the lease area). There is no habitation within the ML area. There is a seasonal nala flowing within or near the ML area. 2.3.2 Regional Geology Banded iron ore formation (BIF) occurs as narrow generally N-S trending belt in Dantewada, Kanke rand Durg districts. This is well exposed in surrounding Bailadila area in Dantewada district and was the earliest to be studied for its large deposited of iron ore. BIF belt have also been noted around Raoghat, Hahaladdi and DalliRajhara. All these belts are show uncomformable or tectonic contact with the older Sukma Gneiss-Supracrustals. These are characterized by polyphasedeformation and green schist-lower amphibolites facies of metamorphism. The younger sediments belongs to Abujhmar Group as over BIF belts. The post Bailadila granites can be correlated with Dongargarh granites of late Achaene. The area is a part of Dantewada Craton and stratigraphicaly it belongs to the lower Proterozoic age represented by Bailadila Group. Banded iron ore formation of Bastar craton, grouped under the Bailadila Group, unconformabaly overlain by the high grade metamorphics of Bengpal Group. The unconformity is not pronounced everywhere but the structural discordance, lithological discontinuity and low grade metamorphism provide vital evidences to group them separately. These iron formations have close similarity in lithological association and tectonic-metamorphic history with iron formation of other belts. The stratigraphic sequence of Bailadila Group has been described in detail by Crookshank (1963) and modified by Bandopadhyay (1977). Bastar Craton exhibits typical Archaean shield association similar to other shield area of the world Archaean high grade complex of Bastar craton is designated as Bangpal Group- the basement horizon of Bastar craton, comprising meta-sedimentary and meta-igneous enclaves within the gneissic complex. The high grade metamorphites have undergone poly phase deformation and metamorphism and extensively migmetized. Precambrian Banded Iron Formation of Bastar show distinct sedimentary characters are disposed along a north-south trending linear belt and indicate similar conditions of disposition and profuse basic igneous activities. Intrusive granites of post Bailadila are responsible for the present disposition of Iron Formation in isolated belts. The major synclinorium with culmination and depression of the iron formation of Alnar (central part of Bailadila group) is also reported. The iron ore deposits of Alnar occur in the Proterozoic rocks grouped in Bailadila Group. The succession of the Archaean rocks of Bastar region is tabulated below (Source: Prospecting Report): System Series Lithounits Dharwarians Purana Upper: Limestone purple shales and slates

Lower: Pale sandstone and shales, purple shales, quartzites, grits conglomerates.

Igneous Rocks Dolerite Dykes Granite and Pegmatite Charnokites Green stone and Granite gneiss

Khondalites Position uncertain Bailadila iron ore series BHQ, Grunerite-quartzite and white quartzite.



System Series Lithounits Bengpal Series Ferruginous schist, schistose conglomerates, biotite-hornblande

quartzite, shale, slates, schist’s, phyllites, grunerites-gamet schist, magnetite-quartzite, garnet-biotite-gneiss with basic flow and tuffs. Sericite-quartzite, andalusit-gneiss, banded magnetite with inter calculated basalt flows.

Sukma series Sillimanite-quartzite, grunerite – schist’s magnetite and diposide-quartzites, hornblende- schist’s, biotite cordierite gneiss etc.

Description of stratigraphic units Bailadila Group-Bailadila Group comprises BHQ, BHC, BMQ, BMC, chert, phyllite, quartz arenite, ferruginous shale and meta-greywacke. They form linear ridges with a regional N-S trend, often with lateral displacement due to faulting and complex folding. The main ridges where Bailadila group of rocks is exposed are the Bailadila Range, Rowghat, Sonadehi and Dalli-Rajhara hills. 2.3.3 Local Geology The area around Alnar is a small portion of Alnar hill range and mainly comprises of quartzite, ferruginous shale and BHQ. The general trend of the hill range is NW-SE and this is the strike of the rock formation with dips varying from 580 to 640 due SE. The sequence of rocks is as under:

Bailadila Iron ore series

- Iron ore (hematite) - BHQ with shale intercalation - Banded Hematite Quartzite - Ferruginous shale - Quartzite

Lithology of the area: Banded Hematite Quartzite: Lease area is covered with BHQ and the contacts is mostly characterized by a siliceous horizon of friable type of BHQ (ferruginous shaly BHQ). Ferruginous shale: Ferruginous shale mostly occurs on hill slopes on western and SW side of the area. Quartzite: On the western most slopes, quartzite rock is exposed which is white to grey in colour Iron ore body: Iron ore of the area is exposed cropping out erratically throughout the core of the hill at higher elevations. The width of the band varies from 20 to 30 m as measured on outcrops. The lower horizons are occupied by float ore of workable grade of iron ore.It is massive, hard and compact in nature, steel grey in colour having fine to medium grained texture showing metallic lusture. It is totally devoid of any layered contaminations excepting some laminations of quartzite band here and there. Occasionally the ore is found to be porous and laminated but major part of the ore band is massive. The bulk density of the iron ore is considered as 3.2. Structure: The area is a very small part of Sargipalli-konkan hill range wherein at different places like Bailadila, Rowghat and Rajhara elevations are lying impregnated by different known deposit of iron ore of the country. The presently tract of the hill is the result of many orogenic activities giving rise to emergence of alternating anticline and syncline. In succeeding phase of organic cycle, stress trending NS has resulted refolding of the earlier developed anticline and synclines to develop number of small



sequential overturning giving rise to anticlinorium and synclinorium. The surface plan of the mine lease area is given in Figure 2.2 and Geological plan& Geological Section is presented in Figure2.3&Figure 2.4 respectively.

FIGURE 2.2: SURFACE PLAN OF MINE LEASE AREA



FIGURE 2.2: SURFACE PLAN

FIGURE 2.3: GEOLOGICAL PLAN



FIGURE 2.4: CONCEWPTUAL PLAN



2.4 RESERVE & LIFE OF THE MINE 2.4.1 Reserve Estimation The iron ore in the area falls under Stratiforms, Stratabound and tabular deposits of irregular habit. The topographical mapping was carried out on a scale of 1:2,000 with 20 m contour interval. Total 7 bore-holes have been drilled in the area upto a depth of about 5 m each. On the basis of interpretation of the borehole data, topographical mapping, and exposures of ore body, the geological plan has been prepared on a scale of 1:2,000. Total length of the ore body is about 640 m and width of ore body as per outcrops is varying from 25 to 30 m. The parameter considered for reserve estimation are, size, shape and depth extensions of the ore body. The average grade of iron ore is 64.28 % Fe-content (as per the prospecting report). The ore zone, overburden thickness have been precisely demarcated as per the bore-hole logs and surface exposures. For estimation of reserve and illustration of the lithologs, 3 nos. of cross-sections have been prepared. Distance between BH-1 and BH-2 is about 634 m &610 m and BH-2 and BH-3 is about 640 m. For in-situ iron ore body, upto a depth of 30 m (encountered in BH-2), i.e. upto 660 RL has been taken under category G-2. Further, 20 m depth i.e. upto 640 mRL has been taken under category G-3 (considering about 15% of the maximum width of the ore body). For float ore zone, the depth of iron ore zone has been taken upto 2 m and the resources have been considered under category G -2. The B. D. of iron ore has been considered as 3.2 T /cum (as per the prospecting report). The recovery of iron ore has been considered as 90% and remaining 10% will considered as mining losses. The ferruginous shaly BHQ and BHQ are considered as overburden and separate computations for quantifying them in volume and summary of Mineable reserves in the Mine lease area are given in Table 2.2.

TABLE 2.2 SUMMARY OF TOTAL RESERVES

Classification Code Quantity (million tonnes)

Av. Grade

A. Total Mineral Reserve

(1) Proved Minable Mineral Reserve 111 1.730836 --

(2) Probable Mineral Reserve 121 --- --

(3) Probable Mineral Reserve 122 1.730836 64.28 % Fe B. Total Remaining Resources

(1) Feasibility Mineral Resources 211 --- -- (2) Prefeasibility Mineral Resources 221 --- -- (3) Prefeasibility Mineral Resources 222 0.640851 64.28 % Fe (4) Measured Mineral Resources 331 --- -- (5) Indicated Mineral Resources 332 --- -- (6) Inferred Mineral Resources 333 .. .. (7) Reconnaissance Mineral Resources 334 --- --

Total Mineral Resources (A+B) 2.371 -- do --

Source: Mining Plan



2.4.2 Anticipated Life of the Mine TABLE 2.3

RESERVE ESTIMATION ALONG WITH ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE Mineral Total Geological

Reserve (in Te) Mineable Reserves (in Te)

Production (in TPA)

Life of Mine (in Years)

Iron Ore 23,71,687

17,30,836 1,50,000 (Max in Plan Period)

11.5 years

The mineable reserves of iron ore is 1.731 million tonnes, considering the annual production rate of maximum 0.150 million tonnes, the life of the mine will be about 11.5 years. But, after completion of proposed boreholes, the reserves of iron ore will likely to increase and accordingly the life of the mine will get increased. 2.5 METHOD OF MINING The entire lease area is highly potential area. The mine will worked by opencast mechanized method of mining by creating systematic benching system having height of 1.5m and width of 5 to 6 m will be developed in the area as per provisions of Metalliferous Mines Rules, 1961. 2.5.1 Mining Strategy The mine will worked by opencast mechanized method of mining by creating systematic benching system having height of 1.5m and width of 5 to 6 m Drilling of in-situ iron ore and hard rock will be carried out by 65 mm diameter wagon drill machine for subsequent blasting. The blasted ore mass will be reduces to loadable size by hydraulic rock breaker. The sized ROM will be loaded with the help of hydraulic excavator into the dumpers and transported for further processing i.e. sizing and screening. Crushing and screening unit of about 250 TP shift and 500 TPDcapacities will be installed within the mine. The processed ore will be directly transported to the captive sponge iron ore plant at Raipur after processing by the screen plant. The sizes produced from screening plant as per requirement of the steel plant will be 5 mm, 5 to 10 mm, 10 to 20 mm and 20 to 40 mm. 2.5.2 Yearly Production estimates Year wise Production of iron ore from the area has been calculated by cross sectional method. The cross sectional area has been multiplied by the advancement to be worked in each bench as length of influence to get the bulk volume. Thus the value obtained has been multiplied by tonnage factor to get the actual production of Iron ore in each bench. Year wise calculation has been made separately and the details of year wise development of the quarry. The summary of proposed development and production during the mine plan period is given in Table 2.4. The Plan showing mine development during the plan period is given in Figure 2.5 and the corresponding sections are given in Figure 2.6.



FIGURE 2.5: DEVELOPMENT PLAN DURING MINING PLAN PERIOD



FIGURE 2.6: YEAR WISE DEVELOPMENT PRODUCTION SECTIONS



TABLE 2.4 DEVELOPMENT & PRODUCTION DURING MINING PLAN PERIOD

Year Production of iron ore BHQ/waste generated Ore : OB (in Tonnes) (cum)

I Year 1,50,000 31,500 4.76:1 II Year 1,50,000 31,500 4.76:1 III Year 1,50,000 31,500 4.76:1 IV Year 1,50,000 31,500 4.76:1 V Year 1,50,000 31,500 4.76:1 Total 7,50,000 1,57,500 4.76:1 2.5.3 Bench Design and Formation Since the mine will be worked by opencast mechanized method during the plan period of 5 years, bench height will be restricted to 1.5m and width of 5 to 6 mdue to compactness of iron ore and as per the DGMS norms. 2.5.4 Drilling and Blasting Parameters Blasting in open cast mines is of utmost importance not only because it has to be compatible with the shovel/loader but also preferably as will obviate the necessity of secondary blasting which is known to be very costly. It is also important that fines generated are kept as low as possible. Pattern and sequence of firing Blasting will be carried out in single /multi row blasting pattern. Types of explosives to be used For blasting gelatin 80% strength with safety fuse and detonator will be used as per requirement or explosive cartridge as mentioned above will also be used with safety fuse and detonator. The blasting will be carried out by 80% special gelatin orif the cartridges are used for blasting 65 mm diameter hole, the specification of cartridge for blasting will have the following parameters: Diameter of cartridge 50 mm Length of the cartridge 300 mm Weight of the cartridge 960 gm No. of cartridges required per hole 4 nos. Powder factor The powder factor is4-5 T/Kg. of explosives is achieved. Storage of explosives The blasting will be done by contractual agency; hence, storage of explosive is not required. Drilling and blasting Blasting will be carried out by contractual agency in accordance with the Explosive Act and MMR, 1961. Drilling is proposed to be done by wagon drill. The drilling parameter will be as under: Diameter of the hole 65 mm Average depth of the hole 1.5 m Spacing 2 x 2 m Burden 1.80 m Volume of ROM = 2.0 x 1.8 x 1.5 = 5.4 cum x 3.2 (B.D.) 17.28 T



No. of holes per day 50 nos. Charge per hole 3.84 kg Max. charge per day (3.8450 = 192 kg) 192Kg

Powder Factor = quantity per hole / charge per hole 4.5 T / Kg

2.5.5 Conceptual Mine Plan Mining will be carried out with the help of Heavy Earth Moving Machineries for excavation and removal of iron ore in conjunction with deep hole drilling and blasting. In this connection guidelines issued by DGMS by various circular will be adopted. While preparing a conceptual mining plan following points and precepts have been kept in view: During this 5 years plan period the area will be worked out except 7.5 safety barrier. The infrastructure will be shifted to a safer place during the course of conceptual plan period. The

overburden will be reclaimed by plantation. The voids left due to mining will be filled with rain water and used as water reservoir.

The conceptual plan and section of mine lease area is given in Figure 2.7 and Figure 2.8. The existing and proposed land use pattern of the mine lease area upto conceptual stage is given in Table 2.5.

TABLE 2.5 EXISTING AND PROPOSED LAND USE PATTERN OF MINE LEASE AREA Category Present Area (Ha.) Conceptual Stage

Area (Ha.) Area Under Pits 0.0 5.943 Area for Dumping 0.0 1.294 Area for Approach Road 0.0 0.949 Plantation 0.0 0.225 Infrastructure 0.0 0.168 Undisturbed area 31.55 22.971 Total Area in Hectares 31.55 31.55

The salient features of the mine are given in Table-2.6.

TABLE 2.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MINE

S. No.

Particulars Details

1. Lease Status Ministry of Mines, GOI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dtd. 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) near Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd. Raipur for a period of 11.5 years.

2. Method of mining Mechanized Open Cast Mining 3. Crushing and Screening Unit 500 TPD 4. Area 31.55 ha 5. Proposed Production 1,50,000 TPA Iron Ore 6. Mineable Reserves 1.731million tonnes 7. Life of the Mine 11.5 years (may be increased after future exploration)



S. No.

Particulars Details

8. Bench Height and Width 1.5 m Height &5-6 m Width 9. Maximum Depth of Mining upto638 m MSL 10. Topsoil thickness Not available 11. Ultimate Pit Slope angle 45° 12. Elevation Range 660 to 640 m above MSL 13. Water requirement 10 KLD 14. Source of Water Water Tanker 15. Water table 5-10 m bgl from general ground level i.e. 600mRL 16. Number of working days 300 17. Number of shifts per day 2

FIGURE 2.7: CONCEPTUAL PLAN OF THE MINE LEASE AREA

FIGURE 2.8: CONCEPTUAL SECTION OF THE MINE LEASE AREA



2.6 WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL

During the mining of in-situ iron ore zone: Waste generation in Mine Lease area will be mainly in the form of overburden (includes BHQ & ferruginous shaly BHQ rocks). During this plan period about 1,57,500 Cum BHQ (waste) will be generated which will be dumped on the north western side of the lease area with dump height of 6m, covering an area of 3.178 ha.These dumps will be covered by fast growing grass and shrubs and protected by retaining wall & garland drain, if required. During the iron ore extracted from the float ore zone: About 18,000 Cum of waste rock will be generated during IVth Year of plan period which will be temporarily dumped within the lease area covering an area of 0.72 ha with 3m height & in future this will be dozed off in the mined out pit. Thus total 1,57,500 Cum of waste will be generated during mining plan period. Thereafter upto conceptual period, the generated waste will be about 31,500Cum, this will be dumped near the earlier dumps with a height of 6 m over an area of 0.60 ha. 2.7 USE OF MINERAL

The Iron ore produced from Alnar Iron Ore mine lease area after crushing and screening into different sizes as 5 mm, 5 to 10 mm, 10 to 20 mm and 20 to 40 mm. it will be utilized by project proponent for their own use in existing Integrated Steel Plant located at Raipur District, Chhattisgarh. 2.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT

2.8.1 Land Details The applied Mine lease area is located in in protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) near in Alnar village, Aranpur Forest of DantewadaDistrict Chhattisgarh, India having an area of 31.55 Ha. Khasara No. Area in Ha. Type of Land Ownership

416 7.55 Protected Forest Compartment No. 1688 &1689.

Application has been submitted to forest wing for Forest clearance.

417 12.00

418 12.00

Total 31.55

2.8.2 Water Requirement Total water requirement for the project will be 10KLD, which will be met from borewell and mine pit water (if available).Details of water requirement in the project are presented in Table 2.7. Water balance diagram for the proposed mine is given in Figure 2.9.

TABLE 2.7 DAILY WATER REQUIREMENT (KLD)

S. No. Particulars Quantity Source 1 Dust Suppression 5 Water tankers mainly will be used and Mine pit

water also use when available. 2 Green Belt & Plantation 3 3 Domestic Use 2 Total 10



FIGURE 2.9: WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 2.8.3 Employment Potential The manpower requirement for efficient operation of the mine is given in Table 2.8.

TABLE 2.8 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL OF THE MINE

Category Qualification Nos. Mine Manager First class cert. holder 1 Mining Foreman DGMS certificate of competency of foreman 1 Mining Mate Mining mate certificate of competency of

DGMS 2

Blaster Blaster certificate holder 2 Operators Licence of HEMM equipment 3 Dumper driver Experienced 2 Helpers Experienced 5 Maintenance staff Skilled 5 Technical staff (Mining Engineer, Geologist, Surveyer)

As per rule 3

Office staff (Clerical, Accounts, Stores) Experienced 2 Semiskilled/ Unskilled labours (mining & allied activities)

--- 145

Total -- 171

Total Water Requirement 10.00 KLD

Bore Well Mine Water (if available)

Dust Suppression 5 KLD

Green Belt 3.0 KLD

Drinking & Sanitation 2.0 KLD

Settling Tank

If min

e water n

ot availab

le



2.8.4 Power Requirement All the mining machinery will be operated on Diesel. Diesel will be procured from nearby authorized diesel suppliers. Electrical power will be required for mine office, lighting in the mine and all along haul roads. Electricity will be obtained from the State Electricity Board. DG sets will be provided for use in emergency. 2.8.5 Extent of Mechanization Since the deposit in this area is massive in nature, it is proposed to carry out opencast mechanized mining for this plan period. The list of machines to be used in the mine is given in Table 2.9.

TABLE 2.9 LIST OF MACHINERY

S. No. Name Capacity/ make

Nos. Purpose Motive Power

1 DTH Drills 65 mm dia 1 For drilling of ore and OB (BHQ) Diesel Engine 2 Loader 1.5 cum 1 Diesel Engine 3 Excavator 2.5 cum 1 Diesel Engine 4 Dumpers 20T 4 For transportation of ore and OB Diesel Engine 5 Water Tanker 10000 Ltr. 1 For sprinkling water on quarry road Diesel Engine 6 Dozers 15.2 cum /320

hp 1 For dozing of loose material and

leveling of mining site before drilling Diesel Engine

7 Ambulance 1 For safety Diesel Engine 8 Jeep /Van 1 For survey or other transportation

means Diesel Engine

9 Explosive Van 1 ton 1 For handling explosive in the field Diesel Engine

Source: Mining Plan 2.8.6 Infrastructure The following facilities will be established near the mine lease area for the mine employees: Statutory Requirement : Manager’s office.

Rest shelter. Drinking Water Facility. First Aid Box. Latrines and urinals.

Maintenance Requirement : Room for storage of spare parts and fuel. Other Requirement : Security Office, Haul Road/Approach Road, Chemical Laboratory


Chapter 3: Description of the Environment 35

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Baseline environmental studies were carried out within 10 km radius of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine Lease area to assess the existing environmental consequence in the area. For the purpose of EIA studies, Mine lease area of Alnar Iron Ore Mine was considered as the core zone and area outside the mine upto 10 km radius was considered as buffer zone. The baseline environmental monitoring for various components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land was carried out during summer season i.e. March 2016 to May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km radial Distance from the mine. Other environmental data on flora and fauna, land-use pattern, forest etc. were also generated through field surveys and also secondary information collected from different State Govt. departments. Sampling methods and analysis details are enclosed as Annexure V. Socio-economic survey was conducted, through interaction with the people, sarpanch and medical officers by floating questionnaires and collection of information are supported by census data for demographic structures, amenities and infrastructure availability within the study area. 3.1.1 Methodology Appropriate methodologies are followed in developing the EIA-EMP report. The methodology adopted for the study is outlined below:

Conducting reconnaissance of the study area; Selecting sampling locations for conducting various environment baseline studies;

The sampling locations were selected on the basis of the following:

Predominant wind directions recorded by the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) Jagdalpur observatory;

Existing topography; Drainage pattern and location of existing surface water bodies like lakes, rivers andStreams; Location of villages/towns/ sensitive areas, and; Areas, which represent baseline conditions;

The field observations were made to:

Assess the positive and negative impacts due to the proposed project; Suggest appropriate mitigation measures for negating the adverse environmental Impacts, if

any, and; Suggest post-project monitoring

3.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Remote sensing technology has emerged as a powerful tool in providing reliable information on various natural resources at different levels; it has played an important role in effective mapping and periodic monitoring of natural resources including environment. With the availability of high resolution remote sensing data, newer areas of remote sensing applications have been identified, techniques of data processing have been improved and computer based image processing systems have become more effective. Based on these applications, the land use and land cover studies refer to man‟s activities on land, utilitarian

in nature whereas land cover denotes the vegetation cover, water bodies, artificial constructions and habitation.



The Land use/land cover classification system standardized by Department of Space, for mapping different agro-climatic zones has been adopted. The classification systems are as follows:

* Build up land:- it is defined as human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has a cover of building, transport, communication utilities in association with water, vegetation and vacant lands.

* Land with or without scrub: - They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high ground with or without scrubs. These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.

* Fallow land: - It is described as agricultural lands which is taken up for cultivation, but is temporarily allowed to rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken of both seasons.

* Dense Evergreen forest:-It is described as forest, which comprises of thick and dense canopy of all trees, which predominantly remain green throughout the year. It includes both coniferous and tropical broad-lived evergreen trees. Semi- evergreen forest is a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.

* Water bodies: - Area persistently covered by water such as river and reservoir, lakes and ponds etc.

3.2.1 Land use of Study Area The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the periphery of project site has been prepared using Resource SAT-2 (IRS-P6), sensor- LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution and date of pass 13 Dec 2015 satellite image with reference to Google Earth data and the IRS-P5- Cartosat-I data having 2.5 m spatial resolution and date of pass April 2016. In order to strengthen the baseline information on existing land use pattern, the following data covering approx. the proposed project site is lies between 18°32'58.0033"N - 18°33'09.6788"N latitude and 81°55.0305"E- 81°14'36.1751"E longitude and the 10km radius lies from the periphery of the project site i.e. 18°27'41.058"N - 18°38'27.849"N latitude and 81°08'35.936"E- 81°19'57.762"E longitude and elevation 142-1104 meter are observed. Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth collection and interpretation of satellite data. The outcome of land use study is presented below in subsequent tables and figures.

TABLE 3.1 DATA SPECIFICATION USED FOR PRESENTS STUDY

Satellite/ Image Sensor Scene-Spec Spatial resolution Date of Acquisition

Resource SAT-1 LISS-3 102-059D 23.5 m 13 Dec 2015

IRS-P-5 Cartosat-1 R-1-100-56 2.5 m April 2016

Objective The objectives of Land use studies are:

To determine the present land use pattern as per EIA/EMP norms by MoEF. To determine the drainage pattern present in the study area.



Data Used A. Remote sensing data

IRS P6 LISS-4 Scene IRS-P5 Cartosat-I data

B. Collateral Data Survey of India toposheet bearing Toposheet No. 65 F/2, 65 F/3, 65 F/6 and 65 F/7 of 1:50000

scale. 3.2.2 Methodology The land use pattern of the study area was studied by analysing the available secondary data published in the District Primary Census abstract of the year 2001 & 2011. Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below:

• Acquisition of satellite data • Preparation of base map from Survey of India toposheet • Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques • Ground truth studies or field checks using GPS • Finalization of the map • Digitization using head up vectorisation method • Topology construction in GIS • Area calculation for statistics generation • Masking

The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which the sensor collects the remotely sensed data are two important parameters for any land use survey. IRS P6 LISS III data offers spatial resolution of 23.5 m with the swath width of 141 x 141 km. the data is collected in four visible bands namely green (Band 2) (0.52-0.59µ), red (Band 3) (0.62-0.69µ), near infrared (NIR) (Band 4) (0.77-0.89µ), short wave infrared band (Band 5) (1.55-1.75µ) with orbit repeat period of 24 days (three days revisit). The shapes, sizes, colours, tone and texture of several geomorphic features are visible in IRS data. Four spectral bands provide high degree of measurability through band combination including FCC generation, bands rationing, classification etc. These features of the IRS data are particularity important for better comprehension and delineation of the land use classes. Hence, IRS P6 LISS-IV data and IRS-P5 – Cartosat-I data having 2.5 m spatial resolution having pan chromatic imagery has been used for land use mapping. The digital image processing was performed on ERDAS Imagine 2014 and QGIS 2.2 software system on high-configured computer. This software package is a collection of image processing functions necessary for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics, classification, etc. Apart from contrast stretching, there are large numbers of image processing functions that can be performed on this station. Arc GIS map 9.3 is used for final layout presentation. The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying quick look (the sampled image of the appropriate area ;) the sub-scene of the study area is extracted. Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the different land use classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve the following three steps:

1. Acquisition of ground truth 2. Calculation of the statistics of training area



3. Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread throughout the scene with bordering pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets have been used through the scene for similar land use classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters of training sets, the training areas were rectified by deleting no congruous training sets and creating new ones. 3.2.3 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data The False Colour Composite (FCC) of LISS-3 satellite imagery having 23.5 m spatial resolution satellite data at 1:50,000 scale was used for pre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of toposheet, geology, geo-morphology and by using the image elements, the features were identified and delineated the boundaries roughly. Each feature was identified on image by their image elements like tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern and association. A tentative legend in terms of land cover and land use was formulated. The sample area for field check is selected covering all the physiographic, land use/land cover feature cum image characteristics. Figure 3.1 shows the FCC of 10 KM radius of LISS-3 Imagery. .



FIGURE 3.1: FCC OF 00-10 KM RADIUS WITH PROJECT LOCATION



3.2.4 Ground Truth Collection Both toposheets and imagery were carried for field verification and a transverse plan using existing road network was made to cover as many representative sample areas as possible to observe the broad land use features and to adjust the sample areas according to field conditions. Detail field observations and investigations were carried out and noted the land use features on the imagery. 3.2.5 Post Field Work for Land Use/Land Cover Classification The base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey of India Toposheets on 1:50,000 scale. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land cover features boundaries from IRS-1, sensor LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution, False Colour Composite were modified in light of field information and the final thematic details were transferred onto the base maps. The final interpreted and classified thematic map was cartograph. The cartographic map was categorically differentiate with standard colour coding and described features with standard symbols. All the classes were identified and marked by the standard legend on the map. The following Land Cover classes were derived and classified as under:

1. Agricultural land 2. Settlements 3. Dense Forest 4. Open scrub 5. Stone Quarry 6. Water Bodies

Total areas of 10 km radius are about 314 sq. km. 3.2.6 Land Use/Land Cover Classification- Interpretation 3.2.6.1 Slope and Drainage Interpretation The area as a whole represents a gently slope as well as moderate slope which is seen in the mining areas of NMDC Bailadila and figure 3.2 represents the slope and gradient of the study area, drained by a number of North North East to East South East flowing rivers which debouche into the one major river i.e. Malenger Nadi present in ESE direction of the project site which is about 1.53 km approx and Korum nala present in the ENE direction which is about 4.89 km approx. The area as a whole is the basin of Indravati catchment and its tributaries Malenger Nadi and Koyar Nadi. There are numerous nallhas and nadi present in the study area these are present in Table 3.2 and Figure 3.3 represent the drainage pattern of the study area.

TABLE 3.2 DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF RIVER/STREAM/NALA PRESENT IN PROJECT SITE WITHIN 10 KM

RADIUS

Various small and large rivulets present in the study area and also various small and large water ponds were present in every part of the study area within the 10 km radius.

Name of the River/Stream/Nala Distance from Project Site (Km)

Direction from Project Site

Malenger Nadi 1.53 km ESE near Alnar and Pandupara Korum Nala 4.89 km ESE near Patelpara village Koyar Nadi 6.94 km NE near Pirnar village Vemal Gurum 8.54 km SW near Bainpali Palldu Vagu 2.98 km NW near Vengur



FIGURE 3.2: SLOPE MAP (DEGREE) OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE



FIGURE3.3: RIVER/STREAMS/NALA (DRAINAGE) AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE



3.2.7 Connectivity Interpretation It is also observed that the area is one of the under develop connectivity zone in which as per the government interception now the area is being developed its way for progress in which the major connectivity points of view such as SH-5 which is passing under the 10 km radius of the study area as well as also passing nearby to the project site. Numerous metal roads were also present in the study area; it seems that the transportation of raw materials and finished goods will be easily movable as the connectivity is prominent in the study area. Presently the study area is well connected with metalled road from Alnar via Taneli and Darbha under the SH-5 which is connecting the capital city of Chhattisgarh- Raipur area and another alternative route i.e. Alnar via Hiroli-Kirandul-Bacheli area. As per the observation and ground verification, the area having the connectivity of railway network which is present near the Bailadila Iron Mines colony by NMDC i.e. Kottavalas-Kirandul Branch by Eco Railway. The project site is well connected with the major town and city Bacheli, Jagadalpur, Dhamtari and Raipur. Table 3.3 represents the distance and direction of the connectivity and Figure 3.4 represents the connectivity map.

TABLE 3.3 DISTANCE AND DIRECTION OF CONNECTIVITY PRESENT IN PROJECT SITE WITHIN 10 KM

RADIUS

Name of the Road/Railway link Distance from Project Site (Km) Direction from Project Site SH-5 6.43 S Road towards Alnar 1.03 NNE Alnar via Taneli 4.73 ESE Alnar via Kirandul-Bacheli 8.49 NE Railway Eco Railway Kirandul 8.32 NE



FIGURE 3.4: REPRESENTS THE CONNECTIVITY OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE



3.2.8 Forest present within the study area The study area is located in Protected forest compartment number 1688 & 1689 (Khasara 416,417 & 418) of the Aranpur reserve forest of Dantewada Forest Division and within the 10 km radius of the study area comes under various categories of forest types (Table- 3.4). The area of forest excluding open scrub is about i.e. 206.12 Sq. km and open scrub is about 33.61 sq. km later which can be converted into agricultural land/ industrial activities. Table 3.4 represents the list of forest/open scrub and its direction with respect to the project site. Figure 3.5 represents the satellite imagery of the forest/open scrub presents in the study area. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, exist within the 10 km radius of the study area.

TABLE3.4 FOREST AND ITS DISTANCE W.R.T. THE PROJECT SITE

Sr. No. Forest/Open Scrub comprised in Study Area Distance & Direction w.r.t. project site 1. Bailadila Reserve Forest 4.37 km/NNW

2. Dense Mixed Jungle 4.10 km/NW

3. Dense Mixed Forest mainly Bamboo 5.93 km/SE

4. Gumiyapal Forest 4.79 km/S

5. Protected Forest (Banda Metta) 9.47 km/S

6. Kondasanvali RF (Darma Metta) 7.93 km/SSW

7. Dense mixed jungle (Noha Metta) 4.58km/SW

8. Dense Mixed Jungle 6.46 km/E

9. Dense Mixed Jungle mainly Bamboo 7.43 km/ENE



FIGURE 3.5: FCC OF THE STUDY AREA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE PROJECT SITE COVERING FOREST AREA



3.2.9 Land Use and Land Cover (LULC) for 00-10 km radius (314 Km2) The Land Cover classes were extracted following a visual interpretation method or on screen digitization of the Resource Sat-1 Imagery, sensor LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution image. These were later verified by using SOI toposheet and Google Earth imagery. Polygon layers for each class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The Land Cover classes and their coverage can be seen in the following Table 3.5 and its distribution is shown in Figure 3.7. The present Land Cover classes are represented in Figure 3.6. Total six major land use/ land cover classes were demarcated in the study area and a thematic map of 1:50,000 scales were generated incorporating these classified categories considering the area of the project.



FIGURE3.6: LU/LC DETAILS OF 00-10 KM RADIUS



TABLE 3.5 LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 10 KM RADIUS






Railway 0.05 0.02

2 Agriculture Land


3 Water bodies


4 Scrub/Waste Land


5 Forest



Total 314.00 100.00

FIGURE3.7: PIE CHART REPRESENT THE LU/LC DETAILS OF 10 KM RADIUS

6.28%

0.75%

0.02%

12.84% 0.95%

10.70%

65.64%

2.82%

Settlement

Road Infrastructure

Railway

Cropland

River/Nala/Stream

Land with scrub/Open Scrub

Dense Forest

Mining/Stone Quarry



From the Table 3.5 it has been depicted that total eight major land use/land cover classes were demarcated in the study area. As seen from the land cover classes that were derived agriculture appears to be the land use pattern that the villagers are engaged, however there is a moderate area of open scrub land which can be later developed into a cultivable land. Forest area has the highest coverage of all the land cover classes having 65.64 % (206.12 sq.km approx) of the total project area. It has been observed from the LULC that the total area present under the settlement area (Build up area-land rural/urban, barren land and road infrastructure) which covers 7.05% (22.13 sq. km approx). It is observed that maximum settlements were seen in Alnar, Kirandul, Acheli and Darbha and also on both sides of SH-5 i.e. N, E and SE parts of the study area which is shown in Figure 3.7. Overall the area having sparse densely populated with well distributed in all portion of the study area except the forest portion. The area having less densely populated presumably makes it difficult to visualize some of the other features of the total project area and the industrial settlement is nothing but the mining activities is about 2.82% (8.85 Sq. Km) only the iron ore mining part as a industrial source. It is also observed that almost flat topography with stony mass (rocky stone). It is also observed that the study area is well connected by roadways i.e. State Highway (SH-5). As the study area is present in the forest part of Bailadila Reserve Forest and having maximum sal species as well as bamboo species were seen. The area of the forest is about 65.64 % (206.12 Km2). The area of open scrub is lesser i.e. 10.70 % (33.61 Sq. km) later which could be converted into agricultural land. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, exist within the 10 km radius of the study area. The presence of water bodies including the river, dam, canal, tributaries and ponds as seen from the subsequent Figures 3.3 as well as Tables 3.2 is about 2.97% (0.95 km2). Various small and large rivulets present and also small and large water ponds were also present in every parts of the study area which are being utilized for various domestic and agricultural purposes by the villagers as well as industrial purposes. The main river Malenger Nadi and Khoyar Nadi and later both the rivers were discharging in Indravati River. The industries in the area are utilizing the river water for industrial as well as domestic purposes. As the area is being one of the prominent zone for Iron ore mining where maximum utilization of iron were being used for making various steel industries and other ancillaries industries. These certain pockets of stone mining and stone quarry and brick earth mining are being operated under the open cast methods by the various private players having ancillary units of crushing which are being used for construction and township projects and the finished products are transported to various parts of the study area. It is also evident from the satellite data and LU/LC map settlements occupy a subsequent area, predominantly their presence in bank of Malenger Nadi and Khoyar Nadi as well as on both site of SH-5 area and spreads all over the adjoining parts of the study area. The maximum settlement present in the Northern site of the project area i.e. Kirandul and towards the Bacheli road. The area is one of the prominent zone for NMDC iron ore mining belt and NMDC has done a better livelihood generation in this naxal belt zone of Dhantewada and it has been also emphasized that the private mines owner also do promising activities for this naxal hit zone to provide the better livelihood generation.



3.2.10 Elevation Details of 0 – 10 km radius The contour-Map has been prepared by taking the elevation information by using Survey of India Toposheet No. 65 F/2, 65 F/3, 65 F/6 and 65 F/7of 1:50000 scale and also using the help of satellite data CartoSat-I with 2.5 m spatial resolution with respect to Google Earth imagery information and contour has been generated at 10 m intervals as depicted in Figure 3.8 and the DEM model has been represented in Figure 3.9 and 3D view of DEM is in Figure 3.10. The 10 km radius of the proposed project location is confined within 605 meter to 750 meter above MSL as derived from DEM data.

.



FIGURE3.8: CONTOUR DETAILS OF 00-10 KM RADIUS



FIGURE 3.9: DEM DETAILS OF 00-10 KM RADIUS



FIGURE3.10: 3D-DEM DETAILS OF 00-10 KM RADIUS

EIA/EMP for Alnar Iron Ore Mine (Lease area: 31.55 Ha, Production: 1,50,000 TPA of Iron Ore) located at Alnar Village, North Arnapur forest of Tehsil Kuwankonda of Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh State Lessee: M/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur (Area: 31.55 Ha)


FIGURE 3.11: STUDY AREA MAP WITH SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS



3.2.11 Soil Characteristics For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the study area representing various land use conditions. Total 8 samples within the study area were collected and analyzed. The details of the soil sampling locations are given in Table 3.6 and shown in Figure-3.11. The sampling was carried out once in the study period during summer season 2016.

TABLE 3.6 DETAILS OF SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Sr. no. Location Code Location Distance (in ~km) Direction. 1 S1 Core Zone w.r.t Project Site 2 S2 Alnar EES 1.6 3 S3 Gumiyapal NNE 2.1 4 S4 Bengpal WWS 2.88 5 S5 Bodepali SSW 3.31 6 S6 Madakmaras NE 5.14 7 S7 Taneli SSE 5.46 8 S8 Kanhalguda WWS 6.76

The collected soil samples were analyzed for physico-chemical and nutrition parameters. The physical, chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined in the laboratory and the results are given in Table 3.7.

TABLE 3.7

SOIL QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS Sr. No.

Test Parameter

Unit Project site

BF-I (Alnar)

BF-I (Gumiyapal)

Bengpal Bodepali

Madakmaras

Taneli Kanhalguda

1 pH (1:5 water extract)

- 5.43 5.38 5.17 5.48 6.12 6.37 7.23 5.17 at 27 ºC

at 27 ºC at 27 ºC at 27 ºC at 27 ºC at 27 ºC

at 27 ºC

at 27 ºC

2 Electrical Conductivity at 25°C

µS/cm 87.27 91.17 109.52 115.4 117.14 155.68

108.3 124.3

(1:5 water extract)

3 Texture - Silty clay

Silty clay

Silty clay

Clay loam

Silty clay loam

Clay loam

Clay loam

Silty clay

4 Sand % 18 22 18 23 17 26 28 28 5 Slit % 42 46 47 43 45 38 40 48 6 Clay % 40 32 35 34 38 36 32 24 7 Water Holding

Capacity % 38 39 32 38 36 36 34 37

8 Bulk Density g/cc 1.28 1.327 1.28 1.327 1.43 1.52 1.46 1.17 9 Porosity % 28 29 25 29 23 28 28 24 10 Exchangeable

Calcium (as Ca)

mg/Kg 36.09 35.14 32.48 31.82 44.16 38.16 28.61 28.44

11 Exchangeable mg/kg 26.14 27.12 16.12 18.62 29.5 23.42 17.84 14.92



Sr. No.

Test Parameter

Unit Project site

BF-I (Alnar)

BF-I (Gumiyapal)

Bengpal Bodepali

Madakmaras

Taneli Kanhalguda

Magnesium (as Mg)

14 Water Soluble Chloride (as Cl-)

mg/Kg 41.6 16.14 15.12 14.42 24.86 21.92 29.14 32.16

15 Water Soluble Sulphate(as SO4)

mg/Kg 7.24 8.39 8.24 6.42 7.14 8.52 8.43 4.86

16 Water Soluble Calcium

mg/kg 44.18 28.32 30.59 29.62 49.66 42.63 32.65 32.29

17 Water Soluble Magnesium

mg/kg 29.3 29.46 19.309 20.3 27.28 30.73 19.93 18.63

18 Water Soluble Sodium

mg/kg 16.18 13.44 23.86 29.26 19.23 12.52 21.13 18.63

19 Available Potassium (as K)

Kg/ha 515.57 554.12 551.49 520.36 491.88 410.67

482.4 492.36

20 Available Phosphorous (as P)

Kg/ha 76.18 66.25 88.12 84.46 82.38 76.4 78.93 58.92

21 Available Nitrogen (as N)

Kg/ha 162.34 161.15 290.2 235.4 278.08 245.45

198.98

182.43

22 Organic Matter

% 5.24 5.92 4.92 3.16 2.98 4.12 3.14 4.92

23 Organic Carbon

% 3.14 3 2.14 1.96 1.12 3.04 2.03 2.86

24 CEC meq/100g

18.2 14.2 14.28 12.84 16.48 16.48 15.42 16.38

25 Arsenic mg/kg ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 26 Boron mg/kg 96.12 90.93 142.16 93.54 98.99 97.5 105.8

3 86.32

27 Cadmium mg/kg ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 28 Chromium mg/kg ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 29 Copper mg/kg 51.18 58.13 45.92 36.14 38.48 37.19 28.78 26.54 30 Lead mg/kg 5.13 8.32 6.44 3.42 9.18 7.12 6.72 4.82 31 Nickel mg/kg ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 32 Cobalt mg/kg 35.19 26.34 31.42 16.84 28.92 18.76 23.46 28.49 33 Iron g/100g 15.95 15.14 11.96 8.21 14.59 14.32 8.64 9.32 34 Manganese mg/kg 1686.1

5 1938.21 2244.08 1921.34 1987.83 1032.

49 1073.97

1284.37

35 Zinc mg/kg 161.97 171.3 178.51 133.33 147.12 140.34

139.24

181.38

36 Selenium mg/kg ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND: Not Detectable Observations: pH of the soil samples varied from 5.17 to 7.23 indicating slightly acidic to normal soils. Texture of the soil was observed as mainly silty clay silty loam, clay loam and silty clay. Bulk density of the soil samples varied from 1.17 to 1.52 g/cc. Organic carbon in the soil samples varied from 1.12 to 5.92%. Cation Exchange capacity of the soil samples varied from 12.84 to 18.2 meq/100 g.



Available Nitrogen in the soil samples varied from 161.15 to 290.2 kg/Ha. Available Phosphorus in the soil samples varied from 58.92 to 88.12 kg/Ha. Available potassium in the soil samples varied from 410.67 to 554.12 kg/Ha. From the analysis results of the soil samples, it was observed that the soil was low to medium fertile and having low productivity. The soil in the study area needs additional fertilizers for improving the fertility status and increase in crop productivity. The concentration of heavy metals in the water extract of soil was found to be low with a negligible concentration level of cadmium, chromium, lead, cobalt and selenium. This also indicates the poor level of micro-nutrient. The presence organic matter and organic carbon was found to be in the soil. Overall the soil quality in the area was found to be medium fertile with moderate productivity. 3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3.3.1 Meteorology Meteorological Data The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input prediction models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological regime of the region. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons as per IMD classification:

Winter season: December to February

Pre-monsoon season: March to May

Monsoon season: June to September

Post-monsoon season: October to November Methodology The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS : 8829) and India Meteorological Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific data. Data was collected every hour continuously from 1st March 2016 to 31st May 2016 pre monsoon season. The Central Monitoring Station (CMS) equipped with continuous monitoring equipment was installed on top of a residential building at a height of about 10.0 m above ground level to record wind speed, direction, relative humidity and temperature. The meteorological monitoring station was located in such a way that it is free from any obstructions and as per the guidelines specified under IS: 8829. Cloud cover was recorded by visual observation. Rainfall was monitored by rain gauge. Sources of Information India Meteorological Department has been monitoring surface observations at Jagdalpur. Pressure, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, evaporation, wind speed and direction are measured twice a day viz., at 08:30 and 17:30 hr. The data for the above specified parameters has been collected for



10 years and processed. Data on cloud cover is compiled from the climatological tables for the IMD station at Jagdalpur.

Meteorological Data of IMD Jagdalpur

The details of meteorological data of IMD Jagdalpur are given in Table 3.8.

TABLE 3.8 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA GENERATED AT IMD STATION

Month Temperature (⁰C) Humidity (%) Monthly Rainfall (mm) Min Max 0830 hr 1730 hr

January 11.7 28.7 76 47 12.6 February 14.5 31.5 67 38 10.1 March 18.6 35.2 59 33 17.4 April 22.2 37.6 56 36 41.1 May 24.1 38.0 59 43 78.5 June 23.8 33.3 75 66 230 July 22.7 29.1 87 81 358.5 August 22.5 28.5 89 83 360.6 September 22.3 30.2 85 79 195.7 October 19.8 30.6 80 70 88.5 November 15.2 29.3 78 62 27.4 December 11.2 28.2 78 55 6.9 Range 11.2-38.0 33-89 Total = 1427.40 Wind Speed / Direction Generally, light to moderate winds prevail throughout the year. Winds were light and moderate particularly during the morning hours. While during the afternoon hours the winds were stronger. The pre monsoon season wind pattern is given in Figure3.3

FIGURE 3.12: WINDROSE DIAGRAM OF IMD JAGDALPUR



Meteorological Data Recorded at Project Site The recorded meteorological data is presented in Table3.9.

TABLE3.9

SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA Month Temp.

(0C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall

(mm) Cloud Cover (Oktas)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Min. Max. March 2016 37.6 11.3 86.4 30.4 3.6 2/8 4/8 April 2016 41.4 17.6 78.5 26.1 Nil 0/8 0/8 May 2016 43.5 20.4 67.5 21.4 2.3 1/8 2/8 Range 11.3 – 43.5 21.4 - 86.4 5.9 0/8 - 4/8

Wind Speed / Direction The Site Specific pre monsoon season wind pattern is given in Figure 3.4

FIGURE3.13: SITE SPECIFIC WINDROSE DIAGRAME 3.3.2 Baseline Ambient Air Quality

The status of ambient air quality within the study area was monitored for summer season during March - May 2016 at 10 locations including the lease area and in nearby villages. The monitoring locations are given in Table 3.10 and are shown in Figure 3.14.

The various sources of air pollution in the region are mining and activities and vehicular traffic. The prime objective of the baseline air quality study (10-km radius) was to assess the existing air quality



of the area to form baseline information. The study area represents mostly rural environment with mining activities.

The regional climatologically data (Source: IMD Jagdalpur, 30 years average), was used as a guideline to know the predominant wind direction during study period. The locations were identified keeping in view predominant wind directions prevailing during study period, sensitive receptors, human settlements and mining activities around.

The levels of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Fine Particulates (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) alongwith carbon mono oxide (CO), Ozone (O3) and Ammonia (NH3) were monitored for establishing the baseline status. PM10 were sampled with the help of Respirable Dust Samplers on filter papers and SO2& NOx were absorbed in the respective absorption media in the impinges attached to RD samplers and analyzedspectrophotometrically. PM2.5 was monitored with the help of Fine Particulate Samplers.

The minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile values have been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations and the results are summarized in Table 3.11.

TABLE 3.10

DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS Sr. No. Station Code Locations Direction Distance(Km) 1 AAQ1 Project Site - - 2 AAQ2 Alnar EES 1.83 3 AAQ3 Gumiyapal NNE 2.1 4 AAQ4 Bengpal WWS 2.88 5 AAQ5 Bodepali SSW 3.31 6 AAQ6 Madakmaras NE 5.14 7 AAQ7 Taneli SSE 5.46 8 AAQ8 Kanhalguda WWS 6.76 9 AAQ9 Perpa NNE 7.47 10 AAQ10 Kirandul NNE 8.49

EIA/EMP for Alnar Iron Ore Mine (Lease area: 31.55 Ha, Production: 1,50,000 TPA of Iron Ore) located at Alnar Village, North Aranpur forest of Tehsil Kuwankonda of Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh State Lessee: M/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur (Area: 31.55 Ha)


TABLE 3.11 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS

Station code

Location Description PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx (μg/m3) CO (mg/m3) O3 (μg/m

3) NH3 (μg/m3)

(μg/m3) (μg/m

3) (μg/m3)


Maximum 44 22 8 12 0.272 16.8 23

Average 41 18 6 9 0.252 12.6 17

98th %tile 44 22 8 12 0.27 16.4 23


Maximum 42 21 6 8 0.243 15.6 21

Average 37 13 6 6 0.223 11.7 16

98th %tile 41 20 6 8 0.243 15 21

AAQ 3 Gumiyapal Minimum 37 16 5 5 0.248 10.7 10

Maximum 43 19 7 9 0.286 18.9 32

Average 40 18 6 7 0.258 14.9 18

98th %tile 43 19 7 9 0.28 18.6 30

AAQ 4 Bengpal Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12

Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29

Average 47 24 6 19 0.301 14.1 20

98th %tile 56 30 8 27 0.355 18.2 29

AAQ 5 Bodepali Minimum 42 18 5 11 0.242 11.6 12

Maximum 62 28 9 26 0.328 19.4 28

Average 52 24 6 18 0.283 15.1 21

98th %tile 60 28 9 25 0.327 19 28

AAQ 6 Madakmaras Minimum 34 13 5 7 0.165 6.7 5

Maximum 44 19 7 13 0.22 13.8 13

Average 38 16 6 10 0.193 9.8 9

98th %tile 44 19 7 13 0.22 13 12

AAQ 7 Taneli Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12



Station code

Location Description PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx (μg/m3) CO (mg/m3) O3 (μg/m

3) NH3 (μg/m3)

(μg/m3) (μg/m

3) (μg/m3)

Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29

Average 47 24 6 19 0.301 14.1 20

98th %tile 56 30 8 27 0.355 18.2 29


Maximum 68 38 9 28 0.358 18.2 32

Average 56 24 6 18 0.291 15.1 21

98th %tile 66 36 9 26 0.355 18.2 30

AAQ 9 Perpa Minimum 49 21 5 11 0.242 10.8 12

Maximum 64 34 8 26 0.362 19.2 29

Average 55 26 6 17 0.291 15.3 20

98th %tile 63 33 8 25 0.353 18.9 28

AAQ 10 Kirandul Minimum 51 21 5 12 0.217 11.4 12

Maximum 66 32 7 24 0.341 19.2 28

Average 57 26 6 18 0.28 15.6 20

98th %tile 64 32 7 24 0.337 19.1 27

CPCB Standard 100 (24 hrs) 60 (24 hrs) 80 (24 hrs) 80(24 hrs) 2(8 hrs) 180 (1 hrs) 400 (24 hrs)



FIGURE 3.14: STUDY AREA MAP WITH AIR MONITORING LOCATIONS



Observations of Primary Data: PM10 concentration in the study area varied from 32to 68 μg/m3 during the study period. PM2.5 concentration in the study area varied from 10to 38 μg/m3during the study period. SO2 concentration in the study area varied from 5.0 to 9.0 μg/m3during the study period. NOx concentration in the study area varied from 5 to 28 μg/m3during the study period.

From the above results, it is observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx at all the monitoring locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB. 3.3.2.1 Mineralogical Composition of PM10 For determining the mineralogical composition of the respirable dust i.e. PM10, the PM10 monitoring was carried out using EPM filter papers at all the monitoring locations and after sampling, the filter papers were analyzed in the laboratory to determine the mineralogical composition of the PM10. The analysis results showing mineralogical composition of PM10 for core zone is given in Table 3.12.

TABLE 3.12 MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION OF PM10 [UNIT: μg/m3]

Location PM10 Ca Mg Na K Cl Pb Fe Al Ni Zn Cu Free Silica

Core zone

44 1.42 0.26 0.34 0.20 0.33 0.010 0.032 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.009 0.012

3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3.4.1 Baseline Status Ambient noise level monitoring was carried out at the 10 monitoring locations; those were selected for ambient air quality monitoring. The details of noise monitoring locations are given in Table 3.13 and are shown in Figure-3.15. The noise level monitoring results are given in Table 3.14.

TABLE 3.13 NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No. Station Code Locations Name Direction Distance(Km)

1 N1 Core Zone - -

2 N 2 Alnar EES 1.83

3 N 3 Gumiyapal NNE 2.1

4 N 4 Bengpal WWS 2.88 5 N 5 Bodepali SSW 3.31

6 N 6 Madakmaras NE 5.14

7 N 7 Taneli SSE 5.46 8 N 8 Kanhalguda WWS 6.76 9 N9 Perpa NNE 7.47

10 N10 Kirandul NNE 8.49



FIGURE 3.15: STUDY AREA MAP WITH NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS



TABLE 3.14 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS, [LEQ IN dB(A)]

Time Core Zone (N1)

N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10

6:00 42 43 45 43 42 41 47 42 43 44

7:00 45 46 46 53 48 43 48 43 50 45

8:00 44 46 48 56 52 44 49 44 54 47

9:00 46 47 51 57 55 47 51 48 56 50

10:00 45 46 53 61 56 50 54 50 57 52

11:00 44 45 56 56 56 52 55 53 56 54

12:00 46 45 57 55 55 53 56 53 60 55

13:00 48 46 56 61 55 54 57 53 60 55

14:00 46 44 56 60 55 52 57 52 52 55

15:00 44 45 55 53 54 52 54 51 51 54

16:00 45 45 42 54 52 52 55 54 55 56

17:00 45 44 46 51 52 51 54 54 56 56

18:00 41 42 50 50 56 49 54 49 50 53

19:00 39 41 47 49 50 46 49 45 52 48

20:00 37 40 45 44 44 42 44 41 51 43

21:00 36 38 45 43 44 49 44 41 46 43

22:00 33 35 44 48 45 46 44 41 45 44

23:00 32 33 44 47 45 48 44 41 45 43

0:00 32 32 44 47 45 40 45 42 43 43

1:00 32 32 44 46 44 40 44 42 43 42

2:00 31 31 43 42 42 40 43 42 42 41

3:00 30 31 42 42 42 41 45 41 41 42

4:00 32 32 41 43 42 42 45 42 41 43

5:00 34 35 43 45 43 42 46 41 42 42

Min 30 31 41 42 42 43 43 41 41 41

Max 48 47 57 61 56 54 57 54 60 56

Ld 45 45 51 55 53 49 53 50 54 52

Ln 34 35 44 45 45 44 46 42 45 44

Observations: From the above table, it is observed that the ambient noise levels at all the monitoring locations were well within the permissible limits of 55 dB(A) for day time and 45 dB(A) for night time. Ambient noise level at Project Site (N-1) was found to be 45 & 34 dB(A) in day and night time respectively. All the values are well within the prescribed limit of 75 and 70 dB (A), for industrial area in day and night time respectively. At Alnar (N-2), Gumiyapal (N-3), Bengpal (N-4), Bodepali (N-5) , Madakmaras (N-6) , Taneli (N- 7), Kanhalguda (N-8), Perpa (N-9) and Kirandul (N-10) the noise levels were also within the prescribed limit of 52 dB(A) & 44 dB(A) for residential area in day and night time respectively.



3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3.5.1 Topography & Drainage Pattern The lease area represents undulating land with rock mass of Iron Ore. Highest and lowest elevation of the area mRL applied for lease is 660 m and 640 m above MSL having undulating topography and slope from 660 mRL to 640 mRL. The deepest quarry level is at 638mRL. There is no settlement within the area. The general slope of the area is towards West. Kirandul town is located in northern part of the study area. There is a seasonal nallah flowing within the mining lease area. However, there are some other water bodies viz. Malenger river (1.53 km), Palldu river (2.98 km), Korum Nala (4.89 km), Koyar river (6.94 km) and Vemal Gurun (8.54 km) are flowing within the study area. 3.5.2 Rainfall The area receives rainfall by South-West monsoon. Rainy season sets in the middle of June and lasts till September. The normal average rainfall is 1427.40 mm collected from IMD station Jagdalpur. 3.5.3 Hydrogeology The oldest basement crystalline rocks and gneisses belonging to the Bengpal group cover about 17 % area (1560 km2) of the district mostly in the central part of the district. The rock formations are mostly hard and compact Pink and Grey granites, Charnokites and gneisses associated rocks, often intruded by dykes and pegmatite veins. However Schist, Weathered mantle is the main aquifer. Generally the weathered zone is immediately followed by a fracture. In granite and gneisses the yield of well depends upon structure, Lithology and land form of these, structure controlled by lineament plays a major role in controlling the yield. Felsic rocks (Pink granite) have more fractures compared to mafic and mafelsic rocks. The rocks of Lower Proterozoic Dongargarh Super Group, Comprising mainly of fine to medium grained Potash rich Dongargarh Granite and its equivalents are distributed in northern and central parts of the district. The area comes under plateau and hilly region. General elevation of the area is between 550 and 750m AMSL Effect of weathering through joints down to 40 m can be very well observed during drilling in this formation. Intrusive of pegmatite /quartz vein can be often seen in this granite. The weathered thickness in granites ranges between 16 and 40 MBGL.Weathered granite followed by a fracture at bottom is the only aquifer which possesses good quantity of water. In general the shallow fractured zone lies within 80m depth. The yield of this zone varies from 3 to 5 LPS and specific capacity varies between 23 and 37 LPM/MDD. Rocks Sabari group covers in the part of Sukma and Konta blocks of the district covering an area of about 674 km2.Deposition in this basin is simultaneous to the deposition of Chhattisgarh basin, which exhibit arenites, argillites and carbonate rock sequence over the basement crystalline. Apart from these the recent alluvium and Pleistocene Laterites occur in isolated patches along Sabri and Indrāvati rivers, deposits are mainly consist of clays and sand thickness varies from 10 to 30 m ,alluvium formation formed potential aquifer in Sukma and Konta blocks ,yield of the formation varies from 1 to 8 LPS. The ground water in these formations occurs under water table conditions in the weathered mantle of the crystalline formation and weathered part of sedimentary formation (Sabari group) and under confined to semi-confined conditions in the fractured part of the crystalline, metamorphic rock and cavernous zones in limestone of the Sabari formation. Weathered mantle down to the depth of the hard and massive rocks mainly provides space



for ground water movement and storage. The thickness of the weathered part in the area generally varies between 10 to 25 m. This province is found least potential with respect to ground water yield and development. Generally bore wells in the area yield 1- 3 lps and dug wells are having yield between 0.25 to 2.3 LPS. In all there are 8 numbers of observation of wells (i.e. National Hydrograph Network Stations); out of which six are dug wells and two are piezometers were established in the district to monitor the water levels four times a year and water quality once a year. The pre-monsoon ground water level in the district varies from 2.5 to 12.0 mBGL with an average around 4 to 9 mBGL and the post-monsoon water level varies from 0.94 to 6.94 m BGL with an average around 3 to 6 mBGL. The water level fluctuation varies from 0.07 to 5.11m with an average around 2 to 4 m the water level trend (for 10 years) for pre-monsoon and post-monsoon period on an average indicates no significant change (rise or fall). Geomorphology: Bastar Plateau Region It covers Bastar, Kondagaon, Narayanpur, Kanker, Bijapur, Sukma and Dantewada districts lying on the southern parts of the State. Except Indrāvati River plains, most of the area is covered by evergreen dense reserve forests and hilly tracts. The major landforms are high-level plateaus, structural hills and valleys and pediments and pediplains. The altitude varies from 100 to 1200 m AMSL. In the plains of Indrāvati River covering central parts, and along the Shabri River, covering southeastern parts the altitude varies from 250 to 300 m AMSL.

PHYSIOGRAPHY OF DANTEWADA DISTRICT

Physiographically the Dantewada district forms the part of Bastar plateau. The area is characterized by a highly undulating topography with hills and valleys. The area exhibits mainly structural hills, valleys and pediment/pediplain along with some area under structural plains and some under flood plains in the southern part of the district. The elevation of the area is 660MSL.



3.5.4 Site Specific Ground Water Table scenario The pre monsoon water level in the area is observed at 6-9m BGL while post monsoon water level in the area is observed from 3-6m BGL from a general elevation of 26m AMSL. The general elevation within the study area is from 660 m to 640m. The entire Dantewada has 25.17% ground water development status. Thus it falls in safe category (CGWB, 2008). 3.5.5 Water requirement Total water requirement in the Alnar iron ore deposit is estimated to be 10 m3/d. Water will be supplied from rainwater accumulated in mine pit (when available) for dust suppression and plantation and by tanker from nearby abandoned pits. Drinking water will be supplied from bore well. 3.5.6 Baseline Status The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying 4 ground water (Bore wells/dug wells) samples in different villages and plant site, surface water samples could not be collected due to non-availability of surface water in available seasonal water body. The sampling location are shown in Figure 3.16 and listed in Table 3.15. The physico-chemical & bacteriological characteristics of ground and surface water are given in the Tables 3.16& 3.17 respectively.



FIGURE 3.16: SURFACE AND GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS



TABLE 3.15 DETAILS OF WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

TABLE 3.16

PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GROUND WATER Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Limits

GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1 pH - 6.5-8.5 (NR) 6.2 7.2 7.1 7.4 6.8 7.3 7.6 6.5 2 Colour Hazen 5 (25) 4 5 7 9 6 7 8 6 3 Taste - Agreeable Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag 4 Odour - U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. 5 Conductivity µS/cm NS 476.0 360.0 386.0 424.0 274.0 232.0 178.0 396.0

6 Turbidity NTU 5 (10) 4.0 8.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 7 Total dissolve

Solids (TDS) mg/l 500(2000) 320.0 235.0 260.0 280.0 184.0 152.0 120.0 265.0

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l 300(600) 161.0 163.1 167.0 194.7 105.8 88.4 65.2 178.0

9 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/l 200(600) 112.0 106 178.0 170.0 75.0 66.0 78.0 191.0

10 Calcium as Ca+2

mg/l 75(200) 50.8 35.1 31.2 42.4 26.3 22.7 17.3 38.2

11 Magnesium as Mg+2

mg/l 30(100) 8.3 18.3 21.6 21.6 9.7 7.7 5.4 20.1

12 Residual Chlorine

mg/l 0.2 Min <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

Sr. no. Location Location Code Distance (in km) Direction.

w.r.t Project site

Ground Water

1 Alnar GW1 2.1 EES

2 Bodepali GW2 3.31 SSW

3 Kanhalguda GW3 6.76 WWS

4 Madakmaras GW4 5.14 NE

5 Perpa GW5 7.47 NNE

6 Kirandul GW6 8.49 NNE

7 Bengpal GW7 2.88 WWS

8 Taneli GW8 5.46 SSE Surface Water

1 Alnar SW1 1.83 km EES

2 Kanhalguda SW2 6.76 km WWS

3 Perpa SW3 7.47 km NNE

4 Kirandul SW4 8.49 km NNE



Sr. No.



13 Boron as B mg/l 1.0 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.012 <0.01 <0.01 14 Chlorides as

Cl- mg/l 250(1000) 32.6 31.5 8.2 26.4 26.3 22.7 8.5 6.6

15 Sulphates as SO2

2- mg/l 200(400) 38.9 26.3 2.4 7.2 7.9 6.2 2.8 0.4

16 Fluorides as F-

mg/l 1.0(1.5) 0.5 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.4

17 Nitrates as NO3

mg/l 45(NR) 42.7 2.1 2.8 4.6 20.4 13.2 1.8 0.1

18 Sodium as Na

mg/l NS 32.2 8.2 14.3 7.8 14.3 12.7 13.1 10.6

19 Potassium as K

mg/l NS 3.4 1.0 1.8 2.4 1.3 0.8 0.5 0.6

20 Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH

mg/l 0.001(0.002) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

21 Cyanides as CN-

mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

22 Anionic detergents as MBAS

mg/l 0.2 (1.0) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24 Cadmium as

Cd mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25 Arsenic as As

mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26 Copper as Cu

mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 28 Manganese

as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) <0.01 <0.01 0.1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3(1.0) 0.11 0.20 0.14 0.22 0.27 0.16 0.11 0.18 30 Chromium

as Cr+6 mg/l 0.05(NR) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

31 Selenium as Se

mg/l 0.01(NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5(15) 0.7 1.0 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.2 0.4 0.22 33 Aluminum

as Al mg/l 0.03(0.2) 0.11 0.1 0.06 0.08 0.2 0.46 0.51 0.16

34 Mercury as Hg

mg/l 0.001(NR) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

35 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 36 E-coil - Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 37 Total

coliforms MPN/ 100ml

10 <2 1.0 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

TABLE 3.17

PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SURFACE WATER Sr. No.

Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4

1 pH - 7.1 7.2 7.5 7.8 2 Colour Hazen 4.0 6.0 4.0 5.0



Sr. No.

Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4

3 Conductivity µS/cm 162.1 130.3 144.6 132.7 4 Total dissolve Solids (TDS) mg/l 107.0 84.0 97.0 88.0 5 Dissolve Oxygen (DO) mg/l 4.6 5.8 4.2 5.1 6 Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) mg/l <3.0 <3.0 <3.0 <3.0 7 Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l <5.0 <5.0 5.4 <5.0 8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 60.6 50.9 69.3 53.4 9 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 46.0 40.0 48.1 38.6 10 Calcium as Ca+2 mg/l 14.2 10.8 17.2 13.8 11 Magnesium as Mg+2 mg/l 6.1 5.8 6.4 4.6 12 Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 19.2 13.8 16.4 11.6 13 Residual Free Chlorine mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 14 Phosphates as PO4 mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 15 Sulphates as SO2

2- mg/l 4.2 1.8 4.6 2.4 16 Fluorides as F- mg/l 0.1 0.2 0.1 <0.1 17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 2.6 3.6 5.6 1.3 18 Sodium as Na mg/l 7.6 6.2 7.1 2.1 19 Potassium as K mg/l 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.6 20 Total Boron as B mg/l 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 21 Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 22 Cyanides as CN- mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 23 Oil and Grease mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 25 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 26 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 27 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 28 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.12 0.14 0.11 0.12 29 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 30 Selenium as Se mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 31 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 32 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.03 0.02 0.1 0.06 33 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 34 SAR - 0.11 0.4 0.38 0.10 35 Insecticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent 36 Anionic detergents as MBAS mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 37 Total Coliforms MPN/100ml 120 80 75 65

3.5.7 Result Discussion Groundwater Quality The physico-chemical characteristics of groundwater are presented in Table 3.16 and are compared with the IS-10500 standards. The pH of the water samples collected ranged from 6.20 to 7.60 and within the acceptable limit of 6.5 to 8.5. The total dissolved solids were found in the range of 120-320 mg/l. The total hardness varied between 65.2-194.7 mg/l for all samples. In all samples, iron content varied in between 0.11 - 0.30 mg/l, Nitrate in between 0.1 – 42.7 mg/l, fluoride varied between 0.3-0.6 mg/l, chloride 8.5 – 32.6 mg/l, Sulphate 0.4-38.9 mg/l, alkalinity 66.0-191.0 mg/l. The overall ground water quality was found to be good except iron content, which was observed to exceed the desired levels of 0.3 mg/l in most of the ground water samples. The levels of heavy metals content were found to be within permissible limits.



Surface Water Quality The results of the surface water samples analysed are presented in Table 3.17 and are compared with the IS-10500 standards. The pH of the surface water samples collected was observed between 7.1 to 7.8 and within the acceptable limit of 6.5-8.5. The total dissolved solids were found to be 84 - 107 mg/l. Total hardness was observed between 53.4–69.3 mg/l. Iron content in all samples was found in the range of 0.11–0.14 mg/l, concentration of nitrate was 1.3–5.6 mg/l. The fluoride concentration was found to be <0.01 to 0.2 mg/l and chloride concentration was varied between 13.8–19.2 mg/l. The sulphate content in all samples was in the range of 1.8–4.6 mg/l. The variation in alkalinity recorded was in the range of 38.6–48.6 mg/l, magnesium was found to be in the range of 4.6 to 6.4 mg/l in all samples. Bacteriological Characteristics Coliform group of organisms are indicators of faecal contamination in water. Water samples were analysed for total and faecal coliform by membrane filtration technique. Bacteriological quality of ground and surface water is presented in Tables 3.16 & 3.17 respectively. In groundwater samples, total coliform & faecal coliform were absent in all the samples. Whereas, surface water was found to be contaminated by coliform bacteria. From the results, it was observed that, groundwater is suitable for drinking and domestic uses in absence of alternate drinking water source whereas surface water was not suitable for drinking uses without treatment. 3.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The inter relationship of biotic and abiotic components reflects the richness of the area. Alteration or change in any component may disturb the harmony of ecosystem. Study of the biological environment is one of the most important aspects of EIA. This again has a prime important in case of mining project due to its area constraint. Mining leases and surrounding area are mainly located in the forested area. The biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. EIA helps to identify the impact of the mining on the ecosystem and warns to check the damage. Requirement of site specific baseline information is very important to understand the present condition of the area, to conserve the natural flora and fauna based on EIA of an area and thereby assessment of anticipated impacts arises from such extractive industries. It also helps in suggesting site specific measures so that a particular ecosystem can improve instead of further damage. In the present study in and around Alnar Iron Ore Mine (Lease area: 31.55 Ha) ofM/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Limited mainly terrestrial ecology is considered as the study carried out in summer season. 3.6.1 Objective of the Study

To document the existing floral and faunal diversity within the study 10 km radius study area To assess the sensitive area and sensitive species which will be going to affect affected by

proposed Project. To identify the national park/sanctuary/protected area/ reserve forest within 10 km study area

from the mine lease area.

3.6.2Study location

The proposed Alnar iron ore mine is situated in revenue forest land which is 1.6 km away from the village Alnar towards NE direction. Baseline survey conducted within 10 km radial distance from mine lease area. Further, study area assigned as core area (Mine lease Area 31.55 Hect.) and buffer area (10 km radial distance from the core zone) in order to ease the biological study.



Specifically According to prescribed methods for the biological investigation pertaining to baseline study, selected locations within 10 km peripheral area was surveyed. There is no any water body has been found within the mine lease area (core zone). Small River Malangar (1.53 km from core zone), Palldu vegu (2.98 km near venger village ), Korum nala (4.89 km ESE near Patel para), Koyar Nadi (6.94 km NE ) and one small River Malangar (1.53 km from core zone) and Vemal gurun (8.54 km SW near Bainpali) are in the study area. Small and medium size tree are existing within the ML (core) area. As per Champion & Seth revised classification, the study area can be classified under Tropical Dry DeciduousForest comprising of mainly Teak with mixed forest.

The vegetation was found in mixed category forest which have association of Taek(Tectona grandis), Dhawa (Anogeissus latifolia), Mahua (Madhuca latifolia), Ber (Ziziphus mauritiana.), Makor(ziziphus oenoplia), Saja(Terminalia tomentosa), Jamun (Sygigum cumini), Gular (Ficus glomerata), Lendia(Lagerstromia perviflora), Asta (Bauhinia racemosa ), Mundi(Mitrigyna pervifolia), Ghont (Zizyphus xylocarpus), Kari (Milliusa tomentosa) Gilchi (Casseria graviolens), Kasai (Bridelia retusa), Salai(Boswelia serrata), Semal (Bombax ceiba), Pakur (Ficus virens), Keolar(Bauhinia purpurea), Karra(Cleistanthus collinus), Tinsa(Ougeinia oojeinensis), Gunja ( Lannea coromandelica ) etc. landscape is hilly terrain have altitude varies from 700-600m msl. Forest floor is generally covered with dry litters and carbon rich humus in most of the area which shows the functioning characteristics of the biological systems. The soil is basically silty clay to clay loam textured lateritic soil which has medium fertility that is not suitable for the all types of agriculture species only suitable for rice, maize, ramtil and other minor millets. This study location is a part of Bailadila iron ore series which was famous for high iron containing ore (64-67% Fe content) deposit. For the baseline study of floristic as well as faunal diversity status assessment follows following methodology. 3.6.3 Methodology Flora: Floral status was assessed in different habitat types within the study area. Quantitative data was collected using standard quadrat method. Random quadrates were laid in order to quantify the vegetation of the study area. Quadrate size for trees was 10 x 10 m, for shrubs it was 5 x 5 m and for herbs it was 1 x 1m. In each of the quadrates, species types and their number were recorded. The collected information was analyzed for secondary parameters such as density, frequency and abundance by following standard phyto-sociological methods. Fauna: for the baseline status of different faunal classes were done by following techniques. Mammals: Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirect evidences. Opportunistic sightings were also included. Transect line were used to search indirect evidence i.e. animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets, feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic (colored pictorial guide) field guide were used for interviews with local residents (Burnham et al. 1980, Rodgers 1991, Sale and Berkmuller, 1988, Daniel, 1992) Avifauna: The point count method was used for the avifaunal baseline data collection. Opportunistic survey was also carried out with respect to avifaunal checklist. Identification by calls was also made



for species identification which was not directly encountered or were hidden in the vegetation or canopy (Sridharan 1989, Bhupathy1991, Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986). Herpetofauna: The 10 meter radius size circular plot was used for the investigation of reptiles and amphibians. In an area search for investigation also involve turning cover objects like logs, boulders etc. (Welsh, 1987) within the plot area. Sampling for these species involved through binoculars and aural surveys. Assessment of Rare, Endangered and threatened Flora and Fauna The threatened status of existing flora and fauna was analyzed by using IUCN red data from http://www.iucnredlist.org/. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species™ provides taxonomic,

conservation status and distribution information on plants and animals that have been globally evaluated using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria. This system is designed to determine the relative risk of extinction, and the main purpose of the IUCN Red List is to catalogue and highlight those plants and animals that are facing a higher risk of global extinction (i.e. those listed as Critically Endangered, Endangered and Vulnerable). The IUCN Red List also includes information on plants, fungi and animals that are categorized as Extinct or Extinct in the Wild; on taxa that cannot be evaluated because of insufficient information (i.e., are Data Deficient); and on plants and animals that are either close to meeting the threatened thresholds or that would be threatened were it not for an ongoing taxon-specific conservation programme (i.e., are Near Threatened).

Plants and animals that have been evaluated to have a low risk of extinction are classified as Least Concern.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/technical-documents/categories-and-criteria



As per the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 and their subsequent amendments, schedule category for wild plant and animals also consider for assessing the sensitive species. The scheduled species are given for the assessment of the any available sensitive species. This Act is enacted for protection of plants and animal species. It has six schedules which give varying degrees of protection. Schedule I and part II of Schedule II provide absolute protection - offences under these are prescribed the highest penalties. Species listed in Schedule III and Schedule IV are also protected, but the penalties are much lower. Schedule V includes the animals which may be hunted. The plants in Schedule VI are prohibited from cultivation and planting. The hunting to the enforcement authorities have the power to compound offences under this Schedule (i.e. they impose fines on the offenders). Assessment of sensitive habitat The riparian patches, protected areas (wildlife sanctuary & national park) and other specific habitat condition are some those places which are sensitive place for any small changes due to the developmental activity. During the baseline study we have already observed such habitat within the study area. Observation Alnar Iron ore mine is located in protected forest compartment number 1688 & 1689 in Aranpur forest of Dantewada forest division. Nearest human habitation is Alnar village which is ~1.6 km in North East direction. Nearest forest from the project site is Aranpur forest beat at ~2.23 south west direction which is found to be mixed category forest with good density. Floristic composition During the field survey total 163 plant species were found within the study site (Table- 3.18). Out of which 59 species were found from the core zone, 153 plants found from buffer-I zone( 5 km radius from core) and 163 plant species were recorded from the buffer-II (10 km radius from core except the buffer-I zone.

TABLE 3.18 FLORISTIC STATUS OBSERVED/REPORTED IN STUDY AREA

Sl.

Botanical Name Local Name Family Habit STUDY AREA IUCN STATUS

CORE

BF-I BF-II

1 Ampelocissus latifolia (Roxb.) Planch.

Dokarbela Vitaceae C * * * NA

2 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) W.T.Aiton

Dheemarbela Apocynaceae C * * NA

3 Abrus precatorius L. Gunj Leguminosae C * * NA

4 Acacia caesia, W.& A. Badi-chil Leguminosae C * * NA

5 Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd.

Khair Leguminosae T * * NA

6 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd.

Rinjha Leguminosae T * * NA

7 Acacia pinnata Link Chhoti-chil Leguminosae S * * NA

8 Achyranthes aspera L. Chirchita Amaranthaceae S * * * NA

9 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa

Bel Rutaceae T * * * NA

10 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Maharukh Simarubiaceae T * NA



Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

11 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin

akol Cornaceae T * * NA

12 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth.

Kala siris Leguminosae T * * NA

13 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Benth.

Safed siris Leguminosae T * * NA

14 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. ex DC.

Garundi Amaranthaceae H * * * NA

15 Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.) Nees

chirenta Acanthaceae S * * NA

16 Anogeissus acuminata Wall

Pani dhawada Combretaceae T * * NA

17 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. ex DC.) Wall. ex Guillem. & Perr.

Dhawa Combretaceae T * * * NA

18 Anthocephalus kadamba,A. Rich

Kadam Rubiaceae T * NA

19 Antidesma diandrum (Roxb.) Spreng.

Khatua Euphorbiaceae S * * NA

20 Apluda mutica L. phulhara Poaceae G * * * NA

21 Argemone mexicana L. Pila Dhotra Papaveraceae H * NA

22 Arundo donax L. barru Poaceae G * * NA

23 Asparagus racemosus Willd.

Satawari Liliaceae S * * * NA

24 Azadirachta indica A.Juss.

Neem Meliaceae T * * NA

25 Azanza lampas (Cav.) Alef.

jangli bhindi Malvaceae S * * NA

26 Bauhinia malaberica, Roxb.

Amta Leguminosae T * * NA

27 Bauhinia purpurea L. Keolar Leguminosae T * * NA

28 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Asta Leguminosae T * * NA

29 Bauhinia vahlii Wight & Arn.

mahulbel Leguminosae C * * NA

30 Bauhinia variegata L. Kachnar Leguminosae T * * NA

31 Blepharipermum sub sessile

Rasna Seitamineae s * * NA

32 Bombax ceiba L. Semal Malvaceae T * * NA

33 Borassus flabalifer, Linn. Tad Aracaceae T * NA

34 Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex Colebr.

Salai Burseraceae T * * * NA

35 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss.

Kasai Euphorbiaceae T * * * NA

36 Buchanania lanzan Spreng.

Achar Anacardiaceae T * * * NA



Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

37 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub.

Palash/Parsa Leguminosae T * * NA

38 Butea parviflora Nasbel Leguminosae C * * NA

39 butea superba nash bel Leguminosae C * * NA

40 Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand.

aak Asclepiadaceae S * NA

41 Careya arborea Roxb. kumhi Lecythidaceae T * * * NA

42 Carissa opaca, Stapf. Karonda Apocynanceae S * * NA

43 Caryota urens, L. Salphi Aracaceae T * NA

44 Casearia graveolens Dalzell

Gilchi Samydaceae T * * NA

45 Cassia fistula L. Amaltas Leguminosae T * * * NA

46 Cassia tora Chirota, Travar,

Leguminosae H * * NA

47 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Tirveng.

kharhar Rubiaceae T * * * NA

48 Celastrus paniculatus Willd.

Penbeeja Celastraceae C * * * NA

49 Chloroxylon swietenia DC.

bhirra Rutaceae T * * NA

50 Chrysopogon zizanioides (L.) Roberty

urai Poaceae G * * * NA

51 Cleistanthus collinus, Benth.

Karra/Garadi Euphorbiaceae T * * NA

52 Clerodendron serratum, Sprenge.

Duma Verbinaceae S * * NA

53 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Alston

galgal Bixaceae T * * NA

54 Colebrookea oppositifolia Sm.

ameda Lamiaceae H * * NA

55 Combretum decandrum Pivar bel Combretaceae C * * NA

56 Curculigo orchioides Gaertn.

kali musli Hypoxidaceae H * * * NA

57 Curcuma longa, Linn. Haldi Zingiberaecae H * * NA

58 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarbel Convelvulaceae P * NA

59 Cymbopogon martini (Roxb.) W.Watson

rusha Poaceae G * * NA

60 Cynodon dactylon, Pers.

Doob Poaceae G * * * NA

61 Dalbergia lanceolaria subsp. paniculata (Roxb.) Thoth.

dhoban Leguminosae T * * * NA

62 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Shisham Leguminosae T * * NA

63 Dalbergia paniculata Dhoban Leguminosae T * * NA



Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

Roxb.

64 Dalbergia sissoo, Roxb. Sissoo Leguminosae T * * NA

65 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Nees

Bans Poaceae G * * NA

66 Desmodiun laxiflorum, D.C.

Latkani Leguminosae S * * * NA

67 Dichanthium caricosum Marbel Poaceae G * * NA

68 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. kalla Dilleniaceae T * * * NA

69 Dioscorea hispida Dennst.

baichandi Dioscoreaceae C * * NA

70 Dioscorea pentaphylla, Linn.

Musalkand Dioscoreaceae C * * NA

71 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb.

Tendu Ebenaceae T * * * NA

72 Elaeodendron glaucum (Rottb.) Pers.

Jamrasi Celastraceae T * * * NA

73 Elephantopus scaber Ban Tambakhu

Asteraceae H * * * NA

74 Eleusina contortus Gaertn.

Mudai Poaceae G * * NA

75 Embelia robusta Roxb. Baibidang Myrsinaceae S * * NA

76 Eragrostis tenella (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.

Bhurbusi Poaceae G * * * NA

77 Eranthemum purpurascens Wight ex Nees

van tulsi Acanthaceae S * * NA

78 Eulaliopsis binata (Retz.) C.E.Hubb.

bagai Poaceae G * * * NA

79 Ficus benghalensis L. bad Moraceae T * * NA

80 Ficus glomerata, Roxb. Dumar Moraceae T * * NA

81 Ficus infectoria, Roxb. Pakari Urticaceae T * * NA

82 Ficus religiosa, Linn Rai, Ali Moraceae T * * NA

83 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr.

Kakai Bixaceae T * * NA

84 Flemingia macrophylla (Willd.) Merr.

van rahar Leguminosae S * * NA

85 Gardenia latifolia, Ait. Pakhna Rubiaceae T * * NA

86 Gardenia turgida, Roxb Safed phetra Rubaceae T * NA

87 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Kekad Burseraceae T * * NA

88 Gerwia hirsuta, Vahl. Gudsakari Tiliaceae S * * NA

89 Gmelina arborea Roxb. khamher Lamiaceae T * * NA

90 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Dhaman Tilliaceae T * * NA

91 Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.) Ridsdale

Haldu Rubiaceae T * * * NA



Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

92 Hardwickia binata, Roxb. Anjan Leguminosae T * * NA

93 Helicteres isora L. Marodphali Sterculiaceae S * * * NA

94 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.

Kushal Poaceae G * * * NA

95 Holarrhena antidysenterica (Roth) Wall. ex A.DC.

Koreya Apocynaceae S * * * NA

96 Ichnocarpus frutescens, Br.

Dhimarbel Apocynaceae C * * NA

97 Imperata cylindrica (L.) Raeusch.

Chhir Poaceae G * * NA

98 Indigofera arborea, Roxb. Neel Leguminosae S * * NA

99 Indigofera pulchella, Roxb.

Ghirol Leguminosae S * * NA

100 Kydia calycina Roxb. baranga Malvaceae T * * * NA

101 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb.

Senjha/Lendia Lythraceae T * * * NA

102 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Merr.

Jhingan Anacardiaceae T * * * NA

103 Leea macrophylla, Roxb. Hathpan Vitaceae S * * NA

104 Loranthus longiflorus Desr.

Banda Loranthaceae P * * * NA

105 Madhuca indica J.F.Gmel.

Mahua Sapotaceae T * * * NA

106 Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Müll.Arg.

roli Euphorbiaceae T * * NA

107 Mangifera indica L. Aam Anacardiaceae T * * NA

108 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth.

Kalam Rubiaceae T * * * NA

109 Morinda tinctoria, Roxb. Aal Rubiaceae T * * NA

110 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Kewanch Leguminosae C * * * NA

111 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. seharua Oleaceae S * * NA

112 Ougeinia oojeinensis (Roxb.) Hochr.

Tinsa Leguminosae T * * * NA

113 Panicum miliare, Limk. Kosra Poaceae G * * * NA

114 Parthenium hysterophorus

Gajar Ghas Asteraceae H * * * NA

115 Paspalum scrobiculatum, Linn.

Kodo Poaceae G * * NA

116 Petalidium barlerioides, Nees.

Indrajata Acanthaceae S * * NA

117 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chhindi Palmae S * * * NA

118 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Aracaceae T * * NA

119 Phyllanthus emblica L. Aonla Euphorbiaceae T * * NA



Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

120 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre

Karanj Leguminosae T * * NA

121 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb.

bija Leguminosae T * * LC

122 Randia dumetorum (Retz.) Lam.

Mainphal Rubiaceae T * * * NA

123 Randia uliginosa (Retz.) Poir.

Kala phetra Rubiaceae T * * * NA

124 Ricinus communis L. arandi Euphorbiaceae S * * NA

125 Saccharum spoutaneum, Linn.

Kans Poaceae G * * NA

126 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Merr.

Kusum Sapindaceae T * * * NA

127 Schrebera swietenioides Roxb.

mokha Oleaceae T * * NA

128 Semecarpus anacardium L.f.

Bhilwa Anacanrdiaceae T * * NA

129 Seraria verticilata Chilla Poaceae G * * NA

130 Shorea robusta Gaertn. sal Dipterocarpaceae T * * LC

131 Smilax zeylanica L. Ramdaton Liliaceae C * * * NA

132 Solanum xanthocarpum Schrad. & H. Wendl.

bhatkataiya Solanaceae S * * * NA

133 Soymida febrifuga.A. Juss.

Rohan Meliaceae T * * NA

134 Sterculia urens Kullu Sterculiaceae T * * NA

135 Stereospermum personatum (Hassk.) Chatterjee

Bhains Padar Bignoniaceae T * * NA

136 Stereospermum suaveolens, D.C.

Garudphal Bignoniaceae T * * NA

137 Strychnos nux-vomica, Linn.

Mastih Leguminosae T * * NA

138 Swertia angustifolia, Ham.

Chirayata Acanthaceae S * * NA

139 Symphorema polyandrum Wight

Chitki Lamiaceae C * * NA

140 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels

Jamun Myrtaceae T * * * NA

141 Tamarindus indica L. Imli Leguminosae T * * NA

142 Tectona grandis L.f. Sagaun Verbenaceae T * * * NA

143 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex DC.) Wight & Arn.

Koha Combretaceae T * * * NA

144 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb.

Bahera Combretaceae T * * * NA

145 Terminalia chebula Retz. Harra Combretaceae T * * NA



Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

146 Terminalia tomentosa Wight & Arn.

Saj Combretaceae T * * * NA

147 Thysamolaena maxima, Roxb. O. Ktz.

Hepa Poaceae G * NA

148 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers

Giloy Menispermaceae C * * * NA

149 Tribulus terrestris L. gokharu Zygophyllaceae S * * NA

150 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Ghamra Asteraceae H * * * NA

151 Vallaris solanacea (Roth) Kuntze

dudhibel Apocynaceae C * * * NA

152 Vanda roxburghii Banda Loranthaceae Ep. * * * NA

153 Ventilago calyculata Tul. Keontibela Rhamnaceaae C * * * NA

154 Vetiveria zizanoides, Nash.

Khas Poaceae G * * NA

155 Viscum articulatum Viscum Loranthaceae P * * * NA

156 Vitex negundo L. Nirgundi Verbenaceae T * * NA

157 Wrightia tomentosa, R&S Kali Dudhi Apocynaceae T * * * NA

158 Xanthium strumarium Gokharu Asteraceae H * * * NA 159 Xylia xylocarpa, Roxb. Suria, Karhi Leguminosae T * * NA

160 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Ber Rhamnaceae T * * NA 161 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.)

Mill. Makor Rhmnaceae C * * NA

162 Ziziphus rugosa Lamk. Kanta kuli Rhamnaceae C * * NA 163 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.)

Willd. Ghont Rhamnaceae T * * NA

59 153 163

Source: Forest Working Plan (Dantewada Forest Division) & Primary survey conducted by Anacon Team

TABLE 3.19 HABIT WISE FLORISTIC COMPOSITION IN DEFERENT ZONE OF STUDY SITE.


Climbers 7 20 20

Epiphytes 1 1 1

Grasses 7 17 18

Herbs 6 9 10

Parasite 2 2 3

Shrubs 8 25 27

Trees 28 79 84

Total 59 153 163

The family representing maximum number of species was Leguminosae (33) which is followed by Poaceae (18), Rubiaceae (9), Combretaceae (7), Euphorbiaceae & Apocynaceae (6), Rhamnaceae (5), Asteraceae, Anacardiaceae and Acanthaceae (4), Aracaceae, Lamiaceae, Loranthaceae, Malvaceae, Moraceae & Verbinaceae (3), Amaranthaceae, Bignoniaceae, Bixaceae, Burseraceae,



Celastraceae, Dioscoreaceae, Liliaceae, Meliaceae, Oleaceae, Rutaceae, Sterculiaceae, Tilliaceae & Vitaceae (2) and Asclepiadaceae, Convelvulaceae, Cornaceae, Dilleniaceae, Dipterocarpaceae, Ebenaceae, Hypoxidaceae, Lecythidaceae, Lythraceae, Menispermaceae, Myrsinaceae, Myrtaceae, Palmae, Papaveraceae, Samydaceae, Sapindaceae, Sapotaceae, Seitamineae, Simarubiaceae, Solanaceae, Urticaceae, Zingiberaecae & Zygophyllaceae are monogeneric families were recorded from the study site (Table 3.20).

TABLE 3.20 STATISTICAL SYNOPSIS OF FLORISTIC COMPOSITION IN STUDY AREA

Rank Name of Families No of Families

No of individuals

No of Species

I Leguminosae 1 33 33 II Poaceae 1 18 18 III Rubiaceae 1 9 9 IV Combretaceae 1 7 7 V Apocynaceae & Euphorbiaceae 2 6 12 VI Rhamnaceae 1 5 5 VII Acanthaceae, Anacardiaceae & Asteraceae 3 4 12 VIII Aracaceae, Lamiaceae, Loranthaceae, Malvaceae,

Moraceae & Verbinaceae 6 3 18

IX Amaranthaceae, Bignoniaceae, Bixaceae, Burseraceae, Celastraceae, Dioscoreaceae, Liliaceae, Meliaceae, Oleaceae, Rutaceae, Sterculiaceae, Tilliaceae & Vitaceae

13 2 26

X Asclepiadaceae, Convelvulaceae, Cornaceae, Dilleniaceae, Dipterocarpaceae, Ebenaceae, Hypoxidaceae, Lecythidaceae, Lythraceae, Menispermaceae, Myrsinaceae, Myrtaceae, Palmae, Papaveraceae, Samydaceae, Sapindaceae, Sapotaceae, Seitamineae, Simarubiaceae, Solanaceae, Urticaceae, Zingiberaecae & Zygophyllaceae

23 1 23

Total 52 163 3.6.4 Phytosociological Survey Phyto-sociological study of any vegetation, whether tree layer, shrub or herbaceous layer, is an important aspect of an ecological study, which deals with social interaction of these plant species among themselves. This study also reflects about the totality of vegetation at any particular site. The interaction of species and its totality always varies with space and time lapse and alteration in factors such as edaphic, climatic and other stresses. The stratified random sampling approach was followed for phytosociological survey in the present study. The phytosociological data from these forests were quantitatively analysed to work out the species richness, diversity, importance value, stand density and the basal area (Annexure VI to XIV). Phytosociological attributes of plant diversity has been analyzed for Top, Middle and Ground cover species composition in core, buffer-1 & buffer-II zone The data arranged in their Frequency, Density per ha, Important Value Index (IVI) and Diversity Index (DI). Prepared result are according to core, buffer-1, & buffer-II zone and given below;



Phyto-sociology of Core Zone Total 28 tree species were encountered in the core area. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) is given in Ann.-VI. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) of Top canopy ranged between 10 to 190, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 4.38 to 29.00 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 0.06 to 0.23 respectively. Total density /ha was found in Tree cover i.e. 940 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 3.19. Total 22 species of shrub and tree species were found under the top canopy cover whereas, 108 species in both categories are listed in the Table-3.18. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of Middle layer has been is resulted in Anne.-VII. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) ranged between 13.33 to 160, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 6.80 to 31.63 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.09 to 0.24 respectively. Total density /ha was found in middle cover i.e. 1106.67 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 2.98. Total 16 species of unestablished recruits of tree (Regeneration), Shrub (Regeneration) and herbaceous species were found in the ground cover at immediate vicinity area of project site. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of ground cover has been resulted in Ann.-VIII. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) ranged between 333.33 to 10000.00, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 5.85 to 51.62 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.08 to 0.30. Total density /ha was found in ground cover i.e. 46333.33 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 2.51. Phyto-sociology of Buffer Zone-I (0-5 Km) Total75 tree species were encountered in the buffer zone I. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon weiner diversity Index) of Top in Buffer I (5 km radius) area during April,-2016 is given in Ann.-IX. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) of Top canopy ranges between 10 to 70, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 3.41 to 22.06 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 0.05 to 0.19. Total density /ha was found in Tree cover i.e. 700 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 3.69. Total 23 species of shrub and tree species were found under the top canopy cover. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of Middle layer in Buffer I (5 km radius) area during April,-2016 is given in Ann.-X. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) ranged between 13.33 to 200, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 6.24 to 33.95 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.08 to 0.25. Total density/ha was found in middle cover i.e. 1266.67 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 2.98. Total 32 species of unestablished recruits of tree (Regeneration), Shrub (Regeneration) and herbaceous species were found in the ground cover at immediate vicinity area of project site. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of ground cover in Buffer I (5 km radius) area during April, 2016 is given in Ann.-XI.Whereas, density (plant / Ha) ranged between 333.33 to 9666.67, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 2.9 to 13.33 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.04 to 0.35. Total density /ha was found in ground cover that is 78333.33 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 3.22.



Phyto-sociology of Buffer Zone-II (5-10 Km) Total 58 tree species were encountered in the buffer zone II. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon weiner diversity Index) of Top in Buffer II (10 km radius) area during April, 2016 is given in Ann.-XII. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) of Top canopy ranged between 10 to 470, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 1.72 to 22.24 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 0.03 to 0.19. Total density /ha was found in Tree cover i.e. 2270 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 3.92. Total 33 species of shrub and tree species were found under the top canopy cover. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon weiner diversity Index) of Middle layer in Buffer I (5 km radius) area during April, 2016 is given in Ann.-XIII. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) ranged between 13.33 to 1200, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 3.21 to 68.82 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.05 to 0.34. Total density /ha was found in middle cover i.e. 3160plants/ha and Diversity index was found 3.10. Total 27 species of unstablished recruits of tree (Regeneration), Shrub (Regeneration) and herbaceous species were found in the ground cover at immediate vicinity area of project site. General account of Density (plant / Ha), IVI (Important Value Index) and DI (Shannon weiner diversity Index) of ground cover in Buffer II (15 km radius) area during April-2016 is given in Ann.-XIV. Whereas, density (plant / Ha) ranged between 333.33 to 53666.67, IVI (Important Value Index) of top canopy cover ranged between 2.50 to 59.91 and DI (Shannon wiener diversity Index) ranged between 0.04 to 0.32. Total density /ha was found in ground cover i.e. 1,68,666.67 plants/ha and Diversity index was found 2.87. 3.6.5 Aquatic Plant Diversity River Malengar & Dadri nala are passing through the study area. The water bodies observed in low lying areas exist with patches of marshy depressions and swamps as well as perennial water bodies of varying shape, size and depth. The aquatic plant species belongs to diverse habits and have distinctive characteristics provides perching grounds for various birds. Total 7 aquatic species have been identified and they can be described into following broad Categories. The available aquatic plants in the study area are as follows. Free floating hydrophytes: Eichhornia cressipes, Suspended submersed hydrophytes: Ceratophyllum demersum, Anchored submerged hydrophytes: Hydrilla verticillata & Potamogeton crispus. Anchored hydrophytes with floating shoots: Ipomea aquatica. Emergent amphibious hydrophytes: Sagittaria latifolia Rooted hydrophytes with floating leaves: Nilumbo nucifera 3.6.6 Faunal Biodiversity Documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to Mammals, Reptiles, Birds, Butterfly and Fishes species, a baseline survey was conducted during April 2016. These species are listed in Tables 3.21. Total 90 faunal species was recorded through primary and secondary sources. Out of which 18 species belongs to class mammalian, 11 species belongs to class Reptilians and Amphibians, 43 species belongs to class Aves, 9 species belongs to class Insect (Butterflies) and 9 species belongs to class Pisces.



TABLE 3.21 DETAILS OF FAUNA OBSERVED/REPORTED IN CORE ZONE

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name Family

Schedule as per

WPA Core Buffer-I Buffer-

II

Mammals

1 Axis axis Miriga, Harina Cervidae III LC * *

2 Bandicota bengalensis Musa Muridae V LC * * *

3 Canis lupus Bhedia Canidae II LC * * *

4 Felis chaus Bana Biradi Felidae II LC * *

5 Funambulus palmarum Gunduchi Musa Sciuridae IV LC * * *

6 Herpestes edwardsi Neula Bada Herpestidae II LC * *

7 Lepus nigricollis Thekua Leporidae IV LC * *

8 Macaca mulata Kalamuh ka bandar Cercopithecidae II LC * * *

9 Presbytis entellus Common langur Cercopithecidae IV NA * * *

10 Rattus rattus Musa Muridae V LC * *

11 Semnopithecus entellus Hanuman bandar Cercopithecidae II LC * *

12 Sus scrofa Barha Suidae III LC * *

13 Suncus murinus Chhachhunder Soricidae VI LC * * *

14 Canis aureus Lomdi Canidae VI LC * * *

15 Hyaena hyaena Lakadbaghha Hyaenidae III NT * *

16 Hystryx indica Sehi Hystricidae III LC * *

17 Muticus muntjak Kotri Cervidae IV LC * *

18 Vulpes bengalensis Lomdi Canidae II LC * *

Reptiles

19 Bungarus caeruleus Rona Elapidae IV NA *

20 Calotes versicolor Endua Agamidae IV NA * * *

21 Hemidactylus flaviviridis Jhitipiti Gekkonidae IV NA * *

22 Naja naja Gokhar Elapidae II DD * * *

23 Ptyas mucosa Dhaman Colubridae II NA * * *

24 Pythun molurus Ajgar Pythonidae I

VU A2ac

d * *

25 Vipera russeli Viper Viperidae III NA * *

26 Natrix piscator Paniha Colubridae NA * *

27 Bungarus caeruleus Karait Elapidae NA * *

28 varanus bengalensis Goh Varanidae I NA * *

29. Xenochrophis piscator

checkered keelback Colubridae IV NE * *

Avifauna

30 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnidae IV LC * * *

31 Alcedo atthis Chhota kilkila Alcedinidae IV LC *




Schedule as per


II

32 Anastomus oscitans Asian open bill stork Ciconiidae IV LC *

33 Apus affinis Little Swift Apodidae IV LC *

34 Apus apus Common Swift Apodidae IV LC * *

35 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond-Heron Ardeidae IV LC * *

36 Athene brama Spotted Owlet Strigidae IV LC * * *

37 Bubo bubo Eurasian Eagle Owl Strigidae IV LC *

38 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV LC * *

39 Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Cuculidae IV LC * * *

40 Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV LC *

41 Columba livia Rock Pigeon Columbidae IV LC * *

42 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Coraciidae IV LC * *

43 Corvus splendens House Crow Corvidae IV LC * * *

44 Coturnix coturnix Bater Phasianidae IV LC * * *

45 Dicrurus macrocercus Bhringraj Dicruridae IV LC * * *

46 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae IV LC * *

47 Egretta intermedia Ardeidae IV LC * *

48 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Cuculidae IV LC * * *

49 Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin Phasianidae IV LC *

50 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin Phasianidae IV LC *

51 Gallus gallus Red Junglefowl Phasianidae IV LC * *

52 Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird Nectariniidae IV LC *

53 Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden-Oriole Oriolidae IV LC *

54 Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird Sylviidae IV LC * *

55 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passeridae IV LC * * *

56 Perdicula asiatica lava Phasianidae IV LC *

57 Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV LC *

58 Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant

Phalacrocoracidae IV LC *

59 Ploceus philippinus Baya Ploceidae IV LC * *

60 Psittacula cyanocephala

Plum-headed Parakeet Psittacidae IV LC * *

61 Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV LC * * *

62 Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV LC * * *

63 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin Muscicapidae IV LC * *

64 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove Columbidae IV LC * *




Schedule as per


II

65 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler Timaliidae IV LC * * *

66 Upupa epops Hudhud Upupidae IV LC * *

67 Tirsiphone paradisi Doodhraj Columbidae IV NA * *

68 Treron phoenicoptera Hariyal Columbidae IV NA *

69 gallus sonneratii Jangli murga Phasianidae IV NA * *

70 Gracula religiosa Kali Myna Sturnidae IV NA * *

71 micropternus brachyurus Woodpacker Picidae IV LC * *

72 Dinopium javanense Great black peeker Picidae IV LC * *

Butterfly

73 Badamia exclamationis Brown Awl Hesperiidae R LC * *

74 Catopsilia pomona Common Emigrant Pieridae R LC * *

75 Charaxes solon Black Rajah Nymphalidae R LC * *

76 Cynthia cardui Painted Lady Nymphalidae R LC * * *

77 Euploea core Common Crow Nymphalidae R LC * *

78 Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow Pieridae R LC * * *

79 Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy Nymphalidae R LC *

80 Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly Papilionidae R LC * *

81 Papilio polytes Common Mormon Papilionidae R LC * *

Pisces

82 Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae c NA * *

83 Channa punctatus Bloch Channidae c NA *

84 Cirrhinus mrigala Mirgal Cyprinidae c LC * *

85 Clarias batrachus Magur Clariidae c LC * *

86 Cyprinus carpio Common Carp Cyprinidae c NA *

87 Tilapia mossambica Tilapia Cichlidae c LC * *

88 Labio rohita Rohu Cyprinidae c LC * *

89 Wallago sifu Mahasir c LC * *

90 Heteropneustes fossilis Singhi Heteropneustidae c LC *

27 65 90 Source: Forest Working Plan (Dantewada Forest Division) & Primary survey conducted by Anacon Team During the field survey total 90 faunal species were found within the study site (Table- 3.21). Out of which 27 species were found from the core zone, 65 plants found from buffer-I zone( 5 km radius from core) and 90 faunal species were recorded from the buffer-II (10 km radius from core except the buffer-I zone (Table 3.22).



TABLE 3.22 DETAILS OF FAUNA DIVERSITY IN DIFERENT ZONE

Class Core Zone Buffer Zone-I Buffer Zone-II Mammal 7 18 18 Reptile 3 10 11 Avifauna 14 27 43 Butterfly 3 7 9 Pisces 0 3 9 27 65 90

Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area 3.6.7 As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country. Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the Avifuana in the study area, All birds observed in the study area are protected in schedule IV as per Wild life protection Act (1972) and subsequent amendments thereof. Among mammals; Presbytis entellus (Hanuman/Common Langur), Herpestes edwardsi (Common Mongoose) are protected in schedule –II, Lepus nigricollis (Black-naped hare), Sus scrofa cristatus (Wild Boar) are protected under Schedule III and Funambulus pinnatii (Palm squirrel) protected in Schedule IV and Rats are protected in Schedule V Among the reptiles, Pythun molurus (Ajgar) and varanus bengalensis (Goh) reported in the study area were provided in Schedule I whereas, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus), Russell‟s Viper (Daboia russelii) were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972) and Common Indian Krait (Bungarus caerulus) were provided as per Schedule – IV of Wildlife protection act. 3.6.8 Agriculture/ Cultivated Plants in the Study Area The dependence of agriculture on the vagaries of the rain-god can be gauged from the fact that as much as 90% of the total cultivated area is un-irrigated. The soil is young and has high capacity of fixation of humus. The forest provides sufficient biomass to feed its soiling. However, soil erosion and failure to recycle the biomass is depleting the soil fertility. Hence, a judicious soil, water and land management is required only that can improve agriculture productivity. The major agricultural crops practiced during monsoon season in the study area is only Rice (Oryza sativa). 3.6.9 Horticultural Practices and Fruits Grown Mango (Mangifera indica ), were observed in most of the villages the study area. Other fruit yielding varieties observed in the villages in the study area were Papaya (Carica papaya), Amarud (Psidium guajava), Vilayti imali (Pithelellobium dulce), Imli (Tamarindus indicum), Sheetaphal (Annona squamosa) and Ber (Zizyphus numularia.).



3.6.10 Waste land Most of the areas nearby project site are waste land. Due to lack of moisture in the soil most of the wasteland is without any vegetation or with stunted trees and grasses. 3.6.11 Vegetation in and around human settlement Vegetation pattern in villages and surrounding areas are slightly different from the rest of the areas. The common species grown near villages are mostly edible or useful plants such as Mangifera indica (Aam), Ficus benghalensis (Bargad), Ficus religiosa (Pipal), Hibiscus rosa-sinesis (Jasud), Madhuca indica (Moha), Artocarpus integrifolia (Kathal), Tamarindus indica (Imli), etc.

PHOTOPLATE OF ALNAR IRON ORE MINE

PLATE 3.1 FLORAL DIVERTSITY WITHIN THE STUDY SITE



PLATE 3.2 FAUNAL DIVERSITY WITHIN THW STUDY AREA

PLATE 3.3 AQUATIC PLANTS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA



3.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT The impact could be positive or negative depends on the development activities adopted and carried out by the company/industry. An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of the EIA/EMP study. In order to improve the quality of life of the people affected by the industrial activities it is necessary to understand the socio- economic aspects and its trends in the study area. Socio-demographic features/ survey are very useful for understanding social and economic problems and identifying potential solutions. To understand the socio demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius map census 2011 & District Census Hand book 2011 has been contemplated and necessary data collected and compiled from it. 3.7.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED

3.7.1.1 Secondary Information Desk research is the major methodology adopted for the study which involves researching, compiling and analysing the data. The 10 km radius study area map Sociological aspect including human settlements, demography, and infrastructure aspect for education, health, drinking water, power supply, communication and the land use aspect has been collected compiled and analysed with the help of census data 2011 & District Census hand book 2011 of district, Chhattisgarh state. The details of the study area contain points as follows Demographic details Employment details Infrastructure facilities Landuse details Survey observations Opinion & awareness regarding project

3.7.1.2 Primary Information The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders, particularly the project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of consultative process. The population groups that were consulted include beneficiary group of people in the project influence area, particularly the shopkeepers, farmers, school teachers, gram panchayat Sarpanch/members and village leaders etc. This has been helped to know the exact situation and views of the people about the project.

3.7.2 Results

3.7.2.1 Demographic Highlights of the Study Area The demographic aspects of the study area comprises of the various features of the population across to the study area. The population composition is described here in term of basic demographic features like, house hold status, age, Social composition, education, etc. The distribution of population has been reflected here based on the geographic boundaries. Dwelling units in the study area is shown in Table 3.23



TABLE 3.23 DWELLING UNITS IN THE STUDY AREA (10 km)

Zones Tehsil No. of villages District 0-10 km Kuwankonda 17 Dantewada

Konta 6 Total 02 23 1

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh

Dwelling units explain the geographical composition of the area. The table depicts the number of villages within the 10 km radius area from the project site. In the 10 km radial study area, 23 villages were comes under Dantewada district from Chhattisgarh state. Only 02 taluka Kuakonda and Konta were existed in the study map. Identified in 10 km radial distance from the project site for assesses socio economic study. Population size of the villages is given in Table 3.24

TABLE 3.24 POPULATION SIZE VILLAGE WISE

Sr. No Population Size No of villages 1. < 50 0 2. 50-99 1 3. 100-199 2 4. 200-499 10 5. 500-1999 10 Total 23 Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh

TABLE 3.25 POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No

Zones No of household

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

Population 0-6 child

Male 06 Child

Female 06 Child

Population SC

Population ST

1. 0-10 km

3173 13704 6802 6902 2249 1123 1126 686 11203

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh Population Details

Total 3173 households were residing in the study area and average family size was 4.31persons in per family

Total population in the study area was 13704 Total male population was 6802 (50%) of total population Total female population was 6902 (50%) of total population Total 0-6 child population was 2249 which is (16 %) of total population Total Scheduled Cast population was 686 (5%) of total population Total Scheduled Tribe population was 11203 (82%) of total population

Population details are shown in Table 3.25.



3.7.2.2 Details of Sex Ratio in the Study Area The sex ratio is the ratio of female to male in the population (normalize to 1,000). The sex ratio in the study area showed unevenly distributed trends. Overall sex ratio is 1015 female to thousand male. Child 0-6 sex ratio is 1003 female to 1000 male. 3.7.2.3 Details of Literacy Rate

TABLE 3.26 LITERATE & ILLITERATE POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA

Zones P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT P_ILL M_ILL F_ILL 0-10 km 5515 3255 2260 8189 3547 4642

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, District Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh Note: P_LIT: Population Literate, M_LIT: Male Literate, F_LIT: Female Literate, P_ILL: Population Illiterate, M_ILL: Male Illiterate, F_ILL: Female Illiterate Literacy Details

Total literate population was 5515 (40.24%) Out of total literate population male literate population was 3255 (59.02%) Out of total literate population female literate population was 2260 (40.97%) Total illiterate population was 8189 (59.75%) Out of total illiterate population male illiterate population was 3547 (43.31%) Out of total illiterate population female illiterate population was 4642 (56.68%)

3.7.2.4 Details of Employment Pattern The identification of the current economic characteristics of the study area is also an important part of defining the employment pattern of the study area. There are different types of employment pattern, that may be classified as: Those persons who had worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated as Main Workers, on the other hand if persons categorized as workers participated in any economic or productive activity for less than six months or 183 days during the last one year are treated as Marginal Workers and Non Workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the year. In main worker employment pattern there were classifications of main workers. Employment pattern in the study area is in Table 3.27.

TABLE 3.27 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Zones Total Workers

Total main Workers Total Marginal Workers

Total Non -Workers

0-10 km 7201 5312 1889 6503

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh

According to census 2011, total worker population was 7201(52.54%) of total population in the study area

Main worker population was 5312(38.76%) Total marginal worker was 1889(13.78%) Total non-worker was 6503(47.45%)

Above given statistics indicates that non-worker population were more than working population.



TABLE 3.28 MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No Zones Cultivators Agricultural workers

Household industry workers

Main other workers

4 0-10 km

3551 507 56 1198

Source: Primary census abstract 2011, Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh Total cultivators were 3551(66.84%) of total main workers Total agricultural workers were 507(9.54%) of total main workers Household industry workers were 56(1.05%) of total main workers Main other population were 1198(22.55%)of total main workers Above given statistics indicates that most of the workers were engaged in other works eg. Private job, labour work, business etc. 3.7.2.5 Infrastructure Facilities (District Census Handbook 2011) The socio-economic wellbeing of the area and its people is represented by the infrastructure and the social assets available in the area. The study area constituted of various infrastructures related to education, health care, communication, transportation, drinking water etc. All details of infrastructure facilities are given in (Annexure XVI) and Figure 3.17

FIGURE 3.17 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA IN PERCENTAGE

3.7.2.6 Landuse Pattern Baseline data on land-use was generated using information available with census data, which is presented in details in Annexure- XVII. Details of land use pattern of the study area are given in Table 3.29. The following prominent land use classes have been observed in the study area.



TABLE 3.29 LANDUSE PATTERN (In ha)

Zones Total Geogra-phical Area

Forest land

Area under Non-Agricultural Uses land

Barren & Un-cultivable Land

Perman-ent Pastures and Other Grazing Land

Land Under Miscellaneous Tree Crops etc.

Culturable Waste Land

Fallows Land other than Current Fallows land

Current Fallows land

Net Area Sown

0-10 km 16636.91 5899.99 514.33 1417.15 642.61 12.74 1370.45 676.49 1024 5079.15

Source: Village directory 2001, District Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh 3.7.2.7 Results of Socioeconomic Studies Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and female) for household survey. For official information of village, sarpanch/ Gram panchyat member/govt. school teachers has been chosen. Structured questionnaire were used for survey. Total 10 villages were surveyed which was 20% of total 23 villages in 10 km study map. For group discussion, panchyat bhavan, Aanganwadi bhavan, community halls were used. List of surveyed villages is given in Table 3.30

TABLE 3.30 SURVEYED VILLAGE LIST

Sr. No Villages 1. Aalnar 2. Hiroli 3. Taneli 4. Aranpur 5. Bainpalli

3.7.2.8 Salient Observation of the Survey/ Study Area

House pattern: Types of housing varied from thatched to pucca houses. 10% houses were in pakka form, 40% in semi pakka and 40% houses were observed in kaccha form.

Employment: Main occupation in the study area was agriculture and its allied activities eg. Cattle rearing, dairy farming and labour work. Agricultural activity was mainly depending on monsoon season. Other income generation sources of the area were labour work, small business; private jobs etc. The labours were getting daily in the range of 200-350 Rs, depending on type of work they set. During discussion it was found that due to lack of irrigation facilities in summer season farmers hadn‟t any work for 2-3 months, its indicates unemployment

Fuel: The primary sources of cooking fuel were firewood, wood chips cow dung cake, coal etc. Very few villagers were using LPG facility. It was observed that, most of the households had LPG connection but they prefer cooking on wood/coal because it cost less money/easily available in villages

Main crops: The principal crops grown in agricultural farm were wheat, Paddy etc. Language: Official language Hindi and mother tongue Chhattisgadhi of the study area was

Hindi Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. It was

observed that more than 70% of the households were not having toilet facilities in their



houses. There was no proper drainage line in the villages. Open defection was in practice in most of the villages

Drinking water Facilities: During the survey it was observed diverse sources of drinking water supply in villages. Major source of drinking water in the study area were ground water (hand pumps and Tube well. Near about (30%) villages availing treated water through Gram panchayat water supply through tap water. During discussion it was revealed that in summer season water shortage faced by most of the villages

Education facilities: Most of the villages had education facilities in the form of aanganwadi and primary schools. were available in the range of 5-10 km. Transportation facility: For transportation purpose auto, jeep and private bus services were available in the study area; however villagers reported that transportation facilities were not frequently available. Private vehicles like bicycles & motor cycles were also used by villagers for transportation purpose

Road connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and connecting fair enough to villages. More than half the respondents reported that roads they frequently used were pucca

Communication facilities: For communication purpose mainly mobile phones, newspapers& post offices were Not present in the villages

Medical facilities: There were few healthcare facilities available in the study area. In some of the villages primary health sub centres were available. Hospitals and other better health centres were available in the range of 5-10 km at town/city place

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for domestic use, 30% villages availing electricity for agricultural purpose.

Recreation facilities: Television and radio were the main recreation facilities in the study area.

3.7.2.9 Health Facilities in Rural Area The type of health facilities includes, Hospitals dispensaries and clinics are available in the study area. Overall, 1- Primary health center, 0-Primary health sub center,1- Maternity and Child Welfare Centre over all study area 0-10 km study area the family welfare centers, community health centers Mobile health clinics are nil . As per census 2011 the health Facilities are found to be in the rural villages study area the available Health facilities in the study area are given in shown in

TABLE3.31 HEALTH FACILITIES IN THE RURAL VILLAGES OF THE STUDY AREA

Sr.No Institution 0-10km

1 Community Health Centre (Numbers) 0 2 Primary Health Centre (Numbers) 01 3 Primary Health Centre (Numbers) 0 4 Maternity And Child Welfare Centre (Numbers) 01 5 TB Clinic (Numbers) 0 6 Hospital Allopathic (Numbers) 0 7 Hospiltal Alternative Medicine (Numbers) 0 8 Dispensary (Numbers) 0 9 Veterinary Hospital (Numbers) 0 10 Mobile Health Clinic (Numbers) 0 11 Family Welfare Centre (Numbers) 0 Source: District Census Hand book 2011 District Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh



3.7.2.10 Health Facilities in Urban Area The urban area of the study area has 3 Allopathic Hospitals with 88 beds 2 dispensaries with 0 beds 1 Maternity and child welfare centre with 10 bed, 1 Veterinary Hospital with 2 beds overall As per census data, the health facilities are found to be moderate in the urban locations of the study area to serve the need of the urban Population. The available Health facilities in the study area as per 2011 are given in as shown in Table

TABLE 3.32 HEALTH FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA

Sr.

No

Tow

n N

ame

Hos

pita

l Allo

path

ic

(Num

bers

)

Hos

pita

l Allo

path

ic

Bed

s(N

umbe

r)

Dis

pens

ary/

Hea

lth

cent

re (

Num

bers

)

Dis

pens

ary/

Hea

lth

cent

re

beds

(N

umbe

rs)

Mat

erni

ty a

nd c

hild

w

elfa

re

cent

re

(Num

bers

)

Mat

erni

ty a

nd c

hild

w

elfa

re

cent

re

(Num

bers

)

Vet

erin

ary

Hos

pita

l (N

umbe

rs)

Vet

erin

ary

Hos

pita

l (N

umbe

rs)

1 Kirandul (M) 3 88 2 0 1 10 1 2

Source: Primary census abstract 2011 District Dakshin Bastar Dantewada, State Chhattisgarh

3.7.2.11 Awareness and Opinion of the Respondents about the Project Public opinion is the aggregate of individual attitudes or beliefs. It is very important to take opinion of the villagers about the project. The awareness will not only promote community participation but also enable them to understand the importance of the project and encourage them to express their view. To know the awareness and opinion of the villagers about the project, group discussion, meeting with school teachers/village leaders were carried out in the study area.

Majority of the respondents were aware about the project site and about the project activity Major problems in study area were lack of medical facility, drinking water shortage in summer

season and lack of employment opportunity. Village leaders suggested for development in needy areas from will improve village condition

3.7.2.12 Quality of Life Definition of Quality of life Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic environment in a given area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between “objective conditions” and “subjective

attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern Quality of life index is based on a unique methodology that links the results of subjective life satisfaction surveys to the objective determinants of quality of life across countries. The “objective

conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a physical, sociological event or

economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any number, which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is independent of subjective opinion. Subjective attitude”

is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It is specifically concerned with „how

aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions vary. The socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are: 1. Income 2. Employment and Working Conditions 3. Housing 4. Food 5. Clothing 6. Water Supply



7. Sanitation 8. Health 9. Energy & Fuel 10. Transportation 11. Communication 12. Education 13. Environment and Pollution 14. Recreation 15. Social Security 16. Human Rights Subjective QoL calculations are as follows: QoL(s) = 1/p QIij X Wi i =1 j=1 Where, QoL(s) = Subjective quality of life index P = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p m = No. of factors, i = 1... mQIij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by jth respondent Qiij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all respondents in an area Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor Objective QoL calculations are as follows i=n QoL(o) = QIi X Wi i=1 Where, QoL (o) = Objective quality of life index n = No. of QoL Factors i = 1... n QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith objective indicator Wi = Normalized weight for its factor The cumulative index of QoL calculations is as follows QoL(c) = QoL o + QoL s 2 Thus, the average QoL index values are estimated as: QoL (s) = 0.50 QoL (o) = 0.52 QoL (c) = 0.51 The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to satisfactory economic status like, educational facilities, communication facilities; availability of basic needs viz., food, clothing & housing. Study area was lacking medical facilities, banking facilities and irrigation facilities and sanitation facilities. Improvement in these fields may increase quality of life of the study area.


Chapter 4: Anticipated impacts & mitigation measures 102

CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 DETAILS OF THE INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS This chapter provides a brief overview of the potential impacts on various environmental components due to the Alnar Iron Ore Mine project by mechanized opencast mining method. The opencast mining operations involve development of benches, approach roads, haul roads, blasting, excavation and loading and unloading, crushingand transportation of materials. If adequate control measures are not taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these operations may cause environmental degradation and ultimately lead to irreversible damage to the ecosystem. Various environmental impacts, which are identified due to iron ore mining project, are discussed in the following sections: 4.1.1 Impact on Climate The climate is represented through three distinct seasons- summer, rainy and winter. The climate in the study area generally has tropical weather which is moderate but on a warmer side in summer. Temperature The area experiences hot climate during summer, with the average daily temperature rising upto 45°C (March-June). The maximum average daily temperature in winter and summer are 31.5°C and 45°C respectively. The average, monthly minimum and maximum temperatures have been monitored at the proposed mine project site and also analyzed based on the data from nearest IMD station at Jagdalpur. The temperature pattern indicates a regional behavior. The proposed Iron Ore mining project will be carried out over an area of 31.55 Ha. There is no combustion/heating process or manufacturing process involved in the mining. Only excavation of mineral from the mine, loading and transporting to the crusher are the major processes involved in proposed Iron Ore mining. Also, the mining activities will be carried out only during day time. Heat will be generated only from the engines of the mining and transportation vehicles, which will be immediately radiated and cooled in the vicinity. As such, there will not be any changes in the ambient temperature of the area due to the mining project. Rainfall The average annual rainfall in the region is 1427.40 mm as per IMD data of Jagdalpur. Any changes in the pattern of rainfall in a region are because of natural reasons and not due localized project activity. The magnitude of mining operation is small and is not expected to have any impact on the rainfall pattern of the area. Wind Speed The wind speed of any area depends on the existence of elevations and depressions in the region. Regionally, the lease area is a part of northern hilly terrain of Aranpur Reserved Forest. The entire



applied lease area is on the hill; the highest contour level is 660 mRL on the center and gradually reduced in all directions having lowest contour level of 640 mRL. Due to hilly terrain, there may be insignificant variations are anticipated at local level. Humidity No change is envisaged in the relative humidity of the area as there is no water consuming process in the mining operation other than water requirement for dust suppression, plantation and domestic use,which will mostly be percolated to ground and only a small fraction will be evaporated.

4.1.2 Impact on Topography and Drainage Regionally, the lease area is a part of Northern most hilly terrain of Alnar. The entire applied lease area is on the hill; the highest contour level is 660 mRL on the center and gradually reduced in all directions having lowest contour level of 640mRL, which will go upto 638 mRL at conceptual stage. The proposed mining operations will alter the existing topography of the mining lease area. Proposed mining will require hill cutting for excavation of iron ore, which will result in creation of mine pits in the lease area. Mining lease area is devoid of any seasonal or perennial water body. Some seasonal nalas are present nearby mine lease area. The general ground level is about 600 m RL near the village settlements. As observed from the nearby wells, the water table is about 5-10m below the general ground level. The UPL is 660m RL at conceptual stage of mining. Hence there is no intersection of ground water table has been anticipated from mining activity. Surface run-off from the mining lease area are flows through the cracks and fissure in the rocks and along the slope of the hill and joins the seasonal streams flowing outside the mining lease area. At the end of mining activities after reserves are exhausted, the area will be restored to an acceptable level of self-sustaining eco-system, which will comprise of 0.225 ha of Plantation and 1.00 ha will be converted into water reservoir with suitable slope and fenced boundaries. Remaining 0.949 ha will be used as approach road. 4.1.3 Impact on Landuse Regionally, the lease area is a part of Northern hilly terrain of Alnar Reserved Forest. The entire applied lease area is on the hill. Proposed mining activities will change the land use pattern of the mining lease area. There will be creation of mine pits, haul roads, green belt, infrastructure facilities, etc. within the mining lease area. However, there will not be any change in the land use pattern of the area outside the mining lease. The present and proposed land use pattern of the mine lease area is given in Table 4.1

TABLE 4.1 STAGE WISE LAND USE (HA)

Category Present Area in Hectare Area Under Pits 0.0 5.943 Area for Dumping 0.0 1.294 Area for Approach Road 0.0 0.949 Plantation 0.0 0.225 Infrastructure 0.0 0.168 Undisturbed area 31.55 22.971 Total Area in Hectares 31.55 31.55



It is evident from the above that at the end of mining plan period, the mined out area will be 5.943 Ha which would be converted into a water body at the end of the mine life. The waste dumps over an area of 1.29 Ha will also be reclaimed by plantation. No adverse impact is anticipated on land use of buffer zone associated due to the mining, as all the activities will be confined within the project site only. 4.1.4 Impact on Topsoil The occurrence of topsoil/lateritic soil in the mine is very insignificant and is encountered very thin in between rocks & boulders. However, during mining this soil will be preserved and utilized for plantation purpose. 4.1.5 Impact on Air Quality& Mitigation Mesures The proposed mining operation will be carried out over an area of 31.55 ha. The mining will be with opencast mechanized method which will involve various mining operations such as drilling, blasting, development of benches, loading, unloading, excavation and transportation causing dust generation and gaseous pollutants in the atmosphere. 4.1.5.1 Air Pollution due to Mining

(i) Particulate Matter The prime source of dust generation is anticipated from various mining activities i.e. drilling, blasting, loading, unloading, dumps, crushing and transportation. Dust concentration (PM10) levels will be higher within the active operational areas (mine area) whereas its level will be much lower in the buffer zone (10 km from mine lease boundary). (ii) Gaseous Pollution The sources of gaseous pollutants (SO2& NOx) within the mine lease area are anticipated due to deployment of excavator, tippers and transport vehicles. Vehicular movements within the mine will add marginally to contribute NOx and SO2 concentration. To assess the impact of the Iron Ore mining and crushing operations, air quality modeling was carried out for the mining operations and the mineral transportation activities. The modeling was carried out using MoEF/CPCB approved ISCST3 model. The incremental ground level concentration of PM10 due to mining and allied activities was predicted using the above mentioned models and the resultant concentration of PM10 were compared with the National Air Quality Standards. 4.1.5.2 ISCST3 Dispersion Model The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Short Term model provides options to model emissions from a wide range of sources that might be present at a typical industrial source complex. ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses urban dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). Emission sources are categorized into four basic types of sources, i.e., point sources, volume sources, area sources, and open pit sources. The volume source option and the area source option may also be used to simulate line sources. The model assumes receptors on flat terrain. The ISC short term area source model is based on a numerical integration over the area in the upwind and cross wind directions of Gaussian plume formula. This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line or Volume sources simultaneously and their resultant incremental concentration of the pollutant can be predicted.



4.1.5.3 Emission of PM10 from Mining area

The emission rates for the different sources in the mining area were calculated primarily based on emission factor equation given in latest USEPA’s AP-42 guidelines. Further the emission estimation equations given in “TSP Emission Factors for different mining activities for Air Quality Impact Prediction as collated from different Sources” by S P Banerjee & CMRI were also considered since

these are based on the study conducted in India for the estimation of emission rate of respirable suspended particulate matter from various open cast mining activities. In addition, as the proposed mine development will be undertaken in environmentally friendly manner as per the stipulated guidelines, activity specific control factors are considered in calculation the emission rates.

Drilling

Emissions from drilling are a relatively minor component of the overall emission from an open-cast mine. E = 0.1 kg / hole in coal AP42 (1998) T 11.9-4.

E = 0.0208[(100− M).s.u.]0.1(d.f)0.3 g/s M.(s-100) CMRI 2003 p63 Where s = silt content of cuttings, % M = moisture content in % u = mean wind speed, m/s d = hole diameter, mm f = number of holes / day

N.B. based on studies in two limestone and three iron ore mines

Loading / Unloading of Material

((

)

(

) ) --- AP42 (Nov 2006)

Where,

E = Emission Factor, kg/ton

k = Particle size multiplier, 0.35 for PM10

M = Moisture Content, %

u = Mean wind speed, m/s

Transportation

Unpaved in coal mines E = 2.82 (s/12)0.8 (W/3)0.5 (M/0.2)-0.4 kg/VKT AP 42 (1998) S13.2.2, EET p12 Where s = silt content, % W = vehicle gross weight, t M = moisture content in % VKT = Vehicle kilometers traveled

Blasting

E = 0.00022 x A1.5 kg / blast, AP 42 (1998), EET p38 Where A = area blasted in m2



N.B. The factor is suitable for both O.B. and coal benches

TABLE 4.2 SUMMARY OF CALCULATED EMISSION RATES

Sr. No.

Mine Emission Rate (g/s/m2)

Drilling Loading/unloading Blasting Haul road

1. Iron ore mine 0.0021 7.95042E-05 0.023 0.00019

Note: 70% controlled 4.1.5.4 Meteorological Data

The meteorology of the project area plays very important role in dispersion of pollutants and build-up of pollution within the atmosphere. In the present study, in the month of March-May 2016 meteorological data has been taken to find the dispersion of pollutant concentration. The mixing height, which is an important parameter to express the dispersive potential of atmosphere, has been taken from the atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India (S.D. Attri et al., 2008). Windrose diagram for March-May 2016 meteorological data used for modeling is shown given below in Figure 4.1.

FIGURE 4.1: WIND-ROSE DIAGRAM

4.1.5.5 Incremental Rise in Concentrations

Incremental rise in concentrations due to various mining activities in the present case, a model simulation was carried out for study period for incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC). The maximum incremental rise of ground level concentration (GLC) for PM10 generated from the different activities in the mining areas is carried out. The predicted 24 hourly maximum concentrations



for iron ore mine activity like drilling/loading/unloading/transportation/crushing, blasting, was found to be 5.4 μg/m3, 4.4 μg/m3, in the SSW direction respectively and depicted in Table 4.3. The isopleths representing the GLCs of PM10 are shown in Figures 4.2 &4.3.

TABLE 4.3

INCREMENTAL RISE IN CONCENTRATION (GLCs) OF PM10

Sr. No.

Activity in the Quarry Maximum Incremental GLCs (g/m3) at core area

Direction Distance km

1. Drilling/Loading/Transportation 5.4 SSW 2.2 2. Blasting 4.4 SSW 2.2



FIGURE 4.2: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PM10 FOR DRILLING, LOADING/CRUSHING &TRANSPORTATION



FIGURE 4.3: INCREMENTAL GLC OF PM10 FOR BLASTING



4.1.5.6 Cumulative Concentration Levels

The cumulative concentration levels of PM10 are presented in Tables 4.4 & 4.5. The cumulative concentration levels (Ambient + predicted incremental rise) reveals that the concentration level for PM10 occurring in the SSW direction with a concentration levels (cumulative) of 73.4 μg/m3, 72.4 μg/m3, for drilling/loading/unloading/transportation/crushing, blasting respectively which is found to be below the ambient air quality standards. Hence it is inferred that considering cumulative concentration levels, the pollution load exerted due to mining activity will be insignificant.

TABLE 4.4

CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATION LEVELS PM10 (AMBIENT + PROPOSED SCENARIO)

Sr. No.

Activity in the Quarry Maximum Baseline Concentration (g/m3)

Incremental GLCs (g/m3)

Resultant Concentration (g/m3)

Limit (Industrial, Residential, Rural and other area) (g/m3)

1. Drilling+Loading+Transportation

68.0 5.4 73.4 100

2. Blasting 68.0 4.4 72.4 100

TABLE 4.5 PREDICTED CONCENTRATION LEVELS OF PM10 AT AMBIENT MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr. No.

Station Code

Locations Direction Distance(Km) Max Baseline Conc. (μg/m

3)

Predicted GLC (μg/m

3)

Cumulative GLC (μg/m

3)

1 AAQ1 Project Site - - 44.0 0.2 44.2 2 AAQ2 Alnar EES 1.83 42.0 0.2 42.2 3 AAQ3 Gumiyapal NNE 2.1 43.0 0 43.0 4 AAQ4 Bengpal WWS 2.88 56.0 0 56.0 5 AAQ5 Bodepali SSW 3.31 62.0 0 62.0 6 AAQ6 Madakmaras NE 5.14 44.0. 0 44.0 7 AAQ7 Taneli SSE 5.46 56.0 0 56.0 8 AAQ8 Kanhalguda WWS 6.76 68.0 0 68.0 9 AAQ9 Perpa NNE 7.47 64.0 0 64.0 10 AAQ10 Kirandul NNE 9.47 66.0 0 66.0

Conclusion

From the results of ISCST3 model, it is concluded the cumulative worst case concentration of PM10 due to mining activities are complying with the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS 2009). The concentrations of SO2 and NOx generated from mining area expected to be low due to absence of any major source. It should be noted that the predicted concentrations are due to mining area due to simultaneous operations of mines. The overall impact on air quality due to proposed mining project is expected to be low. However, to further minimize the pollutant concentration specially PM10, the following control measure should be adopted by the project proponent

Controlled and Wet drilling and blasting Water spray on haul roads to avoid dust generation during transportation. Water spray at truck loading and un-loading of material Covering of material when transport through trucks/dumper



4.1.5.7 Air Pollution Control Measures There will be slight increase in particulate matter concentrations in ambient air due to the proposed iron ore mining activities. Particulate matter levels will be higher within the active operational areas (mine area) due to blasting, transportation and crushing. However, there will not be any significant increase in the dust concentration in the villages located in the study area. Also due air pollution control measures as suggested below, will be adopted to control dust generation from the mining and allied activities. Following measures shall be adopted to mitigate air pollution generated due to the mining activities:

No blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions. Use of drilling machines equipped with dust collector arrangement. Blasting only in daytime and at a time when there will be no mining activity. No basting during

unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions. Blasting by using adequate booster/primer & by proper stemming of the blast hole. Minimum excavator bucket height during loading and unloading activity. Water sprinkling through mobile tanker at regular intervals on haul roads within the mine and

surface transportation road. Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery. Dust respirators to workmen. Development of green belt/plantation in the safety zone. Good housekeeping. Regular monitoring of pollutants to strengthen the control measures in case the concentration

level exceeds the prescribed limits. 4.1.5.8 Impact on Traffic Load The mined out Iron Ore (500 TPD) will be transported to the crusher located within lease area. The processed ore will be transported to captive mine to Steel plant located at Siltaraindustrial area Raipur District. The transportation route is from mine to Steel Plant, Alnar-Kirandul-Dantewada-Jagdalpur-Raipurgiven in following Figure 4.4.

FIGURE 4.4: TRANSPORTATION ROUTE FROMMINE TO CAPTIVE STEEL PLANT



The transportation route from Mine to Integrated Steel Plant, Urla, Raipur will be as follows:

From To Distance Travelled Alnar Iron Ore Mine Alnar Road (via approach road) 1.5 km DantewadaAlnar Road Alnar 18.00 km Alnar Dantewada (via DantewadaAlnar Road) 86.00 km Dantewada Jagdalpur 55.00 km Jagdalpur Dhamtari 110.00 km Dhamtari Raipur 80.00 km Raipur Siltara 25.00 km Total Distance Travelled 375.5 km

Single trips of 24 trucks /day will be transported Iron Ore from proposed mine to Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd., Raipur, the dust generation due to vehicular movement will be intermittent and there will be sufficient time to be dispersed in the atmosphere without any significant built up in dust concentration. Regular maintenance of road and covered transportation will also reduce the dust generation considerably. Since the transportation will be along the open areas stretches which are mostly devoid of habitation and sparse agriculture field, the effect on human being and agriculture will be insignificant. 4.1.5.9 Overall Impact due to the Mining Operations As discussed above, there will be slight increase in terms of dust load and gaseous emissions. However, it can be stated that these incremental contributions will remain within the prescribed limits/norms. Further, the mitigation measures will further bring down these concentrations making the iron ore mining activities more environment friendly. 4.1.6 Impact of Mining on Water Regime 4.1.6.1 Water Demand Total water requirement for the project will be 10 KLD, which will be met from bore well and mine pit water (if available).Details of water requirement in the project are presented in Table -4.6.The water balance for the project is presented in Figure 4.5

TABLE 4.6 WATER REQUIREMENTS (UNIT IN KLD)

S. No. Particulars Quantity Source 1 Dust Suppression 5 Bore well water and Mine pit water

(when available) 2 Green Belt & Plantation 3 3 Domestic Use 2 Total 10



FIGURE 4.5: WATER BALANCE OF MINE 4.1.6.2 Impact of Mining on Surface Water resources and its Management Mining lease area is devoid of any seasonal or perennial water body. During the rainy season, there may be accumulation of surface water, which is proposed to be pumped out to keep the working area dry and it will be utilized for dust suppression. Mining activity inevitably leads into sediment and suspended load due to erosional activity of overburden dump and loosened soil by blasting activity. This silt may get carried to the nearby seasonal streams with the surface runoff during rains and may cause siltation of the seasonal water bodies located outside the mining area. The following measures will be taken up to reduce this load.

Garland drains around the mining pit so that surface water does not enter and is drained outside after treatment in settling tank.

Water from the working face and working areas will be channelized to flow into the mine sump by gravity from where it will be pumped out to surface settling tank.

Garland drain having siltation pits at the toe of the dumps to channelize the runoff water from dumps into the settling tank for treatment.

Retaining walls having water holes along the toe of the dumps to avoid the soil wash out. Stabilization of dump slopes by plantation to avoid soil erosion. Regular sampling and analysis of treated mine water for taking any corrective actions if

required. The impact on the water quality is expected to be insignificant because of no use of chemicals or hazardous substances during mining process. The surface run-off from dumps and mining area will be



Dust Suppression 5 KLD

Green Belt 3.0 KLD

Drinking & Sanitation 2.0 KLD

Settling Tank

If min

e water n

ot availab

le



collected in this settling tank and will be used for dust suppression and plantation in the mine and crusher. Excess water, if any, will be diverted to the mine sump for storage. 4.1.6.3 Wastewater Generation, Treatment &Disposal There will be no process waste water generation in the mine and allied activities. Only domestic effluent will be generated from the mine office and rest shelter. The domestic effluent is discharged in septic tank followed by soak pit. Rainwater accumulated in the mine pit, if any, will be collected in the mine sump and will be used for dust suppression and plantation in mine and crusher. 4.1.6.4 Impact of Mining on Ground Water & its Management Mining lease is a part of southernmost hilly terrain of Alnar Reserved Forest with highest contour level 660 mRL on the center and gradually reducing in all directions having lowest contour level of 640 mRL. The mining activities will be restricted upto ultimate depth of 638mRL at conceptual stage. From the tube well sunk in the area it is noticed that the ground water is available below 15 meters of the normal surface level (600 m RL). From the occurrence of Water Table it has been observed that mining activity will be confined much above the water table and will not intersect the aquifers in the area.

Proposed mining is also not expected to cause any impact on ground water regime as the mining will be always above the ground water table.

The ground water available in the nearby well, bore well is analysed and it is found within the prescribed standard of CPCB and remedial measures will be adopted to keep the water quality within the prescribed standard Schematic diagram showing ground water table and proposed mine workings is given in Figure 4.6.

FIGURE 4.6: SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE ELEVATION, WORKING DEPTH &

GROUND WATER

Maximum RL 660m RL Minimum RL 640m RL Ultimate Pit Level 638 m RL Surface Level 600 m RL

Premonsoon Water Table:5-10 mbgl i.e. 590 m-595 mRL Postmonsoon Water Table: 3-6 mbgl i.e. 594m-597mRL



Proposed working will not be intersect the ground water table of the mine lease area. 4.1.6.5 Artificial Recharge and Rain Water Harvesting To maintain the water level in the nearby villages, the mine management will suggest Roof top harvesting structures in the public buildings in nearby villages with prior consent from local gram panchayats to collect rain water and charge to ground through available dug well/ tube well (Figure-4.7).

FIGURE 4.7: TYPICAL ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING SYSTEM

4.1.7 Impact of Noise Levels and Ground Vibrations 4.1.7.1 Noise Impact due to Working Environment High noise levels pose a major health risk to the mine workers. When noise in the form of waves impinges the eardrum, it begins to vibrate, stimulating other delicate tissues and organs in the ear. If the magnitude of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of discomfort leading to annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental effects of noise pollution are not only related to sound pressure level and frequency, but also on the total duration of exposure and the age of the person.The adverse effects of high noise levels on exposed workers may result in:

Annoyance; Fatigue; Temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing; Permanent loss of hearing; and Hypertension and high blood cholesterol, etc.

The following are the sources of noise in the Iron Ore mine:

Drilling & Blasting; Loading & unloading; Crusher Vehicular Movement.

Roof Down Comer Pipe

Dug well

Filter Bed



The likely generation of noise levels, due to various mining activities will be as given in following Table 4.7.

TABLE 4.7 EXPECTED NOISE LEVELS FROM MINING OPERATIONS

Equipment’s Expected Noise Levels dB(A) Drilling 80-90 Shovel 75-90 Tippers 65-85 Compressor 75-85

4.1.7.2 Predicted noise levels due to Iron Ore mining using 'DHWANI' Software The mining area where mine machinery and transport vehicles will operate, overall noise level will be within the stipulated 90 dB (A) norms. The protection measures for the operators of these equipment will reduce the impact/exposure. For predicting the impacts on ambient noise levels, 'DHWANI' Noise model, developed by NEERI was used. The location of various noise sources along with their noise levels were used to plot the predicted noise isolines around the plant premises. The software basically works on the concept of reduction in the sound pressure level over distance travelled which is given by a mathematical equation No. 1 as mentioned below. The summation of different resultant noise levels at receptors is carried out by mathematical equation No. 2 as given below:

L2= L1-20 log10 (R2/R1) -----------------------(1)

Where L1dB(A) = Noise level at a distance R1(m) L2dB(A) = Noise level at a distance R2 (m)

& L = 10 log10(10L

1/10+ 10L

2/10+ ----------- + 10Ln/10) ---------------------(2)

Where L1, L2 and Ln are noise level dB(A)

The resultant predicted noise levels are demarcated in the form of Noise isolines and are superimposed on the map of the area. The resultant predicted noise isolines are shown in Figure 4.6. From the modeling results, it was observed that the resultant noise levels at the mine lease boundary was about 50 dB (A), which will further reduce over short distance. The resultant noise levels due to mine operations at the nearest habitation i.e. Alnar village was about 40 dB (A). Thus, it could be seen that no significant impact will take place on the ambient noise levels due to the Alnar Iron Ore mine operations From the figure, it can be seen that the ambient noise levels will remain within permissible limits during the mine operation stage. Also, it is necessary to mention here that the model does not take into account the reduction in noise levels due to various natural / artificial barriers such as trees, walls, buildings, elevated topography, etc., encountered in the path. Thus, the actual resultant noise levels at the receptors will be much lesser than that predicted by the model.



4.1.7.3 Impacts due to Ground Vibration and Fly Rocks Ground vibration due to mining activities in the area are anticipated due to operation of mining machines like excavators, drilling and blasting, transportation vehicles, crusher etc. However, the major source of ground vibration from this mine is blasting. The major impact of the ground vibrations is observed on the domestic houses located in the villages surrounding the mine lease area. The kuchha houses are more prone to cracks and damage due to the vibrations. Apart from this, the ground vibrations may develop a fear factor in the nearby settlements. Another impact due to blasting activities is fly rocks. These may fall on the plantation in forest area nearby the mining lease. Nearest major habitation from the mine lease area is located in Alnar village at 1.6 km, EES. The ground vibrations at Alnar village due to the blasting in Alnar Iron Ore quarry are calculated using the empirical equation: It is proposed to use about 200 kg/day explosives for blasting for obtaining the desired Iron Ore production. The empirical equation used for assessment of peak particle velocity (PPV) is: V= 417.8 {D/(Q0.5)}-1.265 Where V= Peak particle velocity in mm/s D= Distance between location of blast and gauge point in m Q=Quantity of explosive per blasting in kg

TABLE 4.8 ESTIMATED PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY FOR DIFFERENT EXPLOSIVE CHARGES

Distance from blasting site, m Quantity of Explosive/Blast, Kg PPV, mm/s 1000 200 1.9 2000 200 0.8 3000 200 0.5 4000 200 0.3 5000 200 0.2

Note:The empirical formula does not take into account the delay factor in blasting due to use of Delay Detonators. The standards for safe limit of PPV are established by Directorate General of Mines Safety for safe level criteria through Circular No. 7 dated 29/8/1997. Permissible standards of Ground vibration due to blasting as per guidelines of Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), Raipur are given in Table-4.9

TABLE 4.9 PERMISSIBLE PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY (mm/s)

Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency

<8 Hz 8 – 25 Hz >25 Hz A] Buildings/structures not belonging to the owner

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 5 10 15 Industrial Buildings (RCC and framed structures 10 20 25

Objects of historical importance and sensitive structures 2 5 10

B] Buildings belonging to owner with limited span of life

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 10 15 25

Industrial buildings (RCC& framed structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29/08/1997



From the above table, it can be seen that the maximum charge per blast of 200 kg/day will not cause any significant ground vibrations in the area. The ground vibrations at Alnar village due to the blasting in Alnar Iron Ore mine are approximately zero.However, additional control measures needs to be adopted to avoid the impacts due to ground vibrations and fly rocks due to blasting. 4.1.7.4 Measures for Minimizing Impacts

Noise Control Measures The following control measures will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levelswell below the limits. The same will be continued and strengthen in proposed expansion project:

Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise. Secondary blasting will be totally avoided and Hydraulic rock breaker/jack hammer drills will

be used for breaking boulders. Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, stemming and optimum charge/delay will be

maintained. The blasting will becarried out during favorable atmospheric condition and between 2.00 PM

to 2.30 PM and proper security arrangement. Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will bedone to

reduce generation of noise. Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines (HEMM)

producing higher levels of noise. Proper designing of crushing plant by providing inbuilt mechanism like silencers, mufflers and

enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing pads at the foundation. Green Belt/Plantation will be developed around the mining activity area and along haul roads. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to the

operators of HEMM and persons working near HEMM; and Periodical monitoring of noise during blasting will be done.

4.1.7.5 Measures to Control Ground Vibration & Fly Rocks The blasting operations in the mine will be carried out by deep hole drilling and blasting using delay detonators, which reduce the ground vibrations. The measures that are generally followed and currently proposed for abatement of ground vibration and fly rocks are detailed below:

Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and appropriate delay system will be adopted to avoid overcharging and for safe blasting.

Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks. Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained. The charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more number of delays will be used per

blasts; During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped; Drilling parameters like burden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly designed to give

proper blast. Muffle blasting using wire mesh and sand bags will be conducted at mine working near ML

boundary. Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of

explosives used per blast.



4.1.7.6Impact Prediction& Mitigation Measures – Biological Environment Impact on flora and fauna due to diversion of forest for non-forest purpose As per the letter received from govt. official (enclosed as Annexure XX) the entire mine lease area 31.55 Ha. falls under the protected forest having compartment no. 1688 and 1689. Thus, diversion of forest for non-forest purpose (mining) involved in the project. Therefore, a comprehensive wildlife management plan with budgetary provision of Rs. 51.00 Lakhs is prepared and submitted to forest department. Copy of the same submitted along with EIA report. Impact on terrestrial Flora

Dust deposition on leaf lamina observed on nearby local plant species around the study area due to existing iron ore mining activity which may results in decline the rate of photosynthesis and retards the plant growth.

Measures for Minimizing Impact on Flora

Dust issues are mainly raised in the area due to unpaved road, cumulative fugitive dust emissions by various quarrying activities. To mitigate the impact regular water sprinkling will be carried out within the mine lease area as well as approach road.

Stabilization of soil/waste dumps by grass cover shall be done. Study of Impact on Aquatic Ecology

Mining activities will not disturb the existing aquatic ecology as there is no effluent discharge proposed from the iron ore mine.

Mining activity may increase sediment load and total dissolved solids in streams due to, surface run off, erosion activity of loosened soil by blasting activity especially during rainy season and may affect water quality of natural water body and stream within mine lease area.

4.2 MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction of siltation ponds/tanks Construction of garland drains Construction of Gabbion wall. Development of thick plantation inside mine lease area Periodic maintenance of mineral transport road. Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tanker on mineral transport road. Covered Transport of ore Monitoring of dust fall at land located nearby the mining area

Green Belt Development The basic approach towards the development of Green belt /plantation within the lease area is with a view to provide an aesthetic look, eliminating fugitive emissions and for controlling the impact of noise, etc. A Green Belt will be developed based on the following principles:

Plants that grow fast will be preferred. Preference for high canopy covers plants with local varieties Perennial and evergreen plants will be preferred.



Plants having a high Air Pollution Tolerance Index (APTI) will be preferred. The development of green belt is an important aspect for any project because:

It improves the ambient air quality by controlling Suspended Particulate Matter in air. It helps in noise attenuation for the surrounding area. It helps in attracting new birds and insects as their habitation. It maintains the ecological balance. It increases the aesthetic value of site.

4.2.1 Greenbelt Development & Plantation Programme Proposed Greenbelt Development & Plantation Programme It is proposed to develop plantation at 2 M x 2 M spacing, the rate of survival is aimed at 80% by regular watering & fencing to keep plants safe from animal grazing. Local species will be planted in consultation with local horticulturist. Diseased plants will be replaced by planting new saplings.

TABLE 4.10

PROPOSED AFFORESTATION PROGRAM (YEAR WISE) Year No. of Sapling 1st Year 200 2nd Year 200 3rd Year 200 4th Year 200 5th Year 200 Total 1000

Source: Mine Plan Proposed Greenbelt Development & Plantation Programme

It is proposed to develop plantation at 2 M x 2 M spacing, the rate of survival is aimed at 70 to 80% by regular watering & fencing to keep plants safe from animal grazing. Local species will be planted in consultation with local horticulturist. Diseased plants will be replaced by planting new saplings.

Plantation along the Safety Zone

Thick plantation will be carried out on the safety barrier and undisturbed area within the mine lease. Also plantation will be developed around crusher and temporary waste dumps. Soil generated during mining will be separately stacked and will be used for plantation.

Selection of plant species with special reference

TABLE 4.11 RECOMMENDED PLANTS FOR GREENBELT

Sr. No. Botanical Name of the Plant with Height

Local Name

Description

1. Adina cordifolia (Rubiaceae) Height: 20m

Haldu

L; deciduous, a light demander, suitable on open areas

2. Aegle marmelos ( Rutaceae) Height: 12m

Bel

M; deciduous, fruit bearing

3. Anogeissuslatifolia ( Combretaceae)

Dhavra

M; deciduous suitable for green belts




Local Name

Description

4. Azadirachta India (Meliaceae) Height: 20m

Neem

L; evergreen ; Quick growing, spreading, Suitable in green belts. It is termite resistant

5. Bauhinia racemosa (Caesalpiniaceae) Height: 5m

Asta

M; deciduous, Quick growing, Crown shape is Oblong, good in green belts in garden and as a second row in approach road tree

6. Buteasmonosperma (Fabaceae; Papilionaceae) Height: 10m

Palash

M; deciduous for green belts reduce air pollution

7. Carrisa carandas (Apocynaceae) Height: 3m

Karonda

S; semi evergreen. Large bushy shrub, good as a hedge to protect against noise

8. Cassia fistula (Leguminopsaae) Height: 12m

Amaltas

M; deciduous, good ornamental tree in green belts

9. Dalbergia sisso (Leguminosae) Height: 3-5m

Shisham

M; deciduous suitable on areas around flare sites and in green belts

10. Delomix regia (Leguninosae) Height: 15m

Gul Mohar

M; deciduous ornamental, suitable on road sides

11. Phyllanthus emblica (Euphorbiaceae) Height: 5m

Aonla M; deciduous, good as isolated trees in gardens.

12. Ficusbengalensis Height: 20m

Bad

L; deciduous, widely spaced avenue tree (15 m apart)

13. F. religiosa Height: 20m

Pipal

L; deciduous, widely spaced avenue tree also as a single tree in isolated sites

14. Grewia tiloifolia (Tiliaceae) Height:3- 5m

Dhaman

M; good in green belts for use as timber

15. H. rosa sinensis Height: 3m

Jason

S; evergreen woody showy shrub good for gardens as well as office.

16. Mimusops elengi (Sapotaceae) Height: 10m

Maulsari

M; evergreen, good for avenues

17. Moringa oleifera (Moringaceae) Height: 10m

Munga

M; deciduous, with fragrant flowers minimize air pollution

18. Pterocarpus marsupium (Leguminosae, Papilionaceae) Height: 3-5m

Bija

M; deciduous, good on open areas with adequate light

19. Pongamia pinnata (Leguminosae, Papilionaceae) Height: 3-5m

Karanj

M; evergreen, quick growing, crown cover shape is round good along roads

20. Saraca indica (Leguminosae, Caesalpinaceae) Height: 5m

Ashok

M; evergreen tree good on road sides

21. Syzygium cuminii (Myyrtaceae)

Jamun

L; evergreen tree good in green belts and fruit bearing.




Local Name

Description

Height: 20m 22. Tamarindus indica (Leguminosae,

caesalpiniaceae) Height: 20m

Imli

L; evergreen tree good

23. Anthocephalus kadamba Kadamb L; it attracts frugivorous bats 24. Buchanania lanzan Achar L; Deciduous 25. Shorea robusta Sal L; Moist Deciduous, fruiting in summer 26. Gliricidia sepium Gliricidia S; Good for nitrogen fixation thereby increasing

soil productivity 27. Albizzia lebbek Kala Siris L; Deciduous tree 28. Ficus glomerata Gular L; Deciduous tree,

1. Grasses 1. Agrostis tenuis Grass

Stabilization of slopes, fast growth

2. A. stolonifera Grass 3. Saccharum spontanum Grass 4. Saccharum munja Grass 5. Vetiveria zizanioides Grass 6. Cynodon dactylon Grass

Note: The above table showing recommended species for Green belt development in an around ML area. However, the actual species will be planted in consultation with Horticulture Department/Forest Development.

4.3 IMPACT ON SOCIO - ECONOMIC ASPECTS Anticipated environmental impacts associated with the proposed project activity of Alnar Iron Ore Mine have been identified. Various activities during the construction & operation phase of the project, which are likely to cause an impact on various environmental components, have been listed. There are many social & economical problems in almost all human communities are prevailing in the entire area. Due to the proposed project a significantly higher affirmative changes in the socio‐economic quality is foreseen, beneficial impacts of proposed project on socio-economic layout of project area would start its occurrence from construction phase itself. Construction Phase: Positive impact

Direct indirect employment opportunities for skilled, semiskilled and unskilled workforce Changes in employment and income levels due to increased employment opportunities Due to use of local workforce, there will no additional strain for shelter/housing Local population would also get opportunities in related services activities like small

contractors, sub-contractors, supply of construction materials etc. Quality of life will improved due to increased income and employment opportunities

Negative impact

During construction transportation activity will increased for unloading of construction material at project site, fugitive dust emissions could occur from land clearing, excavation, hauling, dumping, spreading, grading, wind erosion, and traffic over unpaved areas.



OPERATION PHASE: Positive impact Impact on Human Settlement

There is no human settlement in or adjacent to the Alnar Iron Ore Mine. Nearest human settlement is located at Alnar village, 1.5 km NW of the mine lease area. Thus there will not be any impact on the human settlement in the area. The operation of the Iron Ore Mine and associated activities will improve the economic development, civic amenities, and educational facilities in the project vicinity. Overall, due to employment generation and economic progress, there will be small scale positive changes in the socio-economic condition of the people residing in the vicinity of the project site. Impact on Population Growth

Total 171 nos. manpower will be employed directly during operation phase of Iron Ore Mine. Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine. Additional manpower requirement in the mine will be employed from the nearby villages. Thus, there will not be any population growth in the area due to the proposed mining project. Impact on Civic Amenities

Mine management will take efforts as a part of CSR for improvement in civic amenities like sanitation, drinking water facilities, transport road, etc in the nearby villages. Impact on Health Care Facilities

There are primary health care facilities in the nearby villages and hospital is available in Dantewada town. Mine management will also conduct periodic medical camps in the nearby villages as a part of CSR. Impact on Economic Aspects

During operational phase, the manpower requirement will be a total of 171 persons. Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine. The local population will be given preference in employment. The employment potential will improve economic conditions of these families directly and provide employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and service oriented activities. These will in-turn improves the quality of life in the region. Negative impact

During operation phase transportation will increased due to loading/unloading of material at project site

In operation phase of Alnar Iron Ore Mine, fugitive emission will also increase. Mitigation measures Ensure that roads are properly signed, vehicles are well maintained and drivers are well trained

and safety conscious Increase awareness of villagers about risks/pollution and prevention from the mining activity risk Villager/village leaders involvement during CSR implementation Require proper pollution control devices should be applicable for the different component of

environment such as water, air, soil etc. which directly or indirectly are the source of degradation of human condition

4.4 RECLAMATION OF MINED OUT AREA Reclamation of mined out area is the most important activity of EMP. As a result of mining operation the original ground profile will be altered. The mining lease hold area is not covered with alluvial soil



and topography of the area is undulating, and the lease area is a hillock. Reclamation activity will be commenced only after attaining the optimum thickness of iron ore, which is economically viable, has been extracted. Prior to that whatsoever, overburden generated will be stacked along the western lease boundary, so that it can be used for reclamation purpose only. Soil Conservation Measures The occurrence of Topsoil/Lateritic Soil in the mine is very insignificant and is encountered very thin in between rocks & boulders. However, during mining this soil will be preserved and utilized for plantation purpose. 4.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH (IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES) M/s. Aarti Iron Ore Ltd, Raipur has concern and takes full responsibility for the protection of the workers against sickness, disease and injury arising out of their employment and have adopted certain principles with regard to occupational health services, like establishing and maintaining a safe and healthy working environment which will facilitate optimal physical and mental health in relation to work. The following occupational health measures shall also be adopted:-

(a) Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace; (b) Surveillance of the factors in the working environment and working practices which may affect

workers' health, including sanitary installations, canteens and housing; and (c) Advice on planning and organization of work, including the design of workplaces, on the

choice, maintenance and condition of machinery and other equipment and on substances used in work.

4.5.1 Identification of Work Related Health Hazards Details of the principle environmental and occupational risks that are likely to be created are given in Table 4.10.

TABLE 4.12 WORK RELATED HEALTH HAZARDS

Sr. No. Hazardous Activities

Type of Hazards Severity of Injury

1 Drilling Exposed to high level of Noise Hearing impairment Exposed to dusty environment Respiratory diseases

2 Blasting Struck by fly rock Serious Physical injury Exposed to dusty environment Respiratory diseases Exposed to high level noise Hearing impairment Exposed to excessive vibration Cracks to permanent structures

3 Loading Struck by rolling big boulders Serious injury, and equipment damage Struck by fall of objects Serious Physical injury

4 Transportation Accidental runaway of vehicle Serious injury, and equipment damage Fall of vehicle from height while reversing Exposed to high level noise Hearing impairment Fire in engine due to over heating Serious Physical injury

6 Welding, gas cutting Emission of gases & fumes Asphyxiation Release of radiation & light Eye injury Fire Burns, Release of heat Skin problem, Burns,

7 Storage of oil, Leaks and spills Fire & vigorous chemical reaction



Sr. No. Hazardous Activities

Type of Hazards Severity of Injury

lubricant 8 Battery maintenance

handling Acid spillage Acid burns

9 Use/repair of hydraulic jacks & pumps

High pressure operation Physical injury Oil spillage Rupture of hydraulic hoses

The mine management takes full responsibility for the protection of the workers against sickness, disease and injury arising out of their employment and have adopted certain principles with regard to occupational health services, like establishing and maintaining a safe and healthy working environment which will facilitate optimal physical and mental health in relation to work. The following occupational health measures shall also be adopted:

(d) Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace; (e) Surveillance of the factors in the working environment and working practices which may affect

workers health, including sanitary installations and canteens; and (f) Planning and organization of work, including the design of workplaces, choice, maintenance

and condition of machinery and other equipment and substances used in work. 4.5.2 Medical Surveillance and Examinations In order to evaluate the impacts from iron ore mining project activities on health of workers, baseline health studies will be conducted on every worker before joining their duties.

Identifying workers with conditions that may be aggravated by exposure to dust & noise and establishing baseline status for determining changes in health

Evaluating the effect of dust and noise on workers Enabling corrective action to be taken when necessary providing health education and awareness

The medical surveillance program will consist of the following: Pre-employment medical examinations Periodic medical examinations Health & Safety awareness and training Record keeping

Based on the medical findings, the worker will be placed for appropriate jobs and necessary safety training will be provided. 4.5.2.1 Awareness and Training Program All workers will be subjected to pre-employment and periodic awareness program on health and safety issues of Iron Ore mining and related activities. They would also be imparted with proper training and would be made to understand the health impacts of inhaling high concentration of dust laden air. All the workers will also be provided training in first aid.

Holders of first aid certificate will be given refresher training once in two years. Rescue trained person will acquire highest standards of proficiency in first aid. Ambulance van will be provided fully equipped with lifesaving drugs, medicines and

appliances needed in emergency.



Implementation of OH&S For implementation of Occupational Health & Safety in the iron ore mining project, a safety committee will be formed. The hierarchy of the committee and responsibilities of individual members will be as follows:

OH&S Committee & its responsibilities

Sr. No. Designation Responsibility 1. Mines Manager Overall responsibility of Occupational Health & Safety in the Mines 2. Mining Engineer /

Foreman Adherence to OH&S guidelines and provision of training and conducting awareness programs

3. EH&S Manager Assisting mines manager in ensuring Occupational Health, Safety and environmental compliance

4. Doctor Pre-employment and periodic examination / health checkup and updating the records, provision of first aid training.


Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives 127

CHAPTER 5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 ANALYSIS OF SITE ALTERNATIVES

The applicant M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd. Raipur is seeking prior Environmental Clearance for Proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine for a maximum capacity of 1,50,000 TPA as per the provisions of EIA notification 2006. The Alnar Iron Ore Mine located in 31.55 Ha area in protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (Khasara No. 416, 417 & 418) of Aranpur reserve Forest, near Alnar, Dantewada District of Chhattisgarh State has applied for Environmental Clearance. The mining site is selected based on the reserves availability for Iron Ore. Since mining is a site specific activity, alternate sites are not considered. 5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY 5.2.1 Choice of Method of Mining Mining can be carried out by two methods viz., Opencast and Underground method. It is proposed to carry out the mining operations by open cast mechanized mining method of mining because of the following reasons: It is a residual Iron deposit in float form at surface and hence opencast operation is to be adopted. The average stripping ratio for opencast mining is 4.761:1 (Ore : OB) The mining by opencast method is highly productive & economical as compared to underground

method; and The opencast mining operations ensure higher recovery of Iron ore resource from conservation

point of view.

The following are the two technologies studied for implementation of mining operation: a. Conventional Mining: Involves drilling, blasting and excavation b. Surface Mining: Use of continuous surface miners for excavation of mineral without use of

drilling and blasting. Use of surface miner can be made when the mineral is of soft nature i.e. less hard.

The hardness of Iron Ore at the subject deposit being high, use of surface miner is not feasible. Hence, conventional open cast mechanized method of mining involving drilling; blasting and hauling with tippers will be the suitable alternative. 5.2.2 Quarry layout The main parameters considered in designing the quarry layout are:

Economical production of required Iron Ore quality for the approved Mining scheme period and life of mine;

To minimize transportation distance for Iron Ore and waste; To minimize rehandling of overburden; To minimize adverse effects on environment; and Non-sterilizing the remaining potential reserves for future mining.


Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme 128

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.1 INTRODUCTION

A large part of the sampling and measurement activities will be concerned with long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or trends in the natural environment that could be associated with mining and allied activities. This is essential to determine whether the changes area a response to a cycle of climatic conditions or are due to project activities. In particular monitoring strategy is required to ensure that all environmental resources, which may be subjected to pollution, are kept under review. Monitoring of the individual elements of the environment is necessary. This chapter presents the details of environmental monitoring schedule, institutional arrangements for pollution control and cost for environmental monitoring program for the proposed project. 6.2 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION MEASURES

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter-4 will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the iron ore mine with crusher. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation measures, these are phased as per the priority implementation as given in Table 6.1.

TABLE 6.1 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Sr. No.

Recommendations Time Requirement Schedule

1 Air pollution control measures

Continuous from commencement of mining operations till end of mine life.

Parameters & frequency as specified in EC letter/CTO. Start of mining operations till the end of mine life.

2 Water pollution control measures (Surface Water & Ground Water)


Parameters & frequency as specified in EC letter/CTO.

3 Noise control measures


Day & Night hourly data.

4 Ecological conservation and upgradation


Annual Basis Start of mining operations till the end of mine life.

5. Socio-economic welfare measures

From commencement of mining operations till end of mine life.

Annual Basis in consultation with gram panchayat. Start of mining operations till the end of mine life.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.3.1 Environmental Management Cell To meet above objective, monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficacy of pollution control measures adopted can only be determined by monitoring. An Environmental Management Cell will be responsible and established for implementing the Environmental Management Plan and conducting periodic environmental monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters to assess the status of environment regularly during mine operations. With



the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the mine and so that suitable additional mitigation steps could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. The components of post environmental monitoring program are given in Figure- 6.1. The organizational chart of Environment Management Cell is as given in Figure 6.2.

FIGURE 6.1: COMPONENT OF POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME FOR PROPOSED BENEFICIATION PLANT

Environmental Management Cell

Environmental Officer

Air, Noise, Water, Land Environment monitoring

Selection of Parameters

Selection of monitoring System

Equipment Specifications

Frequency Sampling

Comparison with Standards

Analysis Methodology

Statistical Analysis of Results

Adoption of Additional Mitigation Measures, if Necessary

Analysis Quality Control



FIGURE 6.2: ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) 6.3.2 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme (Activity to be monitored/ inspected by EMC. The objectives of environmental monitoring are: To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regard to new developments

To follow the trend of parameters, which have been identified as critical; To check or assess the efficacy of the pollution control measures To establish a database for future impact assessment studies for new/expansion projects

The environmental monitoring for the iron ore mine with crusher operations will be conducted for following aspects:

Emissions and Ambient Air quality Water table depth Surface and ground water quality Ambient Noise Levels Soil Quality Green belt & Plantation CSR Activities

The following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the post-project monitoring. Air Pollution The ambient air quality will be monitored as per EC Conditions/Pollution Control Board guidelines and as per the set norms in respect of particulate matter (PM10 & PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide, Nitrous oxide and Corbon monoxide at one location in mine lease area (core zone) and four locations in nearby villages (considering one on upstream in (buffer zone & 3 on downstream in buffer zone).

General Manager (Mines)

AGM (Environment)

DGM I/c (Mines)

DGM (CSR)

Dy. Manager

(Env)

Environmental Lab

I/c Mining Operation

I/c Geology

Sr. Manager (Safety &

OHS)

I/c (Horticultur

e)

Manager (Socio -

Economic)

Manager (Sports &

Culture)



Water Table Depth The depth of ground water table in the area will be monitored regularly in the wells/ borewell located in four nearby villages. The water table depth at Pre-monsoon (May month) and Post Monsoon (November Month) will be measured and records will be maintained. Water quality Ground water samples from four villages surrounding the project area will be analyzed. The water quality monitoring will be carried out once during every season. Surface water sample will be collected from mine pit, when available. Ambient Noise Levels Noise levels in the core zone and in surrounding villages will be monitored regularly. Ambient noise level monitoring will be carried out at 1 location in the mine lease area and in four locations in nearby villages. Noise level monitoring will be conducted once in each season. Soil quality Soil quality monitoring will be carried out in the plantation area within the mine lease area and in the agriculture fields located nearby the mine lease area. One sample from core zone and 4 samples from nearby villages will be collected and analyzed, once in a year, preferably during dry season. Slope failure Regular inspection shall be carried out to check possibility of failure of slope. Drainage The effectiveness of drainage system depends upon proper cleaning of all drains. Any blockage due to silting or accumulation of loose materials will be checked on a regular basis. Stone pitching, brick mounds etc. on drains shall also be monitored from time to time. Re-vegetation and greenbelt development Schedule plan for greenbelt development will be checked after every year and any alteration required will be implemented. Post plantation status will be regularly checked in every season. Phase wise development in the area of plantation including rate of growth, survival rate etc., will be recorded systematically. The format given in Table 6.2 will be filled every year for revising the schedule for the following year. CSR Activities Social welfare activities conducted in nearby villages will be regularly monitored for their effectiveness and accordingly new activities will be planned. The proposed environmental monitoring schedule is given in Table 6.2.

TABLE 6.2 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE

Sr. No.

Environmental Aspect

Locations Parameters for monitoring Schedule/ frequency of Monitoring

1 Ambient Air Quality 5 (1 in ML area & 4 in nearby villages)

PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx Quarterly Monitoring with 24 hours sampling

2 Water table depth 5 (1 in core zone and Depth of water level Once each in May and



Sr. No.

Environmental Aspect

Locations Parameters for monitoring Schedule/ frequency of Monitoring

in nearby 4 villages) November month every year

3 Water quality Mine pit water & Ground water from 4 nearby villages

As per IS:10500 2012 standards

Grab sampling, once during each season

4 Ambient Noise Levels

5 (1 in ML area & 4 in nearby villages)

Noise levels in dB(A) Hourly noise level for 24 hours, once in each season

5 Soil Quality 5 (Plantation in ML area and agriculture fields in 4 villages)

Physical and nutrition properties of soil

Once in a year, preferably during dry season.

6. CSR activities Nearby villages Implementation status and need based assessment

Quarterly

6.3.3 Monitoring Methods and Data Analysis of Environmental Monitoring Environmental monitoring of ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, ambient noise levels, etc. will be carried out through MoEF accredited agencies regularly and reports will be submitted to CECB/MoEF. 6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 6.4.1 Environmental Policy of the Company ASPL continually strive towards sustainable development by trying to find a balance between the needs of the customers and responsible care for the environment. ASPL are committed to: Wholly support and comply with all statutory requirement concerning environmental management

and practices Conduct periodical monitoring of all environmental parameters viz. air emissions, water, noise and

emissions by authorized agency as per statute and law. Implement environmental friendly ore mining with right mitigation of pollution, reclamation of land

and conservation of biodiversity Continually improve the environmental performance of organizational processes and products

through waste minimization and pollution abatement Ensure sustainable development by maximizing recycle and reducing wastage Ensure green belt development in and around plant premises Create awareness amongst employees, contractors and stake holders on health and

environmental protection practices through pro-active communication and training, this policy is made available for public

6.4.2 Organization Set-up The company has clearly defined duties and responsibilities for the employees. The organizational chart of Environment Management Cell is as given in Figure 6.2.



6.4.3 Environmental Management Cell An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be established in the mine under the control of Mines Manager. The EMC will be headed by an Environmental scientist having adequate qualification and experience in the field of environmental management. The responsibilities of EMC will be as follows:

1. Implementation of pollution control measures as suggested in Environmental Management Plan and recommended in EC

2. Conducting environmental monitoring as per EMP and EC stipulation through external laboratories approved by MoEF/CECB and NABL

3. Ensuring compliance with other conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance for the project.

4. Ensuring compliance with the conditions stipulated in 'Consent to Operate' for the project. 5. Timely submission of compliance status to MoEF/CECB. 6. Seeking experts guidance, as and when required. 7. Conducting CSR activities in nearby villages.

6.4.4 Audit & Review Review and audit is essentially a management tool. However, its application is crucial at the operational level for verification and feedback on the effectiveness of organization system and environmental performance. Basically, auditing involves in the following items:

Line management system Awareness and training Procedures: standards, targets Plans: Waste, contingency, pollution control compliance Verify environmental impact assessment Verify mitigation Reporting and communication Documentation Feedback

Internal Audit: A system of auditing will be undertaken for mining operations and includes the use of trained internal and external auditors. In addition, auditing should be undertaken to ensure compliance with all the applicable legislations. Audit Type Frequency:

Internal: - From other site in-charge every 6 months External - independent expert Every 12 months

The company shall depute internal / external auditors who are trained and certified as competent EMS auditors by an independent and external standard organization. The results of monitoring and auditing shall be regularly reported through the senior management team to ensure that action items are addressed. 6.4.5 Non-conformity, Corrective Action and Preventive Action As per the Environmental Policy of the company, non-conformities, corrective actions and preventive actions shall be managed in accordance with Nonconformance, Preventive and Corrective Action Procedure. This procedure, which relates to all projects of the company, details the processes to be utilized with respect to the identification of non-conformances, the application of appropriate



corrective actions(s) to address non-conformances and the establishment of preventive actions to avoid non-conformances. The key elements of the process include:

i. Identification of Non-conformance and /or Non-compliances ii. Recording of Non-conformance and/or Non-compliance iii. Evaluation of the Non-conformance and/or Non-compliance to determine specific corrective

and preventive actions iv. Corrective and preventive actions to be assigned to responsible persons and v. Management Review of corrective actions to ensure the status and effectiveness of the

actions

6.4.6 Management Review A comprehensive review of the objectives and targets associated with the individual project of the company shall be undertaken on an annual basis via the business planning (1 year outlook) and business strategy (5 year outlook) processes. These reviews, which include involvement from the senior site management and other key personnel, assess the performance of the mine over the previous year and develop goals and targets for the following period. 6.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY Occupational health and safety is very closely related to productivity and good employer-employee relationship. The main factors of occupational health in mine are fugitive dust and noise. Safety of employees during blasting operation and maintenance of mining equipment and handling of explosive materials is to be taken care of as per the Mine Regulations, 1965 and circulars of DGMS. To avoid any adverse effects on the health of workers due to dust, heat, noise and vibration, sufficient measures are proposed in the EMP. These include:

Provision of wet drilling and dust collectors; Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, toilets etc.; Provision of personnel protection devices for the workers; Rotation of job for workers exposed to high noise areas; Closed control room in crusher house with proper ventilation; and First-aid facilities. Occupational Health Survey of the employees will be carried out at regular intervals.

Socio-economic development The environmental department will be in regular touch with the surrounding villages to monitor the implementation of various developmental schemes made by the mine authority. They will also consider any immediate requirement which can be taken care of. 6.6 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING The details of monitoring of pollution along with annual recurring cost are given in Table-6.3.

TABLE 6.3 COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Sr. No. Particulars Annual Cost (Rs. in Lakhs)

1 Monitoring of Ambient Air Quality 5.5 2 Monitoring of Water Quality and depth of water table 4.5 3 Monitoring of ambient noise levels 0.50 4. Monitoring of soil samples 1.50 5. Monitoring of plantation (in-house) -- Total 12.00


Chapter 7: Additional Studies 135

CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The final EIA/EMP for Alnar Iron Ore Mine (Lease area: 31.55 Ha, Production: 1,50,000 TPA of Iron

Ore) located at protected forest compartment No. 1688 & 1689 near Alnar Village at Aranpur Reserve

Forest, Dantewada District of Chhattisgarh State is prepared as per the Terms of Reference (TOR)

issued by SEAC Chhattisgarh and the report is submitted for public consultation process as per the

provisions of EIA Notification 2006 and amendments thereof. After completing the public consultation

process, the issues raised and commitment of Project Proponent during the public hearing has been

incorporated in this final EIA/EMP report.

7.1.1 Public Hearing

The public hearing for the proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine of M/s Aarti Sponge and Power Limited,

Raipur (C.G.) held at Forest Depot, Forest Division Dantewada, Chhattisagarh State which was

conducted on 30th Sept. 2016 as per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, as amended by

the Ministry of environment and Forest, New Delhi.

The press notification indicating the date, time and venue of the public hearing was published in two

Daily newspaper i.e. Desh Bandhu and The Amrut Sandesh and one national newspaper (The

Hindustan Times dated on 27.08.2016) by Regional Officer Environment Conservation office,

Jagdalpur Chhattisgarh with project details inviting suggestions, views, comments and objections

from the public regarding proposed 150000 TPA production capacity’s iron ore mine. The copies of

the notification issued in newspapers for public hearing are given in Annexure XIX.

The copies of summary of EIA report (English & Hindi) and draft EIA report were made available by

the Regional Officer, Environment Conservation office, Jagdalpur for reference at the offices of

following authorities during normal office hours till the date of public hearing:

1. District Collector Office, Dantewada

2. Chief Executive Office, Zilha Parishad, Dantewada

3. District Industries Centre, Dantewada

4. The Regional Office, Jagdalpur

5. Head Office, C.E.C. B, Raipur

6. Environment Department, Govt. of Chhattisagarh, Mantralaya, Raipur

7. The Sub-Regional Office, C.E.C. B, Dantewada

8. Tehsil Office, Tahsil- Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli), Dantewada

9. Block Development Office, Panchayat Samiti, Bacheli, Dantewada.

10. Grampanchayat Office, Gumiyapal , Dantewada

11. Grampanchayat Office, Alnar Village , Taluka- Bade Bacheli , Dantewada.



Public hearing meeting was convened by Regional Officer, Jagdalpur, Chhattisagarh. The Public

Hearing Meeting was chaired by the Additional District Collector and Regional Officer, Environment

Conservation office, Jagdalpur and more than 150 people attended the public hearing. The list of

people, who attended the public hearing and signed in the register, is given in Annexure XIX.

The Regional Officer, Environment Conservation office, Jagdalpur announced the public hearing at

Forest Depot, Forest Division Dantewada, and brief the local public about the purpose of Public

Hearing and asked to the project proponent to explain the proposed project after briefing of the RO,

Jagdalpur the Addl. District Collector was given approval for the execution of this public hearing. Mr.

Ashok John of M/s Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur has briefing to public about the proposed

project and then Dr. Vivek Tiwari, Environmental Scientist, Anacon Laboratory Private Limited the

environmental consultant of this project has presented the facts and figures of the study and

answered it for all the issued raised between the presentation related to the environmental, CSR and

CEP policy etc. during public hearing. The minutes of the public hearing and the issues raised by the

Public and reply given on behalf of the project proponent which are enclosed as Annexure XIX.

7.1.2 Issues Raised during Public Hearing and Commitment

Action Plan of public hearing has been made addressing with the issues raised during meeting along

with time frame and financial allocations have been given in detail in Table-7.1. The responses of M/s

Aarti Sponge and Power Limited, Raipur towards the written objections have been given in Table-7.2.

7.1.3 Conclusion on Public Hearing Public hearing started at 11.30 am and all the issues raised during meeting were discussed

systematically and representations received were answered satisfactorily on proponent side. As there

is no further representation from the Public present during public hearing, Regional Officer, Jagdalpur

summed up the Proceedings of the Public hearing and the Chairman Additional District Collector,

Dantewada declared the Public Hearing as over.



PLATE 7.1: PHOTOS OF PUBLIC HEARING



TABLE 7.1 DETAILS OF ACTION PLAN FOR THE ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING

Sr. No

Name and Address

Issues Raised during PH

Response Action Plan

1 Shri Pramod Nayak Mining Office, Dantewada

What do you mean by the Soil Productivity is Medium and What are the mitigation measures for Soil Erosion and Reddish Water Discharge?

The Soil found in the Study Area is Sillty, Clayey and Lateritic soil. Which contains low percentage of Nitrogen and Phosphorus. So this kind of soil is suitable for Maze, Lean Seed, and Other Minor Millets etc., this kind of Soil is not suitable for Higher Value Agri products. The Mitigation measures of Soil Erosion and Reddish Water Discharge already discussed in detail in Chapter 4 on paragraph 4.1.6.2 of the EIA EMP Document of this project. As per the EIA EMP Document Retaining Wall will be constructing along the slopes to Reddish the soil Erosion. To Protect the Surrounding Water bodies, Reddish water will be store in De-silting Tank, and after proper filtration will be used for afforestation purpose

There is a provision for mine water treatment before discharging it.

2 Shri K. Shiva, Bacheli

We are the local resident of this area, if the company will appoint outsiders, then what we will do? As we have seen that some other companies are appointing peoples from Bhadrachalam and Andhra, if the project will come, what will happen to us.

In this project Total 171 worker will have to be appointed, out of that 26 worker will be Skilled and 145 worker will be Semi-Skilled and Unskilled. The company will give preference to local people only. The unskilled worker will be upgrade into Semi skilled and Skilled by various training programmes conducted.

Skill Training programme will be given from operational phase and the budget will be used from CSR (Rs. 8.5 Lakh per annum). Continuous process

3 Smt Ranji Bai, Awanra Bhata Dantewada

I am working as Office Cleaner From last 28 Years, still not permanent employee of forest department. So kindly take care of me, as I am very poor.

NA NA



4 Shri Rafiq Khan, Geedam

Where we will Job, in coming project? Kindly appoint the local peoples

In this project Total 171 worker will have to be appoint, out of that 26 worker will be Skilled and 145 worker will be Semi-Skilled and Unskilled. The company will give preference to local people only.


5 Shri Radhakrishna Banjare, Nayab Tehsildar Bade Bacheli

In our village area no one knows that the Industry is coming. Mostly the peoples of this area are educated 5th to 8th Classes only. Whether the project will provide any training before the starting of project.

The unskilled worker will be upgrade into Semi skilled and Skilled by time to time various training programmes.


6 Shri Rakesh Kumar Sahu, Kirandul

The Hospital and School which are going to start, will provide facilities either only for the mine workers or the surrounding people and their families also?

According to CSR Fund, the Company will make arrangement for Health Camps, and Education Development training programmes, this will be helpful for all the peoples of the nearby areas.

Under CSR Heads Rs. 8.5 lakh /annum

7 Shri Dayanand Ghosh, Kirandul

I am residing at Geedam (Dantewada) as I heard the mining companies will provides so many jobs for the surrounding area. As per my opinion this project will have to come.

Appreciating the projects and hoping for start as soon

-

8 Shri Rajesh, Village Dugeli

In Bacheli area, I am not getting Jobs because of Mostly the outsiders are entertained by companies.

If you are fulfill the criteria of the skilled category job, which details are already given in EIA/EMP Chapter 2 under Table 2.8. you are welcome to submit your application for that job.

-



9 Shri Subrat Sana, Palnar

If the project will start the local people will get Job opportunities.

Appreciating the projects.

10 Shri Shrawan Kadhti, BJP Jila Mantri, Dantewada

This is a good opportunity for Local youngsters for getting job and their development. Most of the local unemployed youth will get job by this project.

Scheme regarding job and responsibilities of social and environmental point of view the project proponent is liable to complete all mentioned responsibilities.


11 Shri Amal Ghosh, Bhansi

I wish for the opening of this project soon, it will help to local youth to get employment through it.

Appreciating the projects. -

12 Shri Santosh Singh, Dantewada

The Project of Aarti Sponge is Appreciated by me. We want do work in this plant, there fore such type of industries should come.


13 Shri Suresh Kumar Tomo, Bade Bacheli

I am employee of NMDC Bacheli, and I come to know that one small unit of Iron Ore is proposed in the Alnar Village which will provide the job for surrounding youth




14 Shri Rajuram Tamo, Bade Kameli

I wish such type of mine will open in our area. Most of the companies are giving fake promises before opening. The local people are wishing to take job, school facilities and hospital facilities in their area.


-

Suggestion coming from mail regarding Environmental Public Hearing organized on 30-09-2016 and the detailed explanation towards the written objections is as under.

TABLE 7.2

DETAILS OF EXPLAINATION TOWARDS THE WRITTEN OBJECTIONS Name &

Addresses Suggestion Response

Mr. V. Sunanda Reddy

You consultant have already conducted baseline survey of air, water, land it is very good. My request is please collect the data of the health status of the people, crop, production status and ground water availability status within 10 kms radius. It is very use full in future and utilize as a parameter to take precautionary affective measures to maintain ecological maintenance. If there is any possibility to add this report in final EIA report it is great welcoming.

We are appreciating your suggestions. We will ensure you that health status data, crop details will be incorporated in EIA Report.

We request and suggestion you take up mining activity faced manner Hector by Hector. When completed 1 hector and then you start another Hactor. After completion 1 hactor it is convenient to fill land take up plantation if it is not convenient to fill please convert it as rain water storage tank. This is very affective ecological balanceable activity. It is great creditability comes to you in the maintenance of ecological balance.

We will follow the same and Mining will be done as per the norms given by the IBM. We are committed to maintain ecological balance of the area.

You are proposing 31.55 ha land for mining in this land total rain water received approximately 45 cores litters for annum. My humble request you to construct water harvesting structures to store the water. It is useful for you usage in industry and also develop ground water levels in the area. And also whatever usage water for industry. Collect and storage in rain season it is useful in non-rain days for your industry.

We are proposing rain water harvesting scheme. Adequate drainage system will be provided. Conserve rain water from mine pit will be utilized for various mining activity after proper treatment.

You have planned take up plantation is very good. My suggestion is to take up plantation 40-50% is very essential to control pressure on ecological balance because Indian population is increasing 10 crores for every 10 years.it is very pressurized on natural resources.

Total mine area is 31.55 ha. Out of this only 5.943 ha area is minable area. Adequate green belt will be developed.

Please take up village plantation in nearby villages and also avenue plantation in nearby villages on which internal roads you vehicles transporting materials to control dust pollution. My request is you should give priority to plant fruit bearing plants and medicinal value plants instead of normal plant.

We ensure you that, we will be planted plants in nearby villages as well as along the road side. Fruit bearing plantation



will also be done. Please give top priority to the local educated unemployed youth

to give employment in your industry. We will provide the employment to local persons on the basis of their skill and qualification.

My humble request is to promote skill development training to unemployed youth to get better skills and to get employment changes in your industry remaining youth to get other places jobs. Countries like Japan and Korea youth 96 percent got skilled development trainings. But in India 5 to 6 present youth have skilled persons.

We have already proposed the skill development program under CSR activity. It will help to enhance their skills.

My request is to form a coordination committee with villagers and your company officials, Govt. officials and PCB officials to take up plan of action of CSR budget. It is very effectively helping and meaningful to take up demand oriented works. Please discourage target oriented works with this activity a great credibility comes to you.

CSR activity will be done in coordination with affected gram panchayat and all government norms will also be followed.

7.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

7.2.1 Occupational Health

For any industry, where multiple activities are involved during construction, operation and maintenance; the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings several problems like occupational health and safety. Mining Industry is not an exception and above also holds good. Therefore, proper plan and steps are required to be taken to minimize the impact of mining and for ensuring appropriate occupational health during the constructional and operational phases. Occupational health as such needs attention during construction, operation and mine closure phases. Construction The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage are mainly due to dust, noise and accident associated with various constructional activities. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduce it within Threshold Limit Values (TLV’s), necessary protective equipment will

have to be supplied to workers. Operational The problem of occupational health during mining is primarily due to dust and noise which could affect the workers from respiratory and hearing problems. Pre-employment and periodic training on occupational health and safety will be imparted to all the employees of the mine. The necessary personal protective equipments like helmets, ear plugs, safety shoes, goggles, hand gloves, etc will be provided to all the workers. Necessary provision for first aid will be maintained at site office and with site supervisor. A vehicle will be kept ready at mine site for transportation of injured person to nearby hospital, in case of emergency. Full-fledged hospital facilities are available at its integrated Steel Plant unit and also in Dantewada town. All working personnel will be medically examined at least once in every year and at the end of his term of employment. This is in addition to the pre-employment medical examination. 7.2.2 Safety Plan

An effective organization of the mine including safety plan shall be put into place as per DGMS Guidelines/ Circulars, which shall include all safety precautions during the mining operations, posting



of sufficient number of statutory officials and persons, disaster management, etc, for which sufficient funds shall be provided. Since mining is a hazardous industry, necessary measures shall be taken to prevent accident due to following anticipated hazardous/risk prone activities.

Slope failure; Handling of explosives; Fly-rocks during blasting; Movement of HEMM; Inundation due to surface water; Dust hazards; Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets; and Flooding of lower benches

7.2.2.1 Statutory Rules Deployment of HEMM in any mine for excavation of mineral needs planning of various activities in confirmation with the prevailing statutory provisions as per Mines Act 1952, Metalliferous Mines Regulation 1957, various DGMS circulars & bye-laws. All applicable statutory rules, regulations, bye-laws etc. and statutory requirement related to Govt. licenses, workers compensation, insurance, etc., including minimum wage act for workers employed by the outside agency shall be adhered to. Any other rule imposed by local/state/central authorities shall also be complied by user of HEMM equipment and then shall have to supply various protective equipment viz. helmets, shoes, safety gear for welding, working at height, electrical apparatus handling, etc. to the workmen at Management's cost. 7.2.2.2 Safety Aspects for HEMM/Equipment and Workers Special precaution shall be taken in case of outsourcing the HEMM and workers in the mine. Some of the major safety aspects before outsourcing of workers & HEMM to the mine are enumerated as follows: For Workers

No worker shall be deployed unless he is skilled enough to take up the designated assignment and trained at VTC;

Records in Form- B and Form- D shall be maintained; Records of vocational training certificate and driving license of operators shall be kept by

HEMM outsourcing agency and shall be made readily available for inspection by management;

No persons shall be employed unless person holds VTC certificate and management is informed. A record of it shall be maintained;

Adequate supervision shall be maintained by qualified competent persons; Outside agency shall follow safety guidelines and safety instruction from project authorities; All drivers shall obey traffics rules prepared by the management; and Before deploying workers, they must be trained and briefed about safety aspects in opencast

mine. However, during course of execution of the work, if any accident occurs, whether major or minor, the matter shall have to be immediately informed to the mine management so that notices of accidents in a accordance of (Reg.9 of MMR 1957) and Section-23 of Mines Act, 1952 may be given and other necessary steps may be taken in accordance with the Mines Act, 1952.



(B) For Machineries as Recommended by DGMS Circular (Tech.) 1 of 1999 All machineries to be deployed in mines shall be checked before deployment by competent

authority;

Regular checking of machines deployed shall be done. No unfit machine shall be deployed before the defect is rectified;

A proper record of repair and maintenance along with inspection done by management and defect pointed out shall be maintained and signed by authorized person;

The HEMM shall be provided with audio visual alarms, proper light for use at night and period when natural light is not sufficient. Also audio-visual alarms for reversing of HEMM shall be provided;

RTO certificate photo copies of all vehicles shall be submitted to manager;

Regular inspection of HEMM shall be done by the agency’s mechanic as directed by the management;

Machine manufacturers shall be asked to give risk analysis details in respect machines deployed by outside agencies;

Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided in every machine;

Transport system will be deployed in such a way so as to minimize pollution in the mine and keep the environmental status as recommended under the approved EMP

7.2.2.3 Stability of Benches, Quarry High Walls and Spoil Dumps

During quarry operations, it is necessary to adopt suitable parameters for the stability of benches, high-walls and spoil dumps. It is also mandatory to examine systematically the fencing of mine working, landslides and cracks between benches. It is required to maintain well graded and wide roads on benches keeping the width of working areas sufficient for spreading of blasted rock and movement of the mining and transport equipment. During mining operation, systematic observations and regular monitoring of the condition of benches, high-wall slopes and spoil dumps shall be carried out and the dimensions shall be modified if necessary, to suit the local conditions. 7.2.2.4 Precautions against Danger of Inundation from Surface Water

A careful assessment shall be made against the danger from surface water before the onset of rainy season. The necessary precautions shall be clearly laid down and implemented. A garland drain will be provided to drain away the surface rain water from coming into the mine. Garland drain shall be provided around working mines to course the rain water to main streams;

Inspections for any accumulation of rain water, obstruction in normal drainage; Standing order for withdrawal of working persons in case of apprehended danger;



During heavy rain, inspection of vulnerable points is essential. In case of any danger, persons are to be withdrawn to safer places;

7.2.2.5 Prevention of Flooding of Equipment Deployed at Bottom Horizons

During the heavy monsoon period, the mining operation in the lower-most benches shall be stopped. Adequate pumping capacity on the basis of historical data of maximum rainfall and distribution of rainfall has to be designed. But in case of unprecedented rainfall, machineries shall be withdrawn from lower benches temporarily and redeployed after dewatering in the lower benches again. 7.2.2.6 Dust Suppression

Following measures shall be adopted for dust suppression at all quarry working places, dump, haul roads, and near other auxiliary mining operations:

Water sprinklers shall be deployed in haul road. Spraying with water on all working faces. While drilling holes, drills with necessary dust extraction arrangement shall be used. Leveling of spoil dump surface. Maintaining the engine and exhaust conditioners properly, so as to keep emission gases

within limits and regular checking of exhaust and recording the same.

7.2.2.7 Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention

In addition to statutory provisions, the measures for firefighting and prevention of fires will be as follows:

Provision of portable fire extinguishers. Emergency organization shall be formed to deal with emergency during fire. The organization

shall have names of responsible person along with their telephone numbers. Their duties shall be clearly specified and the persons shall be properly trained. Mock rehearsals shall be held.

7.2.2.8 Measures during Drilling and Blasting

Following measures shall be taken while drilling and blasting operations in the quarry: 1. Drilling and blasting in quarry shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Mines Act,

rules and regulations; 2. Adequate safety measures will be taken during blasting operations in the quarry so that

men/machines are not affected; 3. Ground vibration due to blasting will be controlled by following:

Reducing the explosive charge per delay. Spacing and burden are to be optimized by the blasting engineer. Reducing the amount of explosive charged per blast. Adoption of controlled blasting by using suitable initiating sequence and delay.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of various hazards (unsafe conditions) that exist in the mines. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, mining equipment and personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the mine. Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present.



In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks, maximum credible accident analysis, and consequence analysis are addressed which gives a broad identification of risks involved. Based on the risk estimation disaster management plan has to be prepared. The mining will be carried out under the management control and direction of a qualified Mine Manager holding a first class manager’s certificate of competency. The DGMS have been regularly

issuing standing orders, model standing orders and circulars to be followed by the mine management in case of disaster, if any. Moreover, mining staff will be sent to refresher courses from time to time to keep them alert. However, following natural/industrial hazards may occur during normal operation:

Accident due to explosives; Accident due to heavy mining equipment; and Sabotage in case of magazine.

In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be adopted: All safety precautions and provisions of the Mine Act, 1952 and the Mines Rules, 1955 will be

strictly followed during all mining operations; Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited; Firefighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office, crusher and mining area; Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will be made

available to the employees and regular check for their use; Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous premises; Under

mines rules all employees of mines shall have to undergo the training at a regular interval; Working of mine, as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plans; Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent persons only; Provision of magazine at a safe place with fencing and necessary security arrangement; Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer’s guidelines; Suppression of dust on the haulage roads; Adequate safety equipment will be provided at explosive magazine; and Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and other similar

drives. 7.3.1 Storage of explosives

The blasting will be done by contractual agency; hence storage of explosive is not required. Only competent persons will be allowed to handle explosives and adequate security will be provided at the magazine area. Precautionary measures during blasting (a) Although the mine is away from any major habitation, precaution will be taken to minimize

nuisance caused by blasting. All necessary safety precaution will be taken in accordance with the explosive act. Precaution will also be taken as per MMR 1961 106(2) (b) for deep hole drilling & Blasting and usage of heavy earth moving machinery.

(b) Drilling and blasting operations will be carried on strictly as per the provision of MMR, 1961 under the strict supervision of qualified persons. For storage and issue of explosives, the relevant provisions of Indian Explosives Rules, 1983 will be followed. Blasting time is generally fixed at



lunch interval or after the working shift-taking. All required precautions, like marking the danger zone with red flags, use of warning signals and providing blasting shelters etc.

Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers

All transportation within the main working area would be carried out under the direct supervision and control of the management;

The vehicles will be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week by a competent person authorized for this purpose by the management;

Broad signs would be provided at each and every turning point specially for the guidance of the drivers ;

To avoid dangers while reversing the vehicles, all areas as far as possible, will be made man free and

A statutory provision of the fence, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidence of such accidents.

7.3.2 Disaster Management Plan

The disaster management plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this order of priorities. The disaster/emergency situations will be countered with an organizational chart entrusting responsibility to various mine personnel with their specific roles during emergency and will be updated from time to time. The composition of the disaster management team will be:-

1. Mines Manager 2. Site Supervisors/ Foremen 3. Personnel/Administrative Manager/Environmental Manager 4. First Aid Expert/ Medical Coordinator 5. Transport in-charge

For effective implementation of the disaster management plan following facilities would be including widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills. Infrastructure at site 1. Emergency Control Room Site office will be used as Emergency Control Room. Following facilities will be kept ready at the site office for use in emergency conditions:

a. Master plan of the mines. b. First aid boxes. c. Gas masks. d. Telephone line with STD facility. e. Loud speakers f. Emergency lighting system. g. Stretchers. h. Transport facility.

Assembly Points Assembly points will be set up in the Mine lease at farthest from the location of likely hazardous events, where pre-designated persons from the works, contractors and visitors would assemble in case of emergency. Up-to-date list of pre-designated employees of various departments will be



available at these points so that roll call could be taken. Pre-designated persons would take charge of these points and mark presence as the people come into it. Communication System Different types of alarms to differentiate types of emergencies will be assigned and communicated. Alarms will be followed by an announcement over Public Address System. In case of failure of alarm system, communication will be made through Public Address System (loud speakers). If everything fails, a messenger will be used for sending the information. Warning System and Control The Control Centers will be located at an area of minimum risk or vulnerability in the premises concerned, taking into account the wind direction, areas which might be affected by fire/explosion, toxic releases, etc. For promptness and efficiency, the premises/storage sites will be divided into number of zones, which will be clearly marked on the site plan. Emergency Services This includes the fire-fighting system, first aid center, ambulance etc. Alternate sources of power supply, communication with local bodies, fire brigade etc., will be identified and clearly demarcated at control room. Adequate number of external and internal telephone connections will be provided. Fire Protection System The fire protection system in the proposed iron ore mine consist of portable fire extinguishers of suitable types and capacities to be placed in cabins of HEMM, transport vehicles and additional fire extinguishers at site office. Water pumps will be used for supporting the firefighting arrangements. 7.4 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The impacts of the mining project on socio-economic conditions of the people of surrounding villages are assessed based on interactions with representative of M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd, Raipur and local population. It is anticipated that the project after start of operation will further bring following benefits to the people of the surrounding villages:

Generation of additional employment and improved standard of living; Increased revenue to the State by way of royalty, taxes and duties; Improved infrastructure facilities etc.

In addition to above, due to increase in purchasing power of local habitants, there will be slight improvement in the socio-economic scenario of the area. 7.5 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT ASPECTS

It is a case of proposed Iron Ore Mine located in protected forest block no. 1688 & 1689 near Alnar Village of tehsil Kuwankonda, District Dantewada, Chhattisgarh in lease area of 31.55 Ha. There is no household in the mine lease area. The project falls in Revenue land of project proponent. Hence, there is no R&R required in the mine lease area.


Chapter 8: Project benefits 148

CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 NEED BASED ASSESSMENT Socio-economic survey conducted in the villages located within 10 km radius of the Alnar Iron Ore mine lease area, located in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 of Aranpur Reserve Forest near Village Alnar, Tehsil- Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) Dantewada district in Chhattisgarh state brings out that villages are lacking in basic amenities like healthcare, transportation, treated drinking water, higher education and sanitation facilities etc. The survey also reveals that the literacy rate in the area is low and the people are mostly engaged in forest related ancillary activities and mine orrain fed agriculture related activities. On the basis of socio-economic survey, the following are expectations of local people from the Iron Ore mining project:

Employment Medical facilities Drinking water facilities Improvement in education facilities Vocational training to unemployed youth Control of dust pollution Improvement of roads Emergency ambulance facility

8.2 PROPOSED SOCIO-ECONOMIC WELFARE MEASURES In order to address some of the expectations of local people and as a commitment towards the Corporate Social Responsibility, the project proponent through the mine management will adopt following socio-economic welfare measures in the nearby villages. 8.2.1 Employment Generation After opening the mine, the manpower requirement will be a total of 171 persons. Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine. The impact of mining on the economic aspects can be clearly anticipated. The employment potential will ameliorate economic conditions of these families directly and provide employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and service oriented activities. The employment of local people in project will upgrade the prosperity of the region. These will in-turn marginally improve the socio-economic conditions of the area. 8.2.2 Economic Welfare Activities Apart from direct and indirect employment opportunities, the mine management will carry out economic welfare programme in the surrounding nearby villages for improving the economic conditions of the needy people.

Financial assistance to interested unemployed youth for vocational training (Fruit/dairy, poultry/goat farming, pisci-culture, mechanical/ electrical /electronic repairs, tailoring and embroidering, etc.)

Financial assistance for local women for formation of Self Help Groups 8.2.3 Improvement in Education Facilities

Conducting awareness campaigns with the help of State Education Department and NGO's working in the area for improving the literacy rate.



Strengthening of primary and secondary education facilities by donation of school furniture, books, stationary, etc. to village schools.

Donation of books, stationary, uniforms to needy students Conducting Adult Literacy Programme with the help of local educated youth and NGOs.

8.2.4 Improvement in Health & Hygiene Conditions

Conducting periodic medical camps in the nearby villages Donation of blankets and medicated mosquito nets to needy people in nearby villages Conducting awareness campaigns with the help of State Health Department and NGO's

working in the area on malaria eradication, HIV/AIDS, addiction control for tobacco & alcohol, etc.

Provision of ambulance for use of nearby villages under the budget of Wildlife Management Plan.

Conducting sanitation drives with the help of village panchayat, local women and youth in the nearby villages.

Transportation facilities at the mine will be extended to the local people in case of medical emergency.

8.2.5 Other Community Welfare Measures

Repair/ Maintenance of open wells & bore wells in nearby villages for improving drinking water facilities.

Donation for construction / maintenance of community halls. Conducting periodic meetings with village panchayats for status and efficacy of the

implemented measures and accordingly planning of the future activities. All the above activity (8.2) will be spread over during the entire life of mine and will be taken up on year to year basis in consultation with concerned gram panchayat.

8.3 BUDGET FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC WELFARE ACTIVITIES M/s. Aarti Sponge and Power Ltd., Raipur has committed to take various programme for social and economic upliftment of persons residing in core and buffer zone of Alnar Iron Ore Mine. An amount of Rs. 12.0 Lakh and Rs. 8.5 Lakh will be spent as capital investment& recurring investment (Per annum basis) for implementation of social welfare activities in the nearby villages. The amount will be spent under following activities:

Education Community Health Livelihood & Employability Infrastructure Development Social Welfare

Education

Construction of schools Education projects for village children & elders Basic Computer Literacy Enhancement Programme Standardization of Anganwadis



Community Health Emergency First Aid Facility to villagers Specialized health camps Mobile medical services for rural area Blood Donation Camps Community Outreach Clinics in each village

Livelihood & Employability

Vocational training to interested youth Financial assistance to Self Help Group of local women Exploring opportunities to start some livelihood activities in the villages.

Infrastructure Development

Repair/ maintenance of village wells/ bore wells/ Deepening of existing ponds Improvement of roads Play ground Plantation

The proposed budget for implementation of CSR activities is given in Table 8.1.

TABLE 8.1 PROPOSED BUDGET FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC WELFARE ACTIVITIES

S.No Particulars Budget (Rs. in Lakh/Year)

1 Education 2.25

2 Community Health 2.50 3 Livelihood & Employability 2.25 4 Infrastructure Development 1.00

5 Plantation 0.25 6 Support provided to Local Panchyats 0.25

Total (Rs.) 8.50

8.4 SUMMARY As per conceptual stage of mining, 5.943Ha of the mine lease area will be mined out. Thick plantation will be developed around the mine lease area. Besides the above, the mine management will also undertake various environment control measures to restrict the pollution within the specified limit so that the local population is hardly affected. The mine management will commit itself to the various socio-economic welfare activities as listed above in consultation with gram panchayat improving the basic facilities in the nearest villages.


Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefits Analysis 151

CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The proposed Alnar iron ore deposit is located at protected forest compartment number 1688 & 1689 (Khasara no. 416, 417 & 418) of north Aranpur Reserve Forest, of Bacheli forest range near village Alnar. There will be loss of vegetation cover as well as biodiversity due to proposed mining activity. However the project management will take maximum efforts to maintain the biodiversity sensitive ecosystem and safe saved the rare and endangered flora or fauna of the area by making massive afforestation in the deforested area. This will also help to maintain the productivity value of the area. The expenditure on the implementation of the environmental management plan (EMP) has been carried-out our provision is made based on the capital cost of the project: as per the present situation, it became very essential to generate the mineral resources to fulfill the demand of steel making so that it will help to increase the economic status of the country through export business and revenue generation. However, proper care will be taken to maintain the environmental quality with report to all the environmental components including ecosystem of the area. Beside the tangible benefits, the project got number of intangible benefits like minimum emissions of the greenhouse gases, no advance impact on environmental socio-economic benefits to the local people and revenue generation through installation of ancillary industries through demand and utilization of mineral resources so that the development economic output and the environmental will go in hand to hand with a sustainable manner.


Chapter 10: Environmental management plan (EMP) 152

CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

The proposed mining activities would affect the pristine environment and the forest with its biodiversity during construction and mining activity phase. The mitigation measures with environment management plan for mining activity will help to sustain the environment. The environmental management plan consists of following set of mitigation, management, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project, to eliminate adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.

Overall conservation of environment. Minimization of natural resources and water. Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace. Ensure effective operation of all control measures. Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents. Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts. Ensure effective operation of all control measures. Waste generation and pollution.

Judicious use of the present environmental management plan addressed the components of environment, which are likely to be affected by the different operations of mining activity. 10.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Wherever applicable, detailed procedure should be followed for control of pollution in a mine. 10.1.1 Site preparation During mining and laying the approach roads, substantial quantity of soil and rock is produce, requiring stock piling and back filling. All disturbed land should be stabilized and restored. During dry weather condition, it is necessary to control the dust nuisance created by the excavation, leveling and transportation activity through wet suppression using water sprinkling. The top soil encroachment during the site preparation has to be stocked separately and used whenever required. The top soil containing moderate humus soil may utilize for development of greenbelt in and around the construction area. 10.1.2 Sanitation The site should be provided with sufficient sanitation facilities like supply of water and sanitary toilets for the workers to achieve proper standard of hygiene. 10.1.3 Water environment The stock piling of waste materials generated during excavation can pose serious problem of erosion and leaching which may have impact on aquatic ecosystem and /or ground water. Enough care need to be taken by placing effective environmental protective measures likes parapet walls, filter beds, settling ponds with lime treatments and embankment etc. all around the stock piling. The vehicle maintenance area should be located in such a manner so as to prevent contamination of soil and ground water by accidental spillages of oil. Waste oil/used oil be sold to authorized recyclers from CPCB.



10.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

For dust pollution following control measures is suggested to keep the level of dust in atmosphere at the lowest level possible during mining operation. Preventive measures including those measures that are prevent or substantially reduce the spread of particles into the surrounding air environment. Preventive measures are independent on the suspended particulates emitted directly or indirectly into the ambient air. The major types of preventive measures include passive enclosure (full or partial), wet suppression, stabilization of unpaved surface by soiling with hard lateritic & wetting, paved surface cleaning, work practices and housekeeping. Following measures should be applied. Passive enclosure for Operation A common preventive technique for the control fugitive particulate emissions is to enclose the source either fully or partially. Enclosure preclude or inhibit particulate matter from becoming air borne as a result of the disturbance created by ambient winds or by mechanical entertainment resulting from the operation of the source itself. Enclosures also help to reduce certain emissions that are generated. Crushing sizing grading and screening operations by dry method would be carried out in an enclosed area and with adequate dust suppression technique. This will substantially reduce paved surface cleaning work practices and housekeeping. Stabilization of unpaved surface by wet suppression Release of particular matter from unpaved surface can be reduced or prevented by stabilization of those surface sources that have been controlled in this manner include unpaved roads and parking lots, active and inactive storage piles and open area. Wet suppression systems apply either water solution of a chemical agent, or micron-sized foam to the surface of the particular generating material. The measure prevents (or suppresses) the fine particular contained in the material from leaving the surface and becoming airborne. Paved surface clearing Other than housekeeping, the only method available to reduce the surface loading of fine particles on paved roads is through some of street cleaning practice. Street sweeping does remove some debris from the pavement, thus preventing it from becoming airborne by the action of passing vehicles, but it can also generate significant amount of finer particulates by the mechanical action used to collect the material. Three major methods of street cleaning are mechanical (broom) cleaning, vacuum cleaning and flushing. Mechanical street sweepers utilize large rotating broom to lift sweeper removes the materials from the pavement and discharge it into a hopper for material from the pavement and discharge it into a hopper for later disposal. Vacuum sweeper removes the material from the street surface by drawing suction on a pick-up head which entrains the particular in the moving air stream. The debris is then deposited in a hopper, and the air is exhausted to the atmosphere or regenerated back to the pickup head and reused. Street flushers hydraulically remove debris from the surface to the gutter and eventually to the storm sewer system through the use of high-pressure water sprays. Occupational Exposure Dust – proof enclosure of the operator‟s cabin of the shovels and Dumper, beside provide approved type Dust Mark to the person engaged in such dust prone areas



Loading/unloading and transportation of ore Control of maximum height of fall-off materials during loading by shovel to Dumpers /

Trucks Covering of ore in trucks (10 -20 tonner) with tarpaulins to avoid release of dust due to

winds. Water sprinkling along with wetting agents/chemical binder on mine haul roads, benches,

waste dumps through pressurized water sprinklers. Plantation on both sides of the haul roads. Development of green belt in and around exhausted benches, crushing screening plant,

OB dumps, loading yard and buffer zone. Passive enclosure for transfer point i.e. loading/unloading operation Application of dust suppression/dust extraction measures at loading yard during

loading/unloading operations Implementation of use of closed conveyor for one transport from crushing and screening

plant Wet suppression of other exposed land in ML area

Green Belt development and plantation over degraded area The trees and shrub vegetation around the mining area act as dust filters, smoke fumes coming from heavy machinery and heavy vehicles. The surrounding area may be planted with diverse native tree species having preponderance of broad leaved trees with dense crown which have dust filtering capacity. 10.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT Potentially, many adverse environmental impacts arise due to surface mining if no mitigation measures (reclamation practices) are adopted. During initial stage of mining activity, part of lease area is cleared of vegetation, approach roads are prepared and the equipment for mining area transportation and the mining program is worked out to proceed step by step either horizontally or vertically downward depending on the topography. Water pollution takes place due to soil erosion and sedimentation of fine in the nearby surface water bodies, which could be arrested by adopting appropriate measures. Soil erosion from mining pits should be avoided by refilling the mining pits with overburden and a layer of soil which should be used to develop vegetation cover similar to surrounding forest Under EMP, following measures are recommended:

To protect the existing pond type lake from silting, diversion channels and protective earthen bunds should be constructed at appropriate location so-as-to prevent the entry of run-off in to the pond.

One of the major problems of water pollution in opencast mining is the surface run-off carrying fine silt from the loose soil areas and overburden dumps. This problem, even if prevalent during rainy season only, requires measures because of its water pollution potential.

For controlling the water pollution due to soil wash-off, following measures should be adopted in an integrated manner.

Drains should be constructed to channelize water in loose soil area to prevent soil erosion.



The top soil should be removed separately and utilized for restoration or rehabilitation of land or store it in a separate heap for future use, duly covered with grass and vegetation cover to preserve its fertility/biomass.

The soil should be stacked separately wherever an countered and should be used for reclamation.

10.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT The mining activities involve deforestation, construction of approach/access roads, creation of flat areas, establishment of temporary housing and working facilities, excavation work, leading to disturbances to the natural vegetation and soil in the surrounding areas. Environmental hazards caused due to mining activities are land degradation, and soil erosion. To mitigate these adverse impacts, control measures such as land reclamation in mined out areas, conservation of soil and water, and afforestation measures are recommended. The land related control measures are suggested hereunder:

The proposed dump yards should be protected by protective barrier (of reject stones or retaining wall) to prevent wash off during rain

The slope angle of the overburden dump should be less than 28o to maintain the stability to avoid erosion

The overburden dumps top surface should be covered by soil and be re-vegetated with trees and grasses and restored to natural forest cover to match with surrounding landscape. At the end of mining, the mine lease area should have reclaimed mined out areas with natural forest cover with grassland. The overburden should be restored with vegetation cover and grass cover. The mined blocks should have mine pits for rainwater harvesting forming a lake. The step in major component of mine closure plan is given below: 10.4.1 Top soil management After deforestation, the top soil from mineral bearing area should be scraped and securely stored for future use. Adequate space should be earmarked for safe storage of top soil within the lease area This topsoil should be used for spreading over the back filled mined out area. Topsoil spreading will provide better condition for plant growth. Due weightage should be given to restoration of specific root zone properties that were disrupted during mining and reclamation process.

Optimum minimum thickness for spreading of cover should be restricted to 10 cm 10.4.2 Reclamation/restoration of abandoned mines

Mined out area shall be restored by development landscape with man-made forest cover. The phenomenon of restoring the land to a productivity status in conformity with a prior land use plan including a stable ecological state is known as „restoration‟ (returning the land in better

way than what it was before mining). The land slide and slope failure in mining pit should be controlled by terracing the slope with

(6m x 11m) benches and maintaining the ultimate slope of 35o which gives stability to the slopes.

Thus reclamation protects and conserves natural ecosystems with jeopardizing this essential development activity (mining).



Topsoil and subsoil should be removed with the help of scrapers and dozer or by from-end loader for loading in to dumpers. For loading of sub soil, tippers may be used. These soils should be stacked separately.

The mined out area i.e. mining pits to be reclaimed should be identified in progressive mining plan. The ore should be completely extracted from the mine before it is abandoned. Before withdrawing the activities of mine, reclamation should be undertaken to reduce vertical face to form a sloping profile.

Overburden from newly opened mines shall be used for refilling mining pits. Overburden from hard strata should be loaded in tripping shovel and transported by dumpers to selected site (external dump or internal dump i.e. back filling area).

The area to be reclaimed should be leveled with shovel dumper combination. Subsoil and top soil should be used as top cover in spread over graded area.

Plantation on the overburden dumps, refilling mined out areas, hill slopes and other relevant area should be undertaken to stabilize the slopes. For effective implementation of reclamation program, the baseline data on rainfall, physiographic, drainage and soil characteristics are necessary for selecting plants for this proposed.

Grading and consolidate of overburden dumps by dozer. 10.4.3 Soil and water conservation

To prevent direct impacts on soil. Geo-textile mats will be used alongwith leguminous grasses which will act as barriers during rain fall on the dumps. Hard overburden dumps erode and form small gullies due to water action, which lead to the transportation of silt. In such cases, these small gullies should be plugged with rubble and brushwood followed by plantation of a grass or similar shrubs.

Retaining and protective walls at the bottom of the fragile dump should be constructed. After terracing and leveling of 'these dumps, suitable plant species should be grown.

The mining operations are confined to higher elevations. During the rainy season, the run-off flows downwards causing the soil and mineral getting washed down the slopes. This should be prevented by digging of channel along the slopes and damage, the conserving, thus conserving the water and soil.

For worked out mine, backfilled pits and overburden dumps, leveling and terracing of dumps (10 m x 10.16 m) and plantation of vegetation are recommended.

Overburden dumps should be selected on naturally available depressions, should be stable and in non-mineralized zone, away from natural water bodies. It should be ensured that the process of stabilizing the overburden dumps and reclamation of the land goes on continuously as the mining operation progresses.

Diversion of surface water around the active pit through sedimentation ponds may recover lot of sediments and pollutants. The run-off water, if arrested in gully checks, check dams, the possibility of reaching pollution to the surface water bodies would be insignificant.

Silting should be prevented by providing drains, particularly during the rainy season so that the turbid water is prevented from entering into lower areas or in plain areas near the agricultural field which joins pond/lake. Settling tanks should be provided by digging with excavator and hyd. lime treatment to arrest the movement of silt.

The affected/disturbed areas are prone soil erosion and surface water run-off result in movement of soil particles which should be prevented by employing adequate corrective measures, there should be a network of drainage channels. This network must be managed in



such a way that maximum quantities of clear and usable water gets stored for use during dry season.

10.4.4 Afforestation Afforestation of mined out area and dump is to mitigate the likely impacts on and environment by

planting, native species, i.e. through scientific afforestation program. Following guideline should be followed for undertaking selecting suitable local plant species for afforestation program.

To maintain ecological species diversity, multipurpose plant species be selected for green belt and shelterbelt development. The choice of the plant should meet the environment and economic requirement such as aerosol capture, wind breaking, timer / wood, fodder, soil improvement, fuel, shade / foliage, noise attenuation, avenue and aesthetics.

Guidelines for Planting the Seedlings Seedling should be planted by making pits of suitable size and replacing about one third of the material with organic manure. The design, of the pit for plantation on level areas is presented in Fig. 10.3. A pit of size 50 cm x 50 cm x50cm should be created. Assuming an average bulk density of this material to be 2 g/cm3 on mining sites, the total weight of this excavated earth works out to be 187.5 kg, one third of this would be 63.5 kg of cow dung manure or compost. At least 50 kg manure should be mixed with two third of the excavated earth. 10.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Mining activities are involved in digging of earth crust, ore processing, dumping of overburden and clay waste. Following preventive measures should be adopted to prevent or at least minimize damage to forest by mining:

Implementation of suggested EMP in each environment component which is directly/indirectly affected biodiversity.

At the time of mining, deforestation may be limited to the minimum area in which mining is to be done and forest vegetation of the surrounding area should not be damaged in any case.

The dugout soil should be deposited outside in such a way that the subsoil and coarser material is below and the weathered topsoil is on top so that the deposition is useful for raising trees.

Compensatory afforestation over equal of revenue land or double the area of degraded forest land as per the procedure by paying the expenditure to the State Government for implementation should be carried out.

Afforestation should be carried out using diverse plant species in unutilized mine lease area and on overburden dumps and at the time of rejuvenating abandoned mine areas.

In case of open pit mining after the work is over, the pit area should be plugged with overburden in the same order in which it was found. While weathered soil should be on top so that the closed mine area could be used for afforestation or without backfilling afforestation with native species can be done, which will act as water harvesting, recharging of ground water and pit rain water may be utilized for adjoining agriculture fields during summer season.

Active dump areas and dead dumps should be put under greenery with suitable local species of herbs, shrubs, trees and grasses which may fulfill the medicine, fodder, fuel, etc. needs of the inhabitants.

Afforestation of degraded forest areas help in restoring and enhancing the forest wealth in various ways and also help in maintaining species diversity and to bring down the high predicted rate of forest degradation.



Continuous water sprinkling measures be adopted in mine areas wherever trucks movements are operated on haul roads to avoid dust pollution.

Continuous sprinkling while loading, unloading and stacking of iron ores, lump and fines. Development of plantations, gardens and avenue plantation is proposed and plantation on

side berm of haul road and near loading yard.

Environmental Management Plan for Insects The guidelines for afforestation described earlier should be strictly followed to prevent the loss

of insects. The degraded land near mining area, approach road-sides, filled-up mined areas around ore

loading / unloading should be selected and plantation in that area should be diversified in such a manner that it may provide a suitable habitat for the different insects.

The overburden should be dumped in such selected areas so that it should not disturb the natural habitat of other insect fauna. The plantation should be done over the overburden in such a way that it creates a suitable and optional habitat for the insects so that the density and diversity of insects is maintained.

10.6 SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

10.6.1 Proposed Social Welfare Measures

Based on the observations, following measures are suggested such that there would exist a balanced situation wherein available resources would be used to the maximum extent for several useful activities without causing stress to the ecosystem as well as the human environment. The EMP measures suggested for smooth functioning of the activities are given below:

The facilities like education, medical, transportation are poor in rural area. This provision needs to be strengthened under social welfare activity.

Taking into consideration the aspirations of local and regional people about the employment due to increasing in mining activities, efforts should be made to provide employment by way of contract labour by providing different training schemes and scholarships to local vocational training institutes. Project authority should give emphasis to the contractor that they should employ local people first and then outsiders.

To minimize unemployment problem, some schemes for self-employment in rural area should be launched.

Social welfare activities are to be undertaken for all by the project authorities. Collaboration should be sought with the local administration viz. Gram Panchayat, Block office etc. for better co-ordination and also to reach to the public.

Sanitation facilities in rural area are inadequate. The unsanitary conditions cause health problems. As such, it is necessary that rectification/improvement be attended to.

The medical facilities in the area are very poor. As such health camps for general health, eye checkup, family planning, health awareness should be conducted for the rural people.

Special privilege should be given to dominant population for employment, mining mate training being a remote area for their economical upliftment.

Environmental Policy Introduce sound environmental management practices for minimizing pollution and its impact

on water, biodiversity, land and ecosystem. Conduct operations in an environmentally responsible manner for complying with legislation

and regulations related to its environmental aspects.



Minimize waste generation and promote its recovery, recycling and reuse. Achieve continual improvement in environmental performance by setting and reviewing the

objective and targets periodically. Enhance environmental awareness amongst employees and interested parties.

Safety Policy

The safety of its employees and the people associated with it including those living in the neighborhood of its plants and units.

Pursue the safety efforts in a sustained and consistent manner by establishing safety goals, demanding accountability for safety programme.

Social Accountability Policy

Complying with the national law and all other applicable laws and requirements. Respecting the principles adopted in all relevant international instruments and Development pro-active team spirit for continual improvement through innovation and change

management.

Policy towards Employee Establishing and maintaining a dynamic organizational structure suited to meet present and

feature needs. Attracting competent personal with growth potential, and developing their maximum

capabilities in a working environment through the provision of opportunities for advancement and other incentives.

Developing and sustaining a favorable employee attitude and obtaining maximum contribution from employees through self-employment, adequate wages and maintaining good and safe working conditions and job satisfaction.

Establishing faster system for redressal of employee's grievances. Providing training facilities. Internal and external and other opportunities for self-development. Fostering a sense of belonging to the company as a whole through closer association of

employees and Dealing fairly with recognized representative of workers, and encouraging in them healthy

trade union practices.

Policy Towards the community The company accepts its social obligations to the communities in which it operates by promoting concept of national integration in its broadcast sense, through providing community services, developing and assisting domestic institutions and generally ensuring that the company as a whole and its employee act in the ideals of social justice without discrimination.

Providing know-how and assistance, encouraging talent and growth among member of the communities through assistance towards the establishment of cooperative institutions.

Carrying out programmes for peripheral development and supporting education, charitable and welfare institutions.

The summary of impacts, problems and accordingly appropriate management plan for augmentation of mining ore production are presented in Tables 10.1.



Priority areas to be taken up to achieve sustainable development: EMP given in the report is based on scientific mining concept which needs to be implemented

effectively. Restriction of mining activity in sanctioned areas only to protect ecology, biodiversity and

forest cover. Computerization of mining activities. Safety measures to avoid hazards and accidents. Emergency medical preparedness. Compensatory afforestation, greenbelt, plantation along haul roads, afforestation of degraded

forest areas etc. Detailed exploration before mining. Less noise and dust emitting machinery, scientific and sustainable method of mining. Maintenance of machinery/vehicles and transportation roads. Water sprinkling on haul road, stabilization of haul roads. Overburden dumps (max. 28° overall slopes) on non-mineralized area with facility to collect

and treat leachate / runoff water. Restoration of mined out areas and overburden dumps to almost natural topology of the area. Social welfare activities, betterment of medical, communication and educational facilities'

employment to local people, social awareness program about developmental activities, and conducting social and culture programmes for people.

Regular monitoring of environmental quality and to undertake measure to control environmental pollution

TABLE 10.1

SUMMARY OF IMPACTS, PROBLEMS AND APPROPRIATE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR AUGMENTATION OF ORE PRODUCTION AT VILLAGE ALNAR, DANTEWADA

Environmental Component

Problems Impacts Management Plan for Mitigation of Impacts

Site preparation and construction activity

Site preparation for infrastructural facilities and construction activity.

Aesthetic impairment

Hazards due to construction

Deforestation Waste dumping Noise generation Land and water

pollution due to waste water from garage, labour colonies and leachates from waste stockpiles

Construction should promote aesthetic value of the landscape

Site should be secured by fencing and manned entry point

Construction activity should be carried out during day time to avoid the disturbance to wildlife

Sanitation facilities should be provided to the workers.

Machinery and vehicles should be maintained in good condition to reduce noise pollution

Top soil should be segregated and used for plantation purpose

Soil and rock waste produced should be utilized for backfilling and low line land filling

Disturbed land should be utilized Wet suppression should be used to

reduce dust pollution Surface of stock piling of waste should



Environmental Component

Problems Impacts Management Plan for Mitigation of Impacts

be stabilized by wet suppression with water with / without chemical agent or micron size foam

Trenches all around the stock piles to collect runoff water with / without chemical agent or micron size foam

Trenches all around the stock piles to collect runoff water in sedimentation tank

Measure to conserve water during construction.

The wash water from washing platforms should be taken to segmentation Tank

Contaminated waste should be burnt in controlled manner or buried in ground.

10.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

CONSERVATION The mine will be supervised and controlled by an independent Mines Manager supported by

adequate team of technically and statutorily qualified personnel apart from the operating staff of skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled and other categories.

Environment Management Cell (EMC) will be established and headed by Director, Mr. Rajiv Agrawal and will also comprise of the mines manager, Environmental Scientist, horticulture expert and supervisor. The Organizational Structure of Environment Management Cell is presented in Figure-10.4.

The Environmental scientist will be responsible for environment management activities in the mine. Officers from various disciplines will co-ordinate the activities concerned with the management and implementation of the environmental control measures. Basically, this cell will assist and guide mining operations team in maintaining eco-friendly mine operations and waste dumping process and other environmental issues. Besides this, EMC will supervise the monitoring of environmental pollution levels viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level by appointing external agencies. In addition, the cell will also involve in collection of statistics of health of workers and population of the region, afforestation and green belt development & submission of periodical reports to the respective statutory authorities.

In case, the environmental monitoring results are found to exceed the allowable limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial action and get these suggestions implemented through the concerned authorities.



FIGURE 10.1: CHANNEL, TRENCH & POND TO CONSERVE WATER DURING RAINS



FIGURE 10.2: FACTORS DETERMINING CHOICE OF SPECIES



FIGURE 10.3: DESIGN OF PITS AND IRRIGATION FURROW FOR LEVEL AREAS ON

GENTLE SLOPES

FIGURE 10.4: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors / Lessee

Mines Manager

Environmental Head External Laboratory Approved by MoEF/CECB & NABET accredited

Environment consultant

Chemist (1) Field Assistant (1) CSR Manager (1)

Horticulture expert (1) Gardener (1)

Water Sprinkler Operator (1) Unskilled Labour (1)



TABLE 10.2 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND ACTION PLAN PROPOSED FOR MITIGATION

Environmental component

Problem Impact Management Plan for Mitigation of Impact

Land Environment “scientific Mining

Method” is more

important in these component

Deforestation due to mining activity

Soil erosion Check dams across the original course of streams / nallas to arrest sediment transport in run-off water

Plantation along haul roads, and degraded areas

Worked out Mines / abandoned Mines.

Land degradation soil erosion

Restoration of mined out area, stabilization with vegetation cover through mine closer plan

Removal of topsoil during mining activity.

Degradation of soil resource

Secured storage of top soil scraped during mining operation and its utilization for covering back filling mined out area with overburden for establishing vegetation cover

Overburden dumps

Dust pollution, leaching of pollutants.

Water sprinkling and compaction of OB dump tops using track mounted Dozers/wheel loaders.

Stabilization of overburden scopes with terracing, wet suppression and vegetation cover.

Overall slop of overburden dumps shall be maintained at max. of 28oto have maximum infiltration and successful vegetation with minimum soil erosion

Unscientific location of waste Dumps

Hazardous to the ecology and biodiversity of the study area i.e. catchment area of semi-permanent river

Location of waste dumps should be properly selected so that it should not be a disaster to the ecology biodiversity of the area and the downstream agriculture field and the streams (of which water is used by the villagers)

Stacking of low grade ore

Pollution and wastage of resource

Stacking and stabilizing separately with identification number for reuse / recycle/ sale in future.

Management plan for mitigation of impacts. Collection of spillage and waste water from

infrastructural facilities and its proper treatment before disposal.

Selection of proper technology to recover/use minerals from this stacked low grade ore for economic benefits.

Land Pollution Proper collection and disposal of solid waste.

The mining pits should be converted in water reservoir, ground water recharge; mining pits should be protected by fencing to avoid accident of public and wild animals.



Environmental component

Problem Impact Management Plan for Mitigation of Impact

Water Environment

Erosion and leaching of pollutants from mining pits, OB dumps and other ML areas and transport of sediments to water bodies.

Pollution of surface water.

Restoration of mined out areas by back filling and stabilization through plantation.

Stabilization of overburden and low grade ore stack by proper protective measures.

Collection of leachate through proper drainage system from overburden dumps, mine areas, stockpiles and provision of sedimentation in settling ponds before disposal.

Check dams across the original course of streams/nallas.

Biological Environmental

Clearing of substantial part of forest land for mining roads, crushing and screening plant and infrastructural facilities.

Reduction in forest cover.

Compensatory afforestation over equal area of revenue land or double the area of degraded forest land as per the procedure by paying the expenditure to the State Government for implementation.

Development of green belt around mines, crushing plant, haul roads, use of diverse local trees species in green belt.

Implementation of suggested EMP in each environment components which is directly / indirectly affecting biodiversity.

Unscientific location of waste dumps.

Hazardous to the ecology and biodiversity of the area.

Waste dump should be properly selected on waste land and so that it should not be a disaster to ecology and biodiversity of the area.

Socio-economic Environment

Dust Impact on public health and aesthetic environmental around loading yard

The villages around the loading site will be affected by dust pollution from loading site. Proper plantation and enclosures should be erected between mining area and non-mining areas.

Cultivation Crop loss due to the dust pollutions soil degradation

Training & awareness in the use of organic fertilizer (compost) for good crop and soil conservation

Qol in study area

Dissatisfaction among the people about developmental activities.

Social welfare activities in education, medical, communication and cultural fields should be carried out to creat positive attitude of the local people toward the mining activity

Immigration of outside people

Impact on local culture and social hazards

Maximum possible preference should be given to local people in direct and indirect employment



10.8 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME The details of Environmental Management Programme for different environmental protection and control activities along with capital and annual recurring cost are given in Table 10.2 The capital cost of the project is approx. Rs.6.00 Crore, accordingly provision of Rs. 50.25 Lakh as capital cost and Rs. 20.65 Lakhs per annum towards recurring expenses for implementation of the environmental action plan have been made.

TABLE 10.3 BUDGET FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP

Sr. No.

Environment Activities Capital Cost (Lakh Rs.)

Annual recurring Expenses (Lakh Rs.)

1. Air Pollution Control (dust suppression in mine and alongwith haul roads

8.0 5.00

2. Water pollution control measures 8.0 2.00 3. Plantation & Maintenance 1.25 0.25 4. Rainwater Harvesting

(office Building & nearby villages) 1.00 0.20

5. Environment Monitoring 12.00 1.20 6. Occupational Health & Safety 8.00 2.50 8. Social Welfare Measures 12.0 8.5 Total 50.25 19.65


Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion 168

CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION The applicant M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd, Raipur is seeking prior Environmental Clearance for Proposed Alnar Iron Ore Mine located in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 at Aranpur Reserve forest near Alnar Village, Tehsil Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli) of Dantewada District, Chhattisgarh State over an area of 31.55 Ha area for a maximum production of 1,50,000 TPA. Chhattisgarh State Government vide their letter on 3-13/2010/12 dated 01/10/2013 has recommended the proposal to Secretary, Ministry of Mines, Government of India for grant of Mine Lease in favor of Project Proponent. Ministry of Mines, GOI have also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dated 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease over an area of 31.55 Ha in Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of Aarti sponge and power Ltd. for a period of 30 years (now, 50years according to MMDR act, 2016). Chhattisgarh State Govt. has issued a letter of intent for preparation of mining plan vide letter No. F-3-13/2010/12, dated on 01/10/2013 for Alnar iron ore deposit in village Alnar, Kuwankonda tehsil of Dantewada, District - over an area of 31.55 Ha in favor of M/s Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd, Raipur. Regionally, the lease area is a part of northern most hilly terrain of Alnar. As per EIA Notification 2006 and subsequent amendments, the project falls in Schedule 1 (a) in Category „B1‟ and needs

Environmental Clearance from SEAC, Chhattisgarh. The application for prior Environmental Clearance (Form-1) for the Alnar Iron Ore Mine was considered by the Reconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee (Non-Coal Mining) in its 3rd meeting held during February 23-25, 2015 for prescribing Terms of Reference (ToR) to prepare Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report. The Terms of Reference (ToR‟s) has been issued by SEAC vide its letter No.2599/SEAC,

Chhattisgarh/meeting/2015 dated 9th September 2015. 11.1.1 Identification of Project The Alnar Iron Ore Mine located in 31.55 Ha in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 (khasara no. 416, 417 & 418 ) at Aranpur Reserve forest near village Alnar of kuwankonda tehsil of Dantewada District of Chhattisgarh State has applied for Environmental Clearance. Application has been submitted to SEAC/PCCF forest wing File No. 2014/14 for Forest clearance. The Lessee proposed to produce a maximum of 1,50,000 Tonnes/annum of Ore from the Alnar mine. The applicant is seeking prior Environmental Clearance project as per EIA notification 2006 and its amendments. Since the applied mine lease area is lesser than 50 Ha ( 31.55 Ha), hence it falls under “Category B1” based on the Schedule Clause number 1(a) of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent amendments. 11.1.2 Location of the Project The applied Mine lease area is located in protected forest compartment no. 1688 & 1689 (khasara no. 416, 417 & 418 ) at Aranpur Reserve forest near Alnar village, of District – Dantewada Chhattisgarh, India over an area of 31.55 Ha. The Mine lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet no. 65 F/2 and lies between Latitudes 18°32′58.0033″ N to 18°33‟9.6788″N & Longitudes 81°13′55.0305″ E to 81°14′36.1751″ E. The details of salient features of project are given in Table 11.1



TABLE 11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Particulars Details Project Location Alnar Iron Ore Mine

Protected Forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 (khasara no. 416, 417 & 418 ) at Aranpur Reserve forest near Village – Alnar, District – Dantewada Chhattisgarh

Site elevation above MSL 660 mRL to 640 mRL Land use of project site The land proposed to be utilized for mining activity is revenue forest land.

The land is part of Arnapur Reserve Forest in Dantewada Forest Range. Site topography Hilly Terrain Nearest roadway SH-5 : 6.43 Km, S


Nearest Railway Station Kirandul Railway Station, 8.32 km, Nearest village/major town Village Alnar, 1.6 km., Town Dantewada 68 km. Hills/valleys Lease area is hilly terrain surrounded by Hills Ecologically sensitive zone None within 10 km radius Reserved/ Protected forests Protected Forest Compartment No. 1688 & 1689 of Aranpur R.F., Forest

Range Bacheli of Dantewada Forest Division.

Historical/tourist places None within 10 km radius Nearest Industries None within 10 km radius Nearest water bodies Malenger river (1.53 km), Palldu river (2.98 km), Korum Nala (4.89 km),

Koyar river (6.94 km) and Vemal Gurun (8.54 km) Seismic zone Seismic Zone-II as per IS-1893 (Part-1)-2002. The site is located in a stable

zone 11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

11.2.1 Method of Mining It is proposed to carry out opencast mechanized mining for this plan period by creating systematic benching system having height of 1.5 m and width of 5 to 6 m. It is proposed to deploy 63 mm dia wagon drilling to drill blast holes having burden and spacing of 2 m x 2 m in stagger grid pattern. Muffle blasting will be adopted as precautionary measure. Drilling and blasting will be conducted in the mine for extracting hard rock. The pattern of delay blasting will be in conjunction with use of detonating fuse. Gelatin explosives are used for blasting. Powder factor of over 7.25 tonnes / kg is expected. Blasting will be done by contractual agency; hence storage of explosive is not required. 11.2.2 Anticipated life of the mine The mineable reserves of iron ore is 1.731 million tonnes, considering the annual production rate of maximum 0.150 million tonnes, the life of the mine will be about 6 years. But, after completion of proposed boreholes, the reserves of iron ore will likely to increase and accordingly the life of the mine will get increased. 11.2.3 Conceptual Mine Plan Total 5.943 ha will be mined out at the end of conceptual period. The infrastructure will be shifted to a safer place during the course of conceptual plan period. The overburden will be reclaimed by



plantation. The voids left due to mining will be filled with rain water and used as water reservoir. The ultimate pit limit at the end of conceptual period is 638 mRL.

TABLE 11.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MINE

S. No.

Particulars Details

1. Lease Status Ministry of Mines, GOI also issued a letter to Secretary, Govt, of Chhattisgarh, Mineral Resource Dept. vide letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV dtd. 21.04.2011 for grant of mine lease for Iron ore mine over an area of 31.55 Ha in Village Alnar, District - Dantewada in favour of Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd. Raipur for a period of 11.5 years.

2. Method of mining Mechanized Open Cast Mining 3. Crushing and Screening Unit 500 TPD 4. Area 31.55 ha 5. Proposed Production 1,50,000 TPA Iron Ore 6. Mineable Reserves 1.730836 million tonnes 7. Life of the Mine 11.5 years (may be increased after future exploration) 8. Bench Height and Width 1.5 m Height & 5-6 m Width 9. Maximum Depth of Mining upto 638 m MSL 10. Topsoil thickness Not available 11. Ultimate Pit Slope angle 45° 12. Elevation Range 660 to 640 m above MSL 13. Water requirement 10 KLD 14. Source of Water Water Tanker & mine pit water (if available) 15. Water table 5-10 m BGL from general ground level i.e. 600 mRL 16. Number of working days 300 17. Number of shifts per day 2

11.2.4 Waste Generation & Disposal

Waste generation in ML area will be mainly in the form of overburden (includes BHQ & ferruginous shaly BHQ rocks). Total 1,57,500 Cum of waste will be generated during mining plan period. Thereafter up to conceptual period, the generated waste will be about 31,500 Cum, The waste generated during mine life will be dumped on the north western side of the lease area with dump height of 6 m and covered by fast growing grass and shrubs and protected by retaining wall & garland drain, if required. 11.2.5 Water Requirement & Source

Total water requirement for the project will be 10 KLD, which will be met from bore well and mine pit water (if available). 11.2.6 Manpower Requirement

Total manpower requirement for the project will be 171 persons. 11.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

11.3.1 Baseline Environmental Studies Baseline environmental studies were carried out within 10 km radius of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine area to assess the existing environmental scenario in the area. For the purpose of EIA studies, Mine lease area of Alnar Iron Ore Mine was considered as the core zone and area outside the mine upto 10 km



radius was considered as buffer zone. The baseline environmental monitoring for various components of environment, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land was carried out during summer season i.e. March to May 2016 in the study area covering 10 km radial Distance from the mine lease area. 11.3.2 Meteorology & Ambient Air Quality Summary of Meteorological data generated at site (March to May 2016)

Temperature (°C) 11.3°C to 43.5°C Relative Humidity (%) 21.4% to 86.4% Wind Direction NNE (17.9%) Calm wind % 11.34%

FIGURE 11.1: WIND FLOW DIRECTIONS Ambient Air Quality Status The status of ambient air quality within the study area was monitored for summer season during March - May 2016 at 10 locations including the Mining area and in nearby villages. Total locations were selected based on the meteorological conditions considering upwind and downwind directions. The levels of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Fine Particulates (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2,), and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) were monitored. The minimum and maximum values of monitoring results are summarized in Table 11.3.

TABLE 11.3

SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS Station code



3) CO (mg/m3)

O3 (μg/m

3) NH3 (μg/m

3) (μg/m3) (μg/m

3) (μg/m3)


Maximum 44 22 8 12 0.272 16.8 23



Station code



3) CO (mg/m3)

O3 (μg/m

3) NH3 (μg/m

3) (μg/m3) (μg/m

3) (μg/m3)


Maximum 42 21 6 8 0.243 15.6 21

AAQ 3 Gumiyapal Minimum 37 16 5 5 0.248 10.7 10 Maximum 43 19 7 9 0.286 18.9 32

AAQ 4 Bengpal Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12 Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29

AAQ 5 Bodepali Minimum 42 18 5 11 0.242 11.6 12 Maximum 62 28 9 26 0.328 19.4 28

AAQ 6 Madakmaras Minimum 34 13 5 7 0.165 6.7 5 Maximum 44 19 7 13 0.22 13.8 13

AAQ 7 Taneli Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12 Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29


Maximum 68 38 9 28 0.358 18.2 32 AAQ 9 Perpa Minimum 49 21 5 11 0.242 10.8 12

Maximum 64 34 8 26 0.362 19.2 29 AAQ 10 Kirandul Minimum 51 21 5 12 0.217 11.4 12

Maximum 66 32 7 24 0.341 19.2 28


60 (24 hrs)

80 (24 hrs)

80 (24 hrs)

2 (8 hrs)

180 (1 hrs)

400 (24 hrs)

From the above results, it is observed that the ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx at all the monitoring locations was within the permissible limits specified by CPCB. 11.3.3 Ambient Noise Levels Ambient noise level monitoring was carried out at the 10 monitoring locations; those were selected for ambient air quality monitoring. The monitoring results are summarized in Table 11.4.

TABLE 11.4 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS

Time Core Zone

Alnar Gumiyapal Bengpal Bodepali Madakparas Taneli Kanhalguda Perpa Kirandul

Min 30 31 41 42 42 43 43 41 41 41 Max 48 47 57 61 56 54 57 54 60 56 Ld 45 45 51 55 53 49 53 50 54 52 Ln 34 35 44 45 45 44 46 42 45 44

11.3.4 Surface and Ground Water Resources & Quality There is a seasonal nallah flowing within the mining area. However, there are some water bodies viz. Malenger river (1.53 km), Palldu river (2.98 km), Korum Nala (4.89 km), Koyar river (6.94 km) and Vemal Gurun (8.54 km) are flowing within the study area. The pre monsoon water level in the area is observed at 5-10 m bgl while post monsoon water level in the area is observed from 3-6m bgl from a general elevation of 26m amsl. The general elevation



within the study area is from 640 m to 660m. The entire Dantewara has 25.17% ground water development status. Thus it falls in safe category (CGWB, 2008). Water Quality The existing status of groundwater and surface water quality was assessed by identifying 8 ground water (Bore wells/dug wells) samples in different villages and 4 surface water samples. A. Groundwater Quality The pH of the water samples collected ranged from 6.20 to 7.60 and within the acceptable limit of 6.5 to 8.5. The total dissolved solids were found in the range of 120-320 mg/l. The total hardness varied between 65.2-194.7 mg/l for all samples. In all samples, iron content varied in between 0.11 - 0.30 mg/l, Nitrate in between 0.1 – 42.7 mg/l, fluoride varied between 0.3-0.6 mg/l, chloride 8.5 – 32.6 mg/l, Sulphate 0.4-38.9 mg/l, alkalinity 66.0-191.0 mg/l. The overall ground water quality was found to be good except iron content, which was observed to exceed the desired levels of 0.3 mg/l in most of the ground water samples. B. Surface Water Quality The pH of the surface water samples collected was observed between 7.1 to 7.8 and within the acceptable limit of 6.5-8.5. The total dissolved solids were found to be 84 - 107 mg/l. Total hardness was observed between 53.4 – 69.3 mg/l. Iron content in all samples was found in the range of 0.11 – 0.14 mg/l, concentration of nitrate was 1.3 – 5.6 mg/l. The fluoride concentration was found to be <0.01 to 0.2 mg/l and chloride concentration was varied between 13.8 – 19.2 mg/l. The sulphate content in all samples was in the range of 1.8 – 4.6 mg/l. The variation in alkalinity recorded was in the range of 38.6 – 48.6 mg/l, magnesium was found to be in the range of 4.6 to 6.4 mg/l in all samples. C. Bacteriological Characteristics In groundwater samples, total coliform & fecal coliform were absent in all the samples. Whereas, the surface water was found to be contaminated by coliform bacteria. From the results, it was observed that, groundwater is suitable for drinking and domestic uses in absence of alternate drinking water source whereas surface water was not suitable for drinking uses without treatment. 11.3.5 Land use Land Cover classification The Land Cover classes were extracted following a visual interpretation method or on screen digitization of the Resource Sat-1 Imagery, sensor LISS-3 having 23.5 m spatial resolution image. These were later verified by using SOI toposheet and Google Earth imagery. Polygon layers for each class were digitized and the respective areas were calculated. The land cover classes and their coverage are summarized in Table 11.5.

TABLE 11.5 LU/LC CLASSES AND THEIR COVERAGE IN SQ. KM OF 10 KM RADIUS






Railway 0.05 0.02

2 Agriculture Land






3 Water bodies


4 Scrub/Waste Land


5 Forest



Total 314.00 100.00

11.3.6 Soil Quality

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the proposed project site representing various land use conditions. The physical, chemical properties and heavy metals concentrations were determined. The samples were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 15-20 cm. Total 8 samples within the study area were collected and analyzed. From the analysis results of the soil samples, it was observed that the soil was low to medium fertile and having low productivity. The soil in the study area needs additional fertilizers for improving the fertility status and increase in crop productivity. The concentration of heavy metals in the water extract of soil was found to be low with a negligible concentration level of cadmium, chromium, lead, cobalt and selenium. This also indicates the poor level of micro-nutrient. The organic matter and organic carbon was found in the range of 0.89 to 1.14 % and 0.52 to 0.66 % respectively indicating moderate organic content in the soil. 11.3.7 Biological Environment

The vegetation was found in mixed category forest which have association of Teak(Tectona grandis), dhawa (Anogeissus latifolia), Mahua (Madhuca latifolia), ber (Zizyphus sp.), makor (Zizyphus oenophlolia), saja(Terminalia tomentosa), jamun (Sygigum cumini), gular (Ficus glomerata), lendia(Lagerstromia perviflora), Asta (Bahunia purpuria), mundi(Mitrigyna pervifolia), ghont (Zizyphus xylocarpus), kari (Milliusa tomentosa) gilchi (Casseria graviolens), kasai (Bridelia retusa), salai(Boswelia serrata), semal (Bombax ceiba), pakur (Ficus infectoria), keolar(Bauhinia sp.), karra(Cleistanthus collinus), tinsa(Ougenia oojensis), gunja (Leena coromendelica) etc. landscape is hilly terrain have altitude varies from 700-600m msl. Forest floor is generally covered with dry litters and carbon rich humus in most of the area which shows the functioning characteristics of the biological systems. The soil is basically silty clay to clay loam textured lateritic soil which has medium fertility that is not suitable for the all types of agriculture species only suitable for rice, maize, ramtil and other minor millets. Flora in the core & Buffer Zone Study Area, once known for its thick & extensive forests, is now bereft of much of its jungle wealth. There is some forest area observed within 10 km radial distance from the project site. However, as per Champion & Seth, 1968 vegetation types of the area can be grouped as Northern Tropical Dry Mixed Deciduous Forests 5B/C2 (vii) and Tropical Dry Deciduous Scrub Forests 5B/DSI (ii). The



average annual rainfall of the region is 1382 mm. Soil of the area is black fertile soil derived from basaltic lava. Winter is moderately cold and the summer is very hot. Study Area, once known for its thick & extensive forests, is now bereft of much of its jungle wealth. There has been large-scale destruction of forests in the past years. So the subsistent agro based economy, which was earlier supplemented by forest and forest produce, has been badly affected. The local people carry on their livelihood on the forest products like bamboo, sabai grass, tasser, silk cocoon, lac, semal cotton & tendu (Bidi) leaves. Mango, were observed in most of the villages the study area. Other fruit yielding varieties observed in the villages in the study area were Papaya, Guava, Vilayti imali, Imli, Sitafal and Ber. Only 163 plant species were enlisted within the study site. The comparative accounts of habit wise species in different zone of study site are given in Table 11.6.

TABLE 11.6 HABITAT WISE FLORISTIC COMPOSITION IN DEFERENT ZONE OF STUDY SITE


Climbers 7 20 20

Epiphytes 1 1 1

Grassess 7 17 18

Herbs 6 9 10

Parasite 2 2 3

Shrubs 8 25 27

Trees 28 79 84

Total 59 153 163

Aquatic ecosystem Total 7 aquatic species have been identified and they can be described into following broad Categories (3.6.7). Fauna in the core & Buffer zone

Total 90 faunal species was recorded through primary and secondary sources. Out of which 18 species belongs to class mammalian, 11 species belongs to class Reptilians and Amphibians, 43 species belongs to class Aves, 9 species belongs to class Insect (Butterflies) and 9 species belongs to class Pisces. During the field survey total 90 faunal species were found within the study site (Table- 3.21). Out of which 27 species were found from the core zone, 65 plants found from buffer-I zone( 5 km radius from core) and 90 faunal species were recorded from the buffer-II (10 km radius from core except the buffer-I zone (Table 3.22). There is no sensitive floral / faunal species has been found in the study area. 11.3.8 Socio-economic Environment

Information on socio-demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius was collected through primary social survey and secondary data from census 2011 & village directory 2001. Summary of the socio-economic status of the study area is given in Table 11.7.



TABLE 11.7 SUMMARY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF VILLAGES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

AREA No. of villages 23 Total households 3173 Total population 13704 Male Population 6802 Female population 6902 SC Population 686 ST Population 11203 Total literates 5515 Total workers 7201 Total main workers 5312 Total marginal workers 1889 Total non-workers 6503

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 11.4.1 Impact on Topography, Drainage & Landuse Regionally, the lease area is a part of northern most hilly terrain of Alnar. The entire applied lease area is hilly terrain; the highest contour level is 660 mRL on the center and gradually reduced in all directions having lowest contour level of 640 mRL, which will go upto 638 mRL at Conceptual Stage. The proposed mining operations will alter the existing topography of the mining lease area. Proposed mining will require hill cutting for excavation of iron ore, which will result in creation of mine pits in the lease area. Mining lease area is devoid of any seasonal or perennial water body. Some seasonal nalas are present nearby mine lease area. The general ground level is about 600 m RL near the village settlements. As observed from the nearby wells, the water table is about 10m below the general ground level. The UPL is 638 mRL at conceptual stage of mining. Hence there is no intersection of ground water table has been anticipated from mining activity. Proposed mining activities will change the land use pattern of the mining lease area. The present and proposed land use pattern of the mine lease area is given in Table 11.8

TABLE 11.8 STAGE WISE LAND USE (HA)

Category Present Area in Hectare Area Under Pits 0.0 5.943 Area for Dumping 0.0 1.294 Area for Approach Road 0.0 0.949 Plantation 0.0 0.225 Infrastructure 0.0 0.168 Undisturbed area 31.55 22.971 Total Area in Hectares 31.55 31.55



11.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Impacts on Air Quality To assess the impact of the Iron Ore mining and crushing operations from the Alnar Iron Ore Mine, air quality modeling was carried out for the mining operations and the mineral transportation activities. The modeling was carried out using MoEF/CPCB approved ISCST3 model. The maximum predicted GLC of PM10 for iron ore mine activity like drilling/loading/ unloading/ transportation/crushing, blasting, was found to be 5.4 μg/m3, 4.4 μg/m3 in the SSW direction. From the observations of modeling results, it is observed that the cumulative concentrations of PM10 in the study area will remain within the permissible limits after commencement of the mining activities. Air Pollution Control Measures

No blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions. Use of drilling machines equipped with dust collector arrangement. Blasting only in daytime and at a time when there will be no mining activity. No basting during

unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions. Blasting by using adequate booster/primer & by proper stemming of the blast hole. Minimum excavator bucket height during loading and unloading activity. Water sprinkling through mobile tanker at regular intervals on haul roads within the mine and

surface transportation road. Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery. Dust respirators to workmen. Development of green belt/plantation in the safety zone. Good housekeeping. Regular monitoring of pollutants to strengthen the control measures in case the concentration

level exceeds the prescribed limits.

11.4.3 Ambient Noise Levels & Ground vibrations

From the modeling results, it was observed that the resultant noise levels at the mine lease boundary was about 50 dB (A), which will further reduce over short distance. The resultant noise levels due to mine operations at the nearest habitation i.e. Alnar village was about 40 dB (A). Thus, it could be seen that no significant impact will take place on the ambient noise levels due to the Alnar Iron Ore quarry operations. Ground vibrations From the above table, it can be seen that the maximum charge per blast of 200 kg/day will not cause any significant ground vibrations in the area. The ground vibrations at Alnar village due to the blasting in Alnar Iron Ore mine are approximately zero. However, additional control measures needs to be adopted to avoid the impacts due to ground vibrations and fly rocks due to blasting. Proposed Noise Control Measures

Drilling will be carried out with sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise. Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, stemming and optimum charge/delay will be

maintained. Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to

reduce generation of noise.



Proper designing of crushing plant by providing inbuilt mechanism like silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing pads at the foundation.

Green Belt/Plantation will be developed around the mining activity area and along haul roads. Ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to persons working at high noise area. and Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

Measures to Control Ground Vibration & Fly Rocks Proper blast design will be made to control ground vibration and fly rocks

Adequate safe distance from blasting will be maintained. Charge per delay will be minimized and more number of delays will be used per blasts; During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped; Drilling parameters will be properly designed to give proper blast. Muffle blasting using wire mesh and sand bags will be conducted at mine working near ML

boundary towards habitation. Blasting will be carried out only to loosen the strata, thereby reducing the quantity of

explosives.

11.4.4 Water Environment

There will be no process waste water generation in the mine and allied activities. Only domestic effluent will be generated from the mine office and rest shelter. The domestic effluent is discharged in septic tank followed by soak pit. There is no discharge of effluent from the Iron Ore Mine. Rainwater accumulated in the mine pit, if any, will be collected in the mine sump and will be used for dust suppression and plantation in mine lease area. The ground water table in the nearby villages is observed at about 5-10 m BGL from normal surface level 600 m RL. The mining is proposed upto 640 m MSL during mining plan period and upto 638 m MSL upto conceptual stage. From the occurrence of Water Table it has been observed that mining activity will be confined much above the water table and will not intersect the aquifers in the area. Proposed Water Conservation & Water Pollution Control Measures The daily water requirement for the proposed Iron Ore Mine is about 10 KLD which will be met from bore well & mine pit water (when available). There is no water requirement for mineral processing in the mine. Also, there is no process effluent generation in the mine. The following measures will be taken up to reduce this load: Garland drains around the mining pit so that surface water does not enter and is drained outside

after treatment in settling tank. Retaining walls having water holes along the toe of the dumps to avoid the soil wash out. Stabilization of dump slopes by plantation to avoid soil erosion. Regular sampling and analysis of treated mine water for taking any corrective actions if required.


Regionally, the lease area is a part of southernmost hilly terrain of Alnar Reserved Forest. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve within 10 km radius of the project site. No schedule I species are reported in the core zone. The core & buffer zone belongs to mixed forest predominantly Teak & Dhawa species. Dust deposition on leaf lamina will takes place on nearby local plant species which may results in decline the rate of photosynthesis and retards the plant growth.



Proposed Biological Environment Conservation Measures Periodic maintenance of mineral transport road from crusher to railway siding Regular sprinkling of water through mobile tanker on mineral transport road up to railway siding. Covered Transport of stone from crusher to railway siding Development of thick plantation around mine lease area Monitoring of dust fall at agriculture land located nearby the mining area

11.4.6 Socio-economic Environment There is no habitation or private land in the Alnar Iron Ore Mine. There is no rehabilitation and resettlement involved in the project. Total 171 nos. manpower will be employed directly during operation phase of Iron Ore Mine.

Mostly local persons will be employed in the mine. Additional manpower requirement in the mine will be employed from the nearby villages. Thus, there will not be any population growth in the area due to the proposed mining project.

Mine management will take efforts as a part of CSR for improvement in civic amenities like sanitation, drinking water facilities, transport road, etc in the nearby villages.

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

An Environmental Management Cell will be established for implementing the Environmental Management Plan and conducting periodic environmental monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters to assess the status of environment regularly during mine operations. Environmental monitoring of Ambient Air Quality, Water table depth, Water quality, Ambient Noise Levels, Soil Quality, CSR activities etc will be carried out through MOEF accredited agencies regularly and reports will be submitted to CECB/MoEF. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the mine and so that suitable additional mitigation steps could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. 11.6 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The assessment of risk in the Alnar Iron Ore Mine has been estimated for Slope failure, Handling of explosives, Fly-rocks during blasting, Movement of HEMM, Inundation due to surface water, Dust hazards, Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets and flooding of lower benches and corresponding mitigation measures are suggested in the Draft EIA/EMP report. A detailed Disaster Management Plan for facing disasters due to natural effects and human reasons is prepared and incorporated in the draft EIA/EMP report for ensuring safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of priorities. For effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals. Site facilities, procedures, Duties and responsibilities, Communications, etc. are considered in detail in the Disaster Management Plan. 11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The Alnar Iron Ore mine project at Alnar village would generate additional employment opportunities which would finally result in improvement in the quality of life of people of the nearby villages. In line with this CSR policy, M/s. Aarti sponge and Power Limited, Raipur will carry community welfare activities in the following areas:



Education Community Health Livelihood & Employability Infrastructure Development Social Welfare

A budget of Rs. 8.5 Lakh per annum as recurring expenses has been proposed for implementation of Socio-economic welfare activities in the nearby villages. 11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An The environmental management plan consists of following set of mitigation, management, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of the project, to eliminate adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels.

Overall conservation of environment. Minimization of natural resources and water. Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace. Ensure effective operation of all control measures. Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents. Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts.

Judicious use of the present environmental management plan addressed the components of environment, which are likely to be affected by the different operations of mining activity. The capital cost of the project is approx. Rs.6.00 Crore. It is proposed to provide an amount of Rs. 50.25 Lakh as capital cost and Rs. 19.65 Lakhs per annum as recurring expenses towards implementation of the environmental action plan. 11.9 CONCLUSION

The Alnar Iron Ore Mine is a project of M/s Aarti sponge and power Ltd, Raipur, will be beneficial for the development of the nearby villages. Some environmental aspects like dust emission, noise, siltation due to surface run-off, etc. will have to be controlled within the permissible norms to avoid impacts on the surrounding environment. Necessary pollution control equipment like water sprinkling, plantation, personal protective equipment‟s, etc., will form regular practice in the project. Additional

pollution control measures and environmental conservation measures will be adopted to control/minimize impacts on the environment and socio-economic environment of the area. Measures like development of thick green belt and plantation within mine lease area and along transport road, adoption of rainwater harvesting in the mine and in nearby villages, etc. will be implemented. The CSR measures proposed to be adopted by the mine management will improve the social, economic status of the nearby villages. The overall impacts of the Alnar Iron Ore Mine will be positive and will result in overall socio-economic growth of nearby villages.


Chapter 12 – Disclosure of Consultants 181

CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

This chapter includes the names of the consultants engaged with their brief resume and nature of consultancy rendered. 12.1 INTRODUCTION Anacon established in 1993 as an analytical testing laboratory and now a leading Environmental Consultancy firm backed by testing lab for environment and food in Central India region. The lab is well equipped with basic infrastructural facilities and manpower. We are rendering our services in this field to various industries since last 20 years. We are a group of experienced former Scientists from the Government Institutions and recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi for carrying out environmental Studies & accredited by Quality Council of India (QCI) for conducting Environmental studies vide 44th NABET Accreditation Committee Meeting for Re-Accreditation held on Mar 04, 2015 as category A consultant organization in 14 Sectors, viz. Mining projects, River Valley, Hydel, Drainage and Irrigation projects, Thermal Power Plants, Coal Washeries, Mineral beneficiation including pelletisation, Metallurgical Industries, Cement Plants, Petro-chemical complexes, Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries, Oil & gas transportation pipeline, Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals, Highways, Railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport systems, Building and large construction projects and Townships and Area development projects. Our organization is also certified by ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004, 18001:2007 & our Lab division is accredited by National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL, Govt. of India) for Chemical, Biological & Mechanical Testing vide certificate No. T-1550, T-1826 & T-2344 respectively for 900 parameters for Water, Food & Agricultural products, Cereals, Pulses, Bakery products, Spices & Condiments, Milk & Dairy products & Chemical Testing of Ores & Minerals, Coal/Coke & Cosmetic products. We are also approved by 'Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)’. We are recognized by Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM) as a RQP for preparation of Mine Plan / Scheme. We are pleased to inform you that we have received “MSME National Award

2010” for “Outstanding Entrepreneurship Performance” on 2nd Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi. We are also working for various industries in the sectors of Steel, Cement, Power, Distilleries, Textile and Pharmaceuticals. Our activities are spread in the states of Assam, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Orissa & Maharashtra. Our esteemed client groups includes many large scale industries from private as well as the Public Sector Units. National Productivity Council, BALCO, MECON, TATA STEEL, LAFARGE, GRASIM, Ultra Tech Cement Ltd., RAYMONDS, LUPIN, Ranbaxy, GAIL, Seagram & Sagar Distilleries and Sponge Iron are our major clients. To know more about our Group and the assignments completed please visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com. We have expanded and commissioned laboratory at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34, 35 equipped with highly sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS, UV–Vis, FTIR etc. for chemical analysis for the samples viz. Water, Air, Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides, Insecticides, Ores, etc.,



We have successfully carried out studies related to Air, Noise, Water, Waste Water, Hazardous Waste, Land Environment, Ecology, Risk & Hazard management and Socio-economy as a part of EIA studies of various industries. We have also carried land use and land cover studies based on the satellite imageries. Our operations are spread over in six different states in Central India region with branches at Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Maharashtra and Delhi. 12.2 CREDENTIALS OF TESTING LAB Our laboratory is registered with following Govt. departments for providing technical services in the field of environment. The registration numbers are as follows; 1. Recognized by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) vide Notification No. D.L-33004/99

dt.24.10.2007– under EPA. http://moef.gov.in/legis/env/so1811e.pdf & subsequent renewal vide notification SO 21 (E) dtd. 3rd January 2014.

2. National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-01550 w.e.f. 04. 10.2014.

3. National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-1826 w.e.f. 04. 10.2014

4. National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-2344 w.e.f. 04. 10.2014.

5. Approved by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) for ISI mark certification vide No. CL/CQAPD/OSL (7124116) dt.16.12.2011 for package drinking water, milk and its products.

6. Authorised by Food Safety & Standards Authority of India under FSS Act. 7. ISO 9001:2008 vide Registration No. 44 100 124446-E3, ISO14001:2004 vide registration No.44

104 124446-E3 and ISO18001:2007 vide registration No. 44 116 124446-E3. 8. Accredited as EIA Consultant Organization under NABET-QCI, vide 44th NABET Accreditation

Committee Meeting for Re-Accreditation held on Mar 04, 2015 as category A consultant organization in 14 Sectors.

9. Mah. Govt.WQM2003/PK26(2)PP12 Dt.1.9.2004 – Drinking water quality monitoring 10. Mah. Govt.JSP 2004/PK3715 PP11Dt.28.04.2004 – Hydrogeological survey 11. Indian Bureau of mines registered RQP/NGP/328/2005/B dt.01.02.2005 (renewed upto

31.01.2025) for preparation of mine plan, mine closure plan. 12. SPCB, Odisha No.3091 dt.13.02.2008 13. RSPCB, empanelment of environment consultant & analytical laboratory in continuation to

Board’s circular no. F.14 (3) Corres/RPCB/Plg/3491-3514 dt.14.12.2009 & Dt.25.3.2010 as testing lab under EPA & Env. Consultant.

14. RSPCB recognition of laboratory for Air pollution studies vide notification dated May 20, 2009 and published in Rajasthan Gazette Extraordinary dated June 22, 2009

For the organizational statutory requirement the registration numbers are as follows;

1. Company Law Board Registered 2. Provident Fund Registered 3. Professional tax Registered 4. ESIC Registered 5. Service Tax Registered 6. Income Tax - Registered 7. MSMED Registered

http://moef.gov.in/legis/env/so1811e.pdf



12.3 SERVICES OFFERED Air (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify)

Yes - Stack and Ambient Air Quality Monitoring, Survey / Modeling as per MoEF requirements. Specific gas monitoring like PM 10, PM 2.5,HC, CO, O2, CO2 & VOCs using state of art microprocessor based portable kits.

Water : Surface, sea, inland & ground water (Monitoring / Survey / Modeling etc., Pl. specify) Geohydrological Survey

Yes - Monitoring of Water Environment in EIA projects, hydrogeological survey and water shed development.

Soil (Analysis, Remediation, Salt water intrusions, Water Harvesting etc)

Yes – Monitoring of land environment in EIA projects.

Plant (Effect of pollution, Treatment Technologies, Pollution Indicators etc.)

Yes - The effect of pollutant from various industrial sectors has been evaluated in terrestrial ecology of EIA project.

Assessment & impact studies on Biodiversity (Flora and Fauna)

Yes – Studies on biodiversity has been reported in EIA projects.

Municipal Solid Wastes (Analysis, Management – Handling, Storage, Transportation, Treatment and Disposal, Site Identification, remediation, Development/ Evaluation of Technology etc.)

Yes National Productivity Council is utilizing our services for monitoring and analysis of solid waste samples, which includes sampling and analysis of solid waste samples. Anacon lab can undertake the consultancy project on solid waste management for municipal corporation, resorts and newly developed cities. Preparation of detailed feasibility report is an expertise of Anacon lab.

Hazardous Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities, Technology Assessment etc., Pl. specify)

Yes – The project on development of landfill site including Engineering design, Hydrogeological studies and Environmental quality in respect of the Air, Water and Soil have been successfully completed for Force Motors (Bajaj Tempo), Kinetic Motors and Pratibha Syntex, Pithampur, Indore (MP)

Noise (Monitoring/Survey, Modeling etc)

Yes – The monitoring of the Noise Environment in the Impact zone of the industries and in plant have been carried out by Anacon Lab.

Bio-Medical Wastes (Quantification, Site Assessment, Designing / Monitoring of Treatment Facilities Tech. Assessment etc., Pl. Specify)

Yes – The survey of Hospital waste management have been carried out in few cases.

Hazardous Chemicals (Site assessment, Inspection of Storages, Major Accident Hazards, Preparation / assessment of Safety Report, risk assessment / Onsite / offsite Emergency Plan preparation etc.)

Yes – The storage of the hazardous chemicals have been assessed in respect of fugitive emissions and risk assessment for Pharmaceutical Industries at Lupin, Mandideep, Bhopal (M.P.). Four dumping sites developed maxi cap 8000 Tons for BALCO, Korba, Chhattisgarh.

Plastic Wastes (Management, recycling/reuse technology evaluation etc.)

Yes – On the similar line of solid waste management, studies on the plastic waste management could be undertaken by Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.

Electronic Waste (Management, recycling/reuse, technology evaluation etc.)

No

Environmental Education/Awareness (Projects approved/ grants received /campaigns carried out etc.)

Yes - Conducted Workshop at Raipur on 14.2.04 Theme - Latest Trends in Mining Technical and Legislative requirements, 67 participants attended. ; Conducted several



Environment Awareness programs for PCB on different topics and also at Educational institutions/P.G. Departments. College students along with HOD have visited Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., for Educational tour. Anacon Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., has participated as a Key participant at CII seminar in the field of mining industries at Raipur Dt. 22.03.2006.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIAs carried out/ sector wise expertise in EIA/ clearances obtained from MoEF / State Government etc )

Yes - Successfully completed 105 EIA studies and 48 EIA presented before MoEF & environmental clearance is granted; remaining 57 presented at State level & the environmental clearance is granted, till end of 2013.

Environmental Audit/s (Details of the audits conducted along with client list and Purposes of such audits)

Yes for various types of Industries. Conducted water audits for 17 Reserve banks in India

Energy Audits / Water Audits (Expertise available, list of the clients and details on such audits)

Yes - Energy Audit for L & T Hirmi, Raipur on STP to conserve energy. In this exercise saving of the 40 % energy is suggested.

Environmental Planning & Management (Projects undertaken/ expertise for actual field implementation of the EMP)

Yes - The special efforts have been put up by Anacon for Seagram Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., and Sagar Industries & Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., Nashik for planning and implementation of EMP. Other projects also have been executed on Environmental Planning and Management.

Others (R&D Projects) (State briefly the other activities of your organization and the success Stories, if any)

Yes – 1.Conducted feasibility studies for pyrite recovery plant for 1000 TPD Cap for GHCL Lignite mine to reduce Sulphur from 7 % to 2 % 2. Identification of route cause for river bed drying (300 m width) for Lafarge, Raipur

12.4 FACILITIES Anacon offer vide range of services in indoor and outdoor monitoring and analytical characterization in the field of Environment. Further, it is ably supported by highly skilled and experienced team of professionals in the fields of Science, Engineering, Ecology, Meteorology, Social Planning, Geo & Hydro-geology, and Environmental Planning. Besides the regular monitoring equipment such as Respirable Dust Samplers, PM 2.5 Automatic Weather Monitoring Stations, Stack Monitoring Kits, Personal Samplers, Noise Meters, Portable Water Kits etc, the other major specialized equipment include: Anacon Laboratories has well equipped with sophisticated instrument such as Thermo ICAP 6300 ICP UK make – OES Radial View Spectrometer with Standard Gas System for analysis of heavy metals, required for the analysis of water (130 parameters as per various categories of IS standards for water ), waste water & Hazardous waste. + Gas Chromatograph. We have expanded and commissioned biggest state of art Environment and Food testing laboratory in Central India region at Butibori Food Park, Nagpur at Plot Nos. FP 34, 35 equipped with highly sophisticated imported equipments, like GC MSMS, LC MSMS (both triple quad), HPLC, ICP, AAS, UV–Vis, FTIR etc. for chemical analysis for the samples viz. Water, Air, Chemical, Fertilizer, Mineral, Metal, Coal, Food, Agricultural Products, Pesticides, Insecticides, Ores, etc., kindly visit us at www.anaconlaboratories.com.

http://www.anaconlaboratories.com/



Anacon Laboratories has established the facilities for Ambient Air Quality by using US Make Meteorological Station and High Volume Sampler. Stack Monitoring is also undertaken. The methodology for estimation of SO2, NOx, SPM, PM10, P.M.2.5 has been established along with project specific pollutant e.g. HM, CO, O3, CO2 VOC, HC etc. 12.5 QUALITY SYSTEMS 11.5.1 National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-01550 w.e.f. 03.10.2016. 11.5.2 National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-1826 w.e.f. 03.10.2016. 11.5.3 National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories (NABL) has granted us

Accreditation vide Certificate No.T-2344 w.e.f. 03.10.2016. (NABL for 900 parameters) .

12.6 ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Anacon laboratory recognized under Environment Protection (EP) Act by GOI in 2007, Environment Division with its best mind power and industrial knowledge competency that allows it to compare with the standards set by GOI as a Competent Organization.

2. Anacon has organized 10 days training program for the FDA officials, Government of Maharashtra from 16.08.2010 to 27.08.2010 on newly announced “Food Safety & Standards

Act, 2011” 3. Anacon has received “MSME National Award 2010” for “Outstanding Entrepreneurship

Performance in service sector” on 2nd Sept. 2011 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi. 4. Anacon has signed MOU with Nagpur University, Nagpur to Promote Academic and Research

Cooperation in Feb’2012. Under this program Post Graduate i.e. post M.Sc., M. Tech students professional training programs and R&D projects are undertaken on regular basis to meet Industry – Academia requirements for human resource development.

5. Dr. (Mrs.) Sugandha Garway, Director, ANACON Laboratories Pvt. Ltd. has been selected on the panel of the National food standards harmonization / development process for our country by Food Safety Authority of India.

6. Anacon has signed the MOU dtd. 26th Dec. 2012 for soil testing for a period of two years from Agriculture Department, Government of Chhattisgarh, season wise soil samples are collected for each farm and analyzed, fertilizer dosing is advised on appropriate time in order to increase crop yield and Soil health cards are issued to every farmer of different districts of Chattisgarh.

7. Anacon has executed the work of water Quality monitoring to maintain overall residual chlorine in the entire city of Nagpur for period from 16.06.2007 to 31.01.2012 and in the period Anacon team has worked sincerely to the best of our ability by utilizing all Technical expertise to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal authorities concerned. Anacon has delivered consistent results from last 5 years as a result which water borne deceases i.e. jaundice & gastro have been reduced to the extent of 70 %. Nagpur Municipal Corporation is leading in India for successful implementation of 24 x 7 water supply scheme under JNURM scheme, GOI and Anacon contributed for improving water quality in the entire city of Nagpur. Anacon has also designed & developed dedicated website for tracking the Water quality of the city.

8. Anacon has executed the work of "Source apportionment studies "of National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur vide Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-GL dt.22.01.2008 & Order No. Outsource/S.A (APC)/2007-GL dt.02.05.2008 for 236 Air Dust



Samples for 33 elements using ICPA instrument, all results submitted as per Internationally approved procedures and standards, and also Quality Assurance & Quality Control (QAQC) procedures were followed strictly during analysis.

9. Anacon Lab is executing the project of Rajiv Gandhi Science and Technology commission, Government of Maharashtra, for" Evaluation studies of water purification systems in 16 schools of the rural areas nearby Nagpur.

10. Anacon has completed the TRANSIT SURVEY of SEONATH RIVER, M/s Lafarge India Pvt. Ltd., Sonadih Cement Plant, Raipur (C.G.) Sonadih river width 300 M, bed was drying, route cause analysis was identified and corrective measures suggested were implemented by Lafarge and the solution was provided successfully.

11. Training has been imparted on "Pesticide residue analysis" to scientists of National Test House, Mumbai & "Coal analysis" to scientists of NALCO, Orissa.

12. ANACON has signed MOU with Nagpur University & Kada College Ahmednagar to undertake joint collaborative projects, imparting training to students & staff & to provide incubation centre for research projects undertaken by academicians.

13. ANACON has also completed mapping of water quality of 2 districts of Madhya Pradesh.

-\*

YFnI wt ffiqE twrm-q qfilfh. ufrfi=srraT[rtff TNM'TT

qqfqgnJ. ?f;I \rq rna{rg qfuilf{ rtelErq

,&5gg6-qTO"q.fr,

.ft.Yq :-

qis"{ :-

sqt-firgsy a'.rfu-f, F.r{+Tft .fr iR-o ot'rFr-'q - sq-iiqf,rgels I

r$qfr -ilffi e-{i tg mw crTn({ d r+tieT t t

oe/oq/zots.--'. 00 ''-

ecqT EEffu q* a-l 3rE_,di6= =i :;;d' elr? =:+; = "-'i *'.- j"3 E=:-rEE 31 55 Eueti{ ,lE-:SIe;TJq AEFF-q===; :--a''- 1-= --------:= :i- -\k

B t qMGrqT qff q-ft"rBd Errkr 6,oo,so.ooo sqt rar{ .tg Ft {tri.g€i* ffi ot:safi t-o-o frqr6 og/ar/zars d $oq"r qE eqTy ftrqr .lq:'t t{ffi ffi efen6;trq frqT .rqT fu' e-fryq &-r *ffr d E-h * erw qrrd e{#a * !qA,{"?" er TEwor.{Tg qffiq qmdq gmr oThd zors d qsrfur '# fmff}$T" (e}s E_{e,r€ e'trrri qrtrfu-qT Eri I qTaT fr sEfq * qq €?eror elftfreq" tseo d E-Eq ?H $ q-.qIqi.h fu l$atllffi d e-qe{ s{r*E-{ g'*gd o-Ei sTemr q 6* a-,,,e-a q]I-fi-fr qllr$ \il-} I ?T? s€il'r griT.31-irl u-rgf, frrqr "rqT t C tswd qff'{q 6qr6 E-Ad eiTil{q qre of st-cl qf-} uqo oritg frfRrn ftrqr srt r

ef<l3iTl{ 3ilrrq 31k qrtfur elrrd;-i }:-0c0 frfrqd 7a,7'e$ Eg ?il{a H{qr-N* q.qiqwT, qq w GE-{,E qMr {Trd{q ETQT }=a zots t laj}ie l# ed 3rTtr

Oensrn) ql--i gciT-{q / e\Fft Rqid Et fr.dee ,/ I?zftAs fr-n-r-frq

=E-Ey,,?? qdtig e{ErE-{ *Lgq qiBfrtdsn 2rff' = *,Ii :1, *= --= =-f+- i,'-ide 6C

":r:?e €v€€ As{}3iTi €d.{6. +r fdro giq!* a'=?+; $EHr{ BTii *qr qI-*: t i

frEriRd r&cd &furT{ * €rwrrq {lt Srq€ f.st-S.q. ftild €en*.q,qiBfudvtq, 2006 d qRRFe - e ti frsltRf, c-{R-6 rfffi{ * +ry+rc) tqrq oq q=T{f{qr$

tg tr-dq=r6 qqi-qqq qseTET quca fr u-rgf, at t rnq E_.md c-r{id S eid q ed*qaq 2s66(qea neri.f*d) d ql-qtrl-rY d erSsn G{frq {GrT{q ffi-d tqR E-{ rs{eilcrl E-Ssr-d6\ fuTffud qrrrrqB d GrdR rrEo oi r

/w.dq.€r, trd-fl.T-d /frfurr / 2o1s

IS RT-drq {<sr,rH-ql?rf,.

GrTr+\ a-s$ srsi-m-r rcrq,frur-qqqT *s, err{ TrR,fr-mT - rrqgq (ioq)qr-{fr q!-s q.u-s df-qv fufr"}s (eroett snrrqqTq{rd;rn, a-dfrm-eqletrsr, fu-mT-fiqrcT tg

qral fr q-{ s{eTq Grts-fuqq 1e80 A fl6-a qi

ryastfto q'R-s-i,

ETSH.T-6 ErBfrf'T EH6rd*, a-ftq rrrc, Trqgi

(uq)!L$-fr'ei: seiaacg @g mail. com

{:q:a frqT69/3/ 2015

GiY qT-*fiiT e)d-rc),*+r\eTN/ qqf{iuftq

-1i= g.rq=-=i= s sar'4-vtrr'qffiiWF

!T\''q ffi1,fr$qg1 q@t1q5T eftfr,

I

a

zTi=tq$ tffilr; /zcts

-tt4.r,

q 6ruq'1r1 ;i;ic;eiiY.*

1.

aL.

J.

3TW 5W -dhE, Y,ffiq, qqtqYur fuTq, {effiq, q-gHfr ?rqq',

E{Ir qs'qq (urfte,T-6) - 4s2oo1

q* * **o, (tfti ei*q oTqfdq F.{€ qtq), qqfaauT, Ta Y{ q6.'lg

ffid-T q?rdq,' d{1" qqifl"T qq;T,' fti6 r}-s @-cto ' a, {-s' eii-cT

offifr, +i!ld (qwq-AeT)

{r-flq qf+q, {rwq *- rrqfuwT e,rTIEIlr furFerr mts-arq' q+wfuo

,R"", EdNr-B ETBfrrT qre zrTd-ft, a-fiq qrTY, qtq:I F'T)*a*'*frr, ETftq+rc q-qkrrT €qeflrr ris-e, q-*qlRrfi qR-sT, o-drsqE

ilur'n* eld tn-f,t-fi, o-{fq ;Tw, rtqgY (rr q ) d 3ilq Rlqflet qq sTETq-6

-td=ffi fu nBil \{fldE

{rws K.{ H5;l-= qa?

q

i

ia

M/S AARTI SPONGE.AI{D POWER LIMITED (ALNAAR IRON ORE

OF'RE CE

MINING PROJECT)

DANTEWAD{E.G

ENVIRMINING PR

TUDY ON.CONTOBE DED IN EIA/EM

J.

4.

REPORT

L year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production

achieved in apy one year prior to Lgg4. It may also be categorically informed whether there had

been any increase in production after the EIA i{otification 1994 carrte into force, w.r.t. the highest

production achieved priorto 1994. (if applicable)Z. A copy of the document in support of tG fact that the Proponent is the righttul lessee of,the mine

5

should be given.All documints includirig approved mine plan, EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible with

one another in terms of it. mine lease area, production levels, waste generatioh and its

management, mining technology etc. and should be in the name of the lessoe'

All corner coordinates of-the::mi1e lease af€s, SitperimposEd on d Higlr-Resolution lmageryl

toposheet" topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology ofthe areashould be provided. Such an

Imagerl' of tiie proposed area ihould clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the

studv area (core and buffer zone).

Infbinration shoutd be p;ovided in Surve-,* of India Topcsheet in l:50.000 scale indicating

geoiogical map cf the area. geomorphologv of land forms of the area- existins minerals and

*i"i"! history-of the area, i*e*-.""t rcte*iedie+, sr:eemsead.ivm'enrl -rcril characteri;tii:.

Detaili aboui the land proposed for mining activities should be givemvith information as to

whether miling conforms to the land use policy of the State; landiiversion for rnin'ing should

have approval from State land use board or the concerned authority,

It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environmentpolicy approved Uy its Board of Directorsi If ro, it may be spelt oirl in the EIA Report with

descriptiln of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any

inf'ringernent/deviation/violation of the Jnvironmental or forest normsl conditions? The

hierarchical system or adrninistrative order of the Company to deal with the environ{nental issues

and for ensrring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting

of non-compliances ) r,iolations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

Compan,v and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large-may'also be detaiied in the EIA Repoft.

Issues rilating to \line Safetl', including subsidence studf in case of underground mining and

slope studf iir case of open cast mining, blasting stud-v- etc. should be detailed. The proposed

7.

safeguarc measures in each case should also be provided.9. The-srudy rea will comprise of 10 km gote around the mine lease from lease periphery and the

data coniained in the EiA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease

n.

period.Land use of the study rea delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanbtuary, national par-k, rnigratory routes of faung, water bodies, human settlements and other

ecologicai features ihould bJ indicated. Land ,.. fian of the mine lease area should be prepared

ro encompass preoperational, operational and post'operational phases and subrnitted. hnpact, ifan1', of change of land use should be given.Details of thi land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land

area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

12. A Certificate from the Cornpetent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided,

contirming the involvement of forest [and, if any, in the ptol'ect areA. ft1 tfie eveflt of Slly calTtrary

claim br the Project Proponent regarding thelstatus of forests, the site may be inspected by the

6.

10.

I

State Fclrest Departmeilt along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertaiit the status ol-fbrests, based on r,vhicir, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issr:eci. In all suci',

cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the ExpertAppraisal Comniittees.

13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland inrolved in the Projectincluding deposition cf net present value (NPV) and compensaton' afforestation (CA) should bc

indicated. A copy ofthe forestry clearance should also be furnished.14. hnplernentation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and otiter

'Iraditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest fughts) Act,2006 should be indicated.

15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.

16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildiife of the study

area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other

protecterl area and accordingly, detailed mitigative measures requireci, should be rvorked out witlicost implications and submitted.

17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves. \\-iidiife Corriciors. Ramsar site

TigeriElepharrt Reserresi(existing as u'ell as proposed). if an1'. rvithin 10 km of the mine iease

should be cleariy indicated, supported b1' a location map dull autirenticated b1 Chief \\ iioli;iWarden. Necessarl ciearance, as ma) be applicable to such projects iiue tc pror.irnil ol :i.=

ecologically sensitjt,e areas as mentioned above. should be obtained ;rcm tire Smndi;:g Coi:lnii:e.of'National Board of \l'ildlife and copy furnished.

18. A detailed bioiogicai stud;- of the study- area icore zcne and buffer z'Jne iiC rm iad:us i: li-,e

periphe:1 .:f 1ilg 11rin3 lease)] shall be carried oiit. Detaiis of f'lora arri f:':ra- e;r::r:3:e;. e:j:: -

arro R.r, :'p-e:le: Ju;i authenticared sepa.'arci1 fgr core ani bui-e; z;;:: si---'..tlc :. i:-..s,=-based on such primary field *rvey, eleaty idicditrg tlrc Sctod& olG &e ferm presrt- in ca=e

of an1 scheduled-i fauna found in the shrdy area, the necessar.v plan alonguith bud-setai-'

provisions for their consen'ation should be prepared in consultation u'ith State Forest and Wil<iliieDepartment and detaiis furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implernenting the same

should be made as part of the project cost.19. Proximit-v to.Areas declar:ecl as'Critically Polluted'or the Project areas likely to come mrderthe

'Aravaii l{.ange'. t.attracting court restric'tions ibr mining operations). shoulci aisc oe inciicateci ar:d

uhere sc requrred. ciearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities. such as the SPCB orState Mining Department should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed miningactivities coulci be consiciered.

20. Sirnilaril,. fbr cLrastal Projects. A CRZ map dul) authenticated b1 oiie of the aurhorized asencies

demalcatins LTL. HTL. CRZarea, location of the mine lease rv.r.i CRZ, coasiai fearures such as

mangro\.es. il an1. shouid be furnished. $iote: The Mining Projects falling under CM sould ais.-

rreed to obtain auproral of the concerned CoastalZone Management Authori'ry).21. R&R Pian,'con:pensaricn details for the Project Affected People (PAP) shouid be fufnished. \\ hiie

prepamg rhe R&R Pian. the retevant StateA.lational Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy shouldbe kept ir: r'ieu,. in respect of SCs /STs and other rveaker sections of the sociery in the study'area,a need based sarnple surv'ey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and

action progmmmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes ofline departments of the State Government. lilmay be clearly brought out whether the village(s)locatecl iir the mine iease area will be shifted'or not. The issues reiating to sirifting of village(s)including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discu:secl ir ii:e R.encrt.

22. One season (non-rnonsoon) [i.e. ]'larch-\{a;. (Summer- Seasc:,: j;:: --e :-l:e ::::.:- :.nlonsoorr season) ; December-February (winter season)]primary baseiine :iae on amcie4: a.;quaiitl as per CPCB \lotification of 2009, water qualitr'- ncise !e",'e!. scil a$d **ra an.i fku:"a sha,.

be coilectec and tire AAQ and other data so ccmpitred p:Eserrted <!age-q"ise i:: rhe f,iA *:t* EldFReport. Site-specific meteorological data shouiri also b* cellc*cd" ?ir* lxaii*a sf &e ra*rrit*:r:ngstat;ons .:ould be srich as to represent whole of,the sAr:i$ are*srrd jilstifred keepicg in vierv t&e

pre:domiila;.:: do*nu'ind direetion and locatio* c,f *nsitive re*epfors. Tlere strouid ba at leasl c:,.:monitaring iiatiLln rvitirin 500 m of the mine lease in rhe pre-domi::an€ dorr"nrvind directian. T};tnineraiosical cc.:::position of PM10, particular|' {br free siiica- sir+u1d be given.

23. Airqualitr mo<ieii:rg should be carried ouf for pre<iicri+n of impact of the project on the arr

Qualitl: of the area. Ii should also talie int*: aclar:,:r the impa;t of rnovement of vehicles fortransportation of mineral. The details of the r:-rryie! useci and irput parameters used for modeling

should be provided..The air quality coutours may be shown on a location map clearly indicatingtlre location of the site, Iocation of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind rosesshowing pre-domi,ant wind direction may also be indicated tn the map.24' The water requirement forthe Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailedwater balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the project should be

indicated.25' Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the

Project shouid be provided. \

26' Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the project should begiven. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed inihe Pro.lect, if any,should be provided.

27. Inpact of the Project on the water quality, both surfa"" und grouniwate., shouid be assessed and, necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be prol'ided.28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be ihown whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case theworking will iniersect groundwater table, a detailed uyaro Cetlogical Study should beundertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter-alia, shall include details of the aquiferspresent and impact- of rnining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from CeltralGround Water Authority for working below grornd water and for pumping of ground watershould also be obtained and copy furnished.

29' Details bf any streatn, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification /diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the sarne-on the hydrology should be brought out.

30' Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in+M.sL and bgl. A schematic diagram may-also be provided for the same.3i' A timb bound Progressive GreeribeTt Deveiod#iii plan shalT uelrepaio+ in a tab,plai fo.-(indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and iime frame) and submitted.keeping in mind, the same will have to be execu,k ,rp iront on isrnmencement of the projecr.Phase-rvise plan of plantation and comp€nsatory afforesiafiru" shauld be cha:ted clearh- intiicariagthe area to be covered underplantation and the species to be plan:ed- The deraik oiplantaidalread,v done should be given. The plant species seleced rq Feeg. bB.$qald-l*e greaterecoiogicai vaiue and should be of good utilityvahrc to6e local i"p.ffirrlnfrir-f- Ufandnativespeciesandthespecieswhicharetoleranttopoltutirrn..

32' Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicdd. Frojected iacreasein truck traffic as a.result of the Project in the preseni road network (includingthose outside &eProject area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of tranAtilg the incrernentalload' Arrangement for irnproving the infrast.uiture, if contempiated (including action to be takenby other agencies such as State Goverrunent) should be coverld. project prop-onent shall conductlmpa9t of Transportation study as per Indian Road congress Guidelinls.

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be includedin the EIA Report.

34' Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (rvith plans

^ _ Td with adequate number of sections) shourd be given in the EL{ reporr.35' Occupational Health impacts of the Project strouta be anticipated and the proposed preventive

measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical eramination and periodical medicalexamination schedules should be incorporared in the EliP- The proj€ .qp€cific ocsr4atioui

^ _ !r?l,ll mitigation measures with required facitfrierpr,qFqep4,in *re ",bifu rrl*w:r*rtFdmg*

36. Public.health implications of the Fro.lect and related-activities for theloprluiio, l" irr"-,111p""zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed.along with budgetary allocations.

37' MeasureS of socio economic significance and influence to the local communitl, proposed to beprovided by the Project Proponent should be indicateci. As far as possible, quantiiative dimensionsmay be given with time frames for implementation.

38' Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which.should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land ur., los of agricultural and grazing land. ifany, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed project.

39' Public Hearing points raised and commitment oithe Project proponlnt^on rhe same along p,ithtime bound Action Plan with budgetary provisions to implement tlie same should be prol,ided andalso incorporated in the final glAigN4F Report of the project.

I

40' Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /orcler passed by any Courtof Law against the project should be given.

4l ' The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as weli as the cost towards impiementatio,of EMP should be clearly spelt oilt.

1? { Disaster mana[tement Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMp Report.43. Benefits of the Project if the Project is implernented should be spelt out. Tlie benefits of the

lroject shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.44. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:-

a. Executive Summary of the EIA/EMP Reportb. All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.c. Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the plriod in which the data

were collegreci and the sources siLouid be iridicateci.d. Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysisitesting reports oi water. air, soil, noise etc.

using the MoEF & CCNABL accredited laboratories. Ail tire original analysis/testingreports should be available during appraisal ofthe project.

e. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English. an English translationshould be provided.

f. The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as devised earlier by the. Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.

g- While preparing the EIA repon. the instructions for the Proponents and instructions for theConsultants issued by MoEF&CC vicie O.\i. \c. J-11013.,11i2006-lA.ll(l) dated {thAugust. 2009. u'hicii are available on the nebsite trirhis \.{inistn. shoulci be folloneci.i;' f ila;:{,es. if ar-r macie in lie casic s:ope an.J prr.jecr pe:ll:::el: ia= gr.-\nrtre.j ;n F,--*r-i an;the PFR for sectrring the TOR) slrculd be brought to &e dtenti; of SEIAA,, CG *irh

J.

reasons for sucli changes and per::^'ission should be soughr as the TOR ma;.- also har.e to bealtered. Post Public Hearing changes i:. structure and contenr of the draft EIA/EMp (otherthan modifications arising out of the P.i{. process) w'ill entaii conducting the PH again witlltlie revised ciocunrentation.,,\..:r;,..11:,:,:';:"..':]:::'.j,j::/:.:...::',..i.status of colltplian;e of tjie couditions stipi l.iei-i ;i, :i,e er,r,ircr,lleni ciearance fbr theexistins operations of the prc.iect. shoukl be obtained frorn the Regional Office of l,4inistryof Environment. Fores: and Clirnale cirar.:,i. as irra\. ce applicabie.l'he EIA report should also include 1i) s-ii:,rce plar,;f rhe area inrircating contours of maintopographic features, drainage and mining area. {ii) geological *upt and sections and (iii)sections of the mine pit and externai dumps, if anr,. clearly showing the land features of theadjoirring area.

'15. Tlre TORs are vaiid for a period of three years from the date issue of this letter. However, thisperiod could be further extended by a maximum period of orre year provided an application isrnade ble the project propotient at least three months befbre thi expiry of the uutid;ty period,together with updated Form - I based on properjustification. ./<-7.**7f--

SecretarySEAC. Chhattissar-h

$--

APPENDIX – I , Form – I Alnar Iron Ore Deposit Applied area 31.55 Hects.

1

APPENDIX I

In FORM – I

( I ) Basic Information S.No. Item Details 1. Name of the Project Alnar Iron Ore Deposit

( Mining Project ) Applied Area -

2. S.No. in Schedule 3. Proposed capacity / area / length / tonneage to be

handled / command area / lease area / number of wells to be drilled

Proposed Production 150,000 Tonnes per Year of Iron Ore From applied area 31.55 Hects.

4. New / Expansion / Modernization Applied New Mining Lease 5. Existing Capacity / Area etc. It is a Matter of Fresh grant of

Mining lease under major mineral , applied area 31.55 Hects.

6. Category of project B - 1

7. Does it attract the general condition ? if yes please specify

No

8. Does it attract the specific condition ? if yes please specify

No

9. Locaction Toposheet No. – 65 F /2 , and bounded between latitude 18032’58” to 18033’8.91” N and longitude 81014’06” to 81014’36.20” E of Greenwich

Plot / Survey / Khasra No. Khasra No. 416,417 & 418 Village Alnar

Tahsil Kuwankonda

District Dantewada State Chhattisgarh

10. Nearest Railway Station / airport along with distance in kms.

Kirandul 18 Kms. Air Port Jagdalpur 153 Kms.

11. Nearest town , City , District headquarter along with distance in kms.

Nearest Town Kirandul 18 kms. District headquarter Dantewada – 68 kms.


2

State capital Raipur 453 kms.

12. Village Panchayats , Zilla Parishad , Municipal Corporation , Local Body , ( complete postal address with telephone nos. to be given

Village Panchayat – Alnar Zilla Parishad – Dantewada Municipal Corporation – Kirandul

13. Name of the applicant M/s Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd. 14. Registered Address M/s AARTI SPONGE & POWER

LIMITED Aarti HouseAshoka Ratna , Vidhan Sabha Road ,Shankar Nagar Post & Distt - Raipur Chhattisgarh - 492007

15.

Address for correspondence : Same as above Name M/s AARTI SPONGE & POWER

LIMITED Designation Applicant

Address M/s AARTI SPONGE & POWER LIMITED Aarti HouseAshoka Ratna , Vidhan Sabha Road ,Shankar Nagar Post & Distt - Raipur Chhattisgarh - 492007

Pin code Pin - 492007

E mail Telephone Phone –

Fax No. No Fax

16. Details of Alternatives Sites examined if any , Location of these sites should be shown on a toposheet

Mining lease will be granted for For 30 years

17. Interlinked project No , Nil 18. Whether separate application of interlinked

project has been submitted ? No

19. If yes , date of submission - 20. If no , reason - Screening Category

Capacity corresponding to sectorial activity ( such as production capacity for manufacturing , mining lease area and production capacity for mineral production , area for mineral exploration , length for linear transport infrastructure , generation capacity for power generation etc. )


3

( II ) Activity

1. Construction operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions , which will cause physical changes in the locality ( topography , land use , changes in water bodies etc. )

S.No. Information / Checklist confirmation Yes / No Details thereof ( with approximate quantities / rates, wherever possible ) with source of information data

1.1 Permanent or temporary change in land use , land cover or topography including increase in intensity of land use ( with respect to local land use )

No No construction operation or decommissioning involved for this project.

1.2 Clearance of existing land , vegetation and building ?

No Area fall under forest land , so clearance required under Forest Conservation Act 1980. Application submitted for the same . After obtaining forest clearance and environment clearance mining lease will be granted to the applicant by C.G. Govt.

1.3 Creation of new land uses ? No It is a small mining project.

1.4 Pre-construction investigation e.g. bore houses , soil testing ?

No Not required .

1.5 Construction works ? No Not required , temporary site office , rest shelter and store etc. will be hired at village Alnar . No additional construction required at applied area

1.6

Demolition works ? No No any demolition work pointed out . Therefore no demolition has to be required .

1.7 Temporary sites used for construction works or Housing of construction workers ?

No It is a very small quarry . No any temporary site require prior to the final construction . No house require for workers as they will be employ from near by villages , skilled operator will be used hired house at kirandul .

1.8 Above ground buildings ,structures ,cut and fill or excavation ?

Yes The proposed mining lease area is a small gentle sloping hillock. so no above ground cut , fill or excavation


4

required . Office ,Rest shelter and store etc. will be hired at village Alnar and Kirandul.

1.9 Underground works including mining or tunneling ?

No It will be a opencast mining project . No any underground works required for this project.

1.10 Reclamation works ?

No It will be a small mining project . excavated pit will be used for fishery at the end of mine life .

1.11 Dredging ?

No Dredging not required .

1.12 Offshore structures ?

No No offshore structure , so not applicable .

1.13 Production and manufacturing processes ?

Yes Only production of iron ore . No any up gradation process involved at mine site .

1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials ?

Yes Small store for storage of tools and other things will be hired at village – Alnar.

1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid waste or liquid effluents ?

No No liquid effluent discharge from this mine . Solid waste is soil , not required treatment . Solid waste dumped along the lease boundary for afforestation purpose.

1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operational workers ?

No Not required all the workers appointed from the surrounding villages and town .

1.17 New road , rail , or sea traffic during construction or operation ?

No Not required , good all weather road passing near to the applied area .

1.18 New road , rail , air , waterborne or other transport infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations , ports , airports ?

No Not required , road passing just near the proposed mine site . All the iron will be transported by road upto Raipur.

1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transport route or infrastructure leading to change in traffic movements ?

No No closure or diversion of transport route required.

1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines ?

No No transmission or pipe line etc found in this area .

1.21 Impoundment , damming , culver ting , realignment or other changes to the hydrology of water courses or aquifers ?

No No Impoundment , damming , culver ting , realignment or other changes to the hydrology of water courses or


5

aquifers required for this small mining project , it is a small project

1.22 Stream crossing ? No No stream passing through or near the mining lease applied area

1.23 Abstraction or transfer of water from ground or surface water ?

No No abstraction or transfer of water from ground or surface water required for this mining operation .

1.24 Change in water bodies or the land surface affecting drainage or run-off ?

No No any changes proposed

1.25 Transport of personnel or material for construction , operation or decommissioning ?

No Transport of personnel or material for construction or decommissioning not proposed or required . Transport of waste and limestone/ Marble will be done during mining operation in small scale .

1.26 Long term dismantling or decommissioning or restoration works ?

No No any dismantling or decommissioning or restoration work proposed

1.27 Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have an impact on the environment ?

No Not proposed

1.28 Influx of people to an area in either temporarily or permanently ?

No Not required

1.29 Introduction of alien species ? No Not seen any alien species in this area

1.30 Loss of native species or genetic ? diversity ?

No Proposed quarry lease area is Revenue forest land of Chhattisgarh Govt. , Some tree or bushes found in mining lease applied area , so no loss of native species .

1.31 Any other actions ? No Nil


6

2. Use of Natural resources for construction of the Project ( such as land , water , material or energy , especially any resources which are non-renewable or in short supply ) :

S.No. Information / Checklist confirmation Yes / No Details thereof ( with approximate

quantities / rates, wherever possible ) with source of information data

2.1

Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land ( ha )

No Govt. agree to grant mining lease over 31.55 hects. area . It is Govt. Land No other land required for this quarry operation .

2.2 Water ( expected sources & competing users ) unit : KLD

Yes Source – Malenger Nala , During the mining operation maximum water requirement is as follows : Mining – 2000 liters Domestic – 5000 liters Plantation – 500 liters Sprinkling -1000 liters during dry season ( Toatl 8500 Liters )

2.3 Minerals ( MT )

No Maximum production 1,50,000 tonnes of iron ore per year.

2.4 Construction material – stone , aggregates and / soil ( expected source – MT )

No Not required for this mining operation .

2.5 Forest and timber ( source – MT )

No Not required

2.6 Energy including electricity and fuels ( Source , competing users ) Unit: fuel (MT ), energy ( MW )

Yes Presently electricity available up-to Alnar village ( 2 km. ) . It required only for mining ,office , rest shelter and store . Applicant already granted connection for 80 HP.

2.7 Any other natural resources ( use appropriate standard units )

No Not required


7

3. Use , storage , transport , handling or production of substances or materials , which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or risks to human health .



3.1 Use of substances or materials which are hazardous ( as per MSIHC rules ) to human health or the environment ( flora , fauna and water supplies )

No No such substances not required for this mining project . No fuel will store at mine site .

3.2 Change in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors ( e.g. insect or water borne diseases )

No No such disease reported . As the proposed quarry operation is small so no chances of disease vectors .

3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living conditions ?

Yes It will be a small iron ore mining project . No harmful material such as fuel , explosive etc. store at mine site which affect the welfare of people .

3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the project e.g. hospital patients , children , the elderly etc.

Yes They will get a good transportation facility due to this project , time to time medical checkup and followed by various awareness programme .

3.5 Any other causes

No Nil

4. Production of soil wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning ( MT / month ) S.No. Information / Checklist confirmation Yes / No Details thereof ( with approximate


4.1 Soil , overburden or mine waste

No Ore to OB ratio is 1:0.22. mostly laterite and mining rejects .

4.2 Municipal waste ( domestic and or commercial waste )

No Nil

4.3 Hazardous waste ( as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules )

No Nil

4.4 Other industrial process waste No Nil


8

4.5 Surplus product

No Nil

4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment

No Nil

4.7 Construction or demolition waste

No Nil

4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment

No Nil

4.9 Contaminated soils or other material

No Nil

4.10 Agricultural waste

No Nil

4.11 Other solid waste

No Nil

5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous toxic or noxious substances to air ( Kg / hr )



5.1 Emission from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or mobile sources

Yes It will be semi-mechanised mining operation and fuel required for excavator , compressors and dumpers .

5.2 Emission from production process Yes Emission from mining equipment’s . 5.3 Emission from material handling

including storage or transport Yes 1000 liters fuel required per day

5.4 Emission from construction activity including plant and equipment

No Nil

5.5 Dust or odors from handling of materials including construction material sewage and waste

No Nil

5.6 Emission from incineration of waste No Nil 5.7 Emission from burning of waste in open

air ( e.g. slash materials , construction debris )

No Nil

5.8 Emission from any other sources No Nil


9

6. Generation of Noise and Vibration and Emission of Light and Heat



6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. engines , ventilation plant , crushers

No Nil

6.2 From industrial or similar process No Nil

6.3 From construction or demolition No No need of any construction at site .

6.4 From blasting or piling Yes Light shallow blasting required for this mining operation.

6.5 From construction or operational traffic No Nil 6.6 From lighting or cooling system No Nil 6.7 From any other sources No Nil

7. Risk of contamination of land or water from release of pollutants into the ground or into sewers , surface waters , ground water , coastal waters or the sea .



7.1 From handling , storage , use or spillage of hazardous materials

No Nil , no hazardous material will be used .

7.2 From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the land ( expected mode and place of discharge )

No Nil , no sewage or any other effluents will be discharged from this mine .

7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or into water

No Nil, as the mining operation is small in nature and no crushing operation is proposed . Haul transport will be very limited 05 or 10 trips per day by tractors .

7.4 From any other sources

No Nil

7.5 Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutants in the environment from these sources

No Nil


10

8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project , which could affect

human health or the environment S.No. Information / Checklist confirmation Yes / No Details thereof ( with approximate


8.1 From explosions , spillages , fires etc. from storage handling use or production of hazardous substances

Yes Blasting required for this mining operation . 50kgs. Explosive required per day . It will be done on contract basis . No proposal for storage at mine site.

8.2 From any other sources

No Nil

8.3 Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing environmental damage ( e.g. floods, earthquakes , landslides , cloudburst etc. )

No Nil , No such incidence reported during the last 5 decades as informed by village officials .

9. Factors which should be considered ( such as consequential development ) which could lead to environment effect or the potential fro cumulative impacts with other existing activities in the locality

S.No. Information / Checklist confirmation Yes / No Details thereof ( with approximate quantities / rates, wherever possible ) with source of information data

9.1 Lead to development of supporting . lities , ancillary development or development stimulated by the project which could have impact on the environment e.g.

Supporting infrastructure ( road , power supply , waste or waste water treatment etc.

Housing development Extractive industries Supply industries Other

No It is a small semi-mchanised mining operation . Light blasting required for production.

9.2 Lead to after-use of the site , which could have an impact on the environment

No Nil


11

9.3 Set a precedent for later developments

No Nil

9.4 Have cumulative effects due to other existing or planned projects with similar effects

No No other mining project found with in 10 kms. radius .

( III ) Environmental sensitivity S.No. Areas Name /

Identity Arial distance ( within 15 kms. ) Proposed project location boundary

1 Areas protected under international conventions , national or local legislation for their ecological , landscape , cultural or other related value

No Nil

2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons – wetland , watercourses or other water bodies , coastal zone , biospheres , mountains , forests

No Nil

3 Area used by protected , important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding , nesting ,foraging , resting , over wintering , migration

No Nil

4 Inland , coastal , marine or underground wastes

No Nil

5 State , national boundaries

No Nil , State boundary is 75 kms. away .

6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist , pilgrim areas

No Nil

7 Defense installation

No No defense installation within 100 kms. radius

8 Densely populated or built up area No Nil

9 Area occupied by sensitive man-made Yes Kirandul 18 kms.


12

land uses ( hospitals , schools , places , of worship , community facilities )

10 Areas containing important high quality or scarce resources ( groundwater resources , surface resources , forestry , agriculture , fisheries , tourism , mineral

No Nil

11 Area already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. ( those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded )

No Nil

12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems ( earthquakes , subsidence , landslides , erosion , flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions )

No Nil

( IV ) Proposed terms of Reference for EIA studies The proposed terms of references for this Alnar Iron ore mining project will be as follows : S.No. Particulars Impact Remedial

1 2 3

Land use Pattern Air Water

No adverse impact anticipated in land use of buffer zone as all the concerned activities will be concentrated in lease area only The air pollution in the area depend on the intensity of excavation operation , mode of transportation and crushing screening and processing of ore . Surface Water – No any nala or river within 1 kms. radius . So this mining operation will not

Care will be taken not to disturbed the surrounding area . Adequate afforestation will be done in and around proposed stone quarry . Light machinery proposed for mining operation. Light blasting proposed . Regular water sprinkling on mine road . Air monitoring will be done as per the proposed schedule . Soil /Waste dump properly secure to washout during rainy season. Regular water


13

4 5 6 7

Noise Vibration Climate Soil

impact on surface water . Ground Water - entire water requirement is not more than 8500liter/ day . This requirement full fill from malenger nana. It is due to mining machinery , blasting ,excavation and transportation . It is due blasting Temperature – The trend of temperature monitored for last 30 years shows a regular cyclic pattern and regular behavior Rainfall – 1150 to 1200 mm in average Wind speed – it is depend on the general elevation and depression in the region . The proposed mining activities will not likely to be contribute to any variation in wind speed . Humidity – the relative humidity in the area is not likely to change as the mining operation is small and semi-mechanised . Impact on soil is based on nature of activities and extent of area covered and associated aspects. The generated dust due to mining operation normally constitute

analysis proposed . Such a small quantity of ground water will not impact on ground water . Rain water harvesting will be proposed . The proposed project is located at least 2.00 kms. away from nearest settlement . mining operation is small. Light machinery used for mining. Light blasting required for this mining operation . The proposed mining operation is small and not effect on the regional environment . Regular monitoring will proposed Water harvesting will be proposed . As the mining operation is small and activities are very limited . Regular water sprinkling is proposed during the dry season .


14

8

Fauna & Flora

heavier particle that would readily settled on very small area within mining lease area itself . There is no wild life sanctuary in 30 kms . radius . There is no agricultural land within mining lease area . The proposed mining operation fall in govt. revenue forest land . there is limited vegetation seen in proposed mining lease area . No endangered fauna and flora fund in the buffer zone

Afforestation will be done all around the mining lease boundary and peripheral . Small mining operation do not disturb the fauna and flora on local and regional scale

“ I hereby given undertaking that the data and information given in the application and enclosures are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I am awre that if any part of the data and information submitted is found to be false or misleading at any stage , the project will be rejected and clearance give , if any to the project will be revoked at our risk and cost . Date : April 2014 Signature of Applicant …………………………… Place : Raipur Name Rajiv Mundra Designation – Director Full Address

M/s AARTI SPONGE & POWER LIMITED Aarti House

Ashoka Ratna , Vidhan Sabha Road Shankar Nagar

Post & Distt - Raipur Chhattisgarh - 492007

* * * * *


15

1

Annexure-VI: Summary sheet of ecological study of top canopy (Core Zone)

S.No.

Botanical Name Local Name

Family Habit

IUCN Status

F% D/Ha

BA m2/Ha IVI DI

1 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Bel Rutaceae T NA

20.00 20.00 2.19 8.94 0.10

2 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb.

ex DC.) Wall. ex Guillem. & Perr.

Dhawa Combretaceae

T NA

20.00 100.0

0 2.86 18.32 0.17


Salai Burseraceae

T NA 20.00 20.00 2.15 8.88 0.10

4 Bridelia retusa (L.) A.Juss. Kasai

Euphorbiaceae

T NA 10.00 30.00 4.05 10.48 0.12

5 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Achar

Anacardiaceae

T NA 20.00 40.00 4.45 14.03 0.14

6 Careya arborea Roxb. kumhi

Lecythidaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 2.59 6.43 0.08

7 Cassia fistula L. Amaltas

Leguminosae

T NA 20.00 80.00 1.53 14.45 0.15


kharhar Rubiaceae

T NA 20.00 30.00 0.77 8.12 0.10

9 Dalbergia lanceolaria subsp. paniculata (Roxb.)

Thoth. dhoban

Leguminosae

T NA

20.00 20.00 3.52 10.68 0.12

10 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. kalla

Dilleniaceae

T NA 20.00 10.00 0.46 5.59 0.07

11 Diospyros melanoxylon

Roxb. Tendu

Ebenaceae

T NA 40.00

190.00 0.72 29.00 0.23

12 Elaeodendron glaucum

(Rottb.) Pers. Jamrasi

Celastraceae

T NA 20.00 20.00 1.65 8.22 0.10

13 Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.)

Ridsdale Haldu

Rubiaceae

T NA 40.00 40.00 4.10 17.49 0.17

14 Kydia calycina Roxb. baranga

Malvaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 1.76 5.34 0.07

15 Lagerstroemia parviflora

Roxb. Senjha/Lendia

Lythraceae

T NA 20.00

120.00 0.92 17.90 0.17

16 Lannea coromandelica

(Houtt.) Merr. Jhingan

Anacardiaceae

T NA 20.00 20.00 1.76 8.36 0.10

17 Madhuca indica J.F.Gmel. Mahua

Sapotaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 14.30 21.84 0.19

18 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.)

Korth. Kalam

Rubiaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 2.59 6.43 0.08

19 Ougeinia oojeinensis

(Roxb.) Hochr. Tinsa

Leguminosae

T NA 10.00 10.00 1.34 4.79 0.07

20 Randia dumetorum (Retz.)

Lam. Mainphal

Rubiaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 1.40 4.87 0.07

21 Randia uliginosa (Retz.)

Poir. Kala phetra

Rubiaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 1.03 4.38 0.06

22 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.)

Merr. Kusum

Sapindaceae

T NA 20.00 20.00 4.01 11.33 0.12

2

23 Syzygium cumini (L.)

Skeels Jamun

Myrtaceae

T NA 20.00 20.00 2.32 9.10 0.11

24 Tectona grandis L.f. Sagaun

Verbenaceae

T NA 50.00 50.00 2.04 17.81 0.17

25 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex

DC.) Wight & Arn. Koha

Combretaceae

T NA

10.00 10.00 2.50 6.31 0.08


Bahera Combretaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 1.61 5.15 0.07


Saj Combretaceae

T NA 10.00 10.00 5.75 10.60 0.12

28 Wrightia tomentosa, R&S Kali Dudhi

Apocynaceae

T

NA 10.00 10.00 1.61 5.15 0.07

510 940 75.98 300 3.19

Annexure-VII: Summary sheet of ecological study of middle canopy (Core Zone)

S.No.


Family

F% Density/Ha

Abandanc

e IVI DI

1 Achyranthes aspera L. Chirchita

Amaranthaceae 23.33 93.33 1.00 22.13 0.19


Khatua Euphorbiaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 9.35 0.11


Satawari Liliaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 6.80 0.09

4 Desmodiun laxiflorum, D.C. Latkani Leguminosae 10.00 40.00 1.00 11.91 0.13

5 Helicteres isora L. Marodphali Sterculiaceae 16.67 80.00 1.20 19.08 0.18


Koreya Apocynaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 9.35 0.11

7 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chhindi Palmae 10.00 40.00 1.00 11.91 0.13


bhatkataiya Solanaceae 13.33 53.33 1.00 14.47 0.15


Bel Rutaceae 26.67 120.00 1.13 26.43 0.21


Dhawa Combretaceae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.80 0.09


Salai Burseraceae 13.33 80.00 1.50 19.00 0.17


Euphorbiaceae 16.67 66.67 1.00 17.02 0.16


Achar Anacardiaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 9.35 0.11

14 Careya arborea Roxb. kumhi Lecythidaceae 10.00 40.00 1.00 11.91 0.13

15 Cassia fistula L. Amaltas Leguminosae 26.67 160.00 1.50 31.63 0.24


Dokarbela Vitaceae 13.33 66.67 1.25 16.73 0.16

3

17 Celastrus paniculatus Willd.

Penbeeja Celastraceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 6.80 0.09

18 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Kewanch Leguminosae 3.33 13.33 1.00 6.80 0.09

19 Smilax zeylanica L. Ramdaton Liliaceae 16.67 66.67 1.00 17.02 0.16


Giloy Menispermaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 9.35 0.11


dudhibel Apocynaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 6.80 0.09

22 Ventilago calyculata Tul. Keontibela Rhamnaceaae 6.67 26.67 1.00 9.35 0.11

246.67 1106.67 23.575 300.00 2.98

Annexure-VIII: Summary sheet of ecological study of ground cover (Core Zone)

S.No.


Family F%

Density/Ha

Abandance IVI DI

1 Vanda roxburghii Banda Loranthaceae 6.67 1333.33 2.00 13.13 0.14

2 Apluda mutica L. phulhara Poaceae 20.00 4000.00 2.00 24.15 0.20

3 Chrysopogon zizanioides (L.)

Roberty urai Poaceae

13.33 1666.67 1.25 13.62 0.14

4 Cynodon dactylon, Pers. Doob Poaceae 10.00 1333.33 1.33 11.91 0.13


Bhurbusi Poaceae 6.67 1000.00 1.50 10.51 0.12

6

Eulaliopsis binata (Retz.) C.E.Hubb.

bagai Poaceae 16.67 4666.67 2.80 27.32 0.22

7 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.

Kushal Poaceae 23.33 7333.33 3.14 37.01 0.26

8 Panicum miliare, Limk. Kosra Poaceae 26.67 5666.67 2.13 30.85 0.23


Garundi Amaranthaceae 16.67 1666.67 1.00 13.99 0.14

10 Curculigo orchioides Gaertn. kali musli Hypoxidaceae 3.33 333.33 1.00 5.85 0.08

11 Elephantopus scaber

Ban Tambakhu

Asteraceae

13.33 2666.67 2.00 18.64 0.17


Gajar Ghas

Asteraceae 23.33 3333.33 1.43 21.85 0.19

13 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Ghamra Asteraceae 60.00 10000.00 1.67 51.62 0.30

14 Xanthium strumarium Gokharu Asteraceae 3.33 333.33 1.00 5.85 0.08

15 Loranthus longiflorus Desr. Banda Loranthaceae 3.33 333.33 1.00 5.85 0.08

16 Viscum articulatum Viscum Loranthaceae 6.67 666.67 1.00 7.88 0.10

253.33 46333.33 26.246 300.00 2.57

4

Annexure-IX: Summary sheet of ecological study of top canopy in buffer zone – i (5

km radius) from proposed area.

S.N

o.

Botanical Name Local

Name

Family

F%

Densit

y/Ha

Basal

Area

m2/H

a IVI DI

1 Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd. Khair Leguminosae 10.00 10.00 0.46 3.44 0.05

2 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.)

Willd. Rinjha Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

3 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa Bel Rutaceae

10.00 10.00 0.42 3.41 0.05

4 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.)

Wangerin akol Cornaceae

10.00 10.00 1.76 4.58 0.06

5 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Kala siris Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 0.62 3.59 0.05

6 Albizia procera (Roxb.)

Benth. Safed siris Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 2.15 4.93 0.07

7

Anogeissus acuminata Wall Pani

dhawada

Combretacea

e 10.00 10.00 0.92 3.85 0.06

8 Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb.

ex DC.) Wall. ex Guillem. &

Perr.

Dhawa Combretacea

e 10.00 10.00 5.62 7.97 0.10

9 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Neem Meliaceae

10.00 10.00 3.26 5.90 0.08

10

Bauhinia malaberica, Roxb. Amta Leguminosae 10.00 10.00 0.54 3.51 0.05

11 Bauhinia purpurea L. Keolar Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 5.75 8.09 0.10

12 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Asta Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 1.68 4.52 0.06

13 Bauhinia variegata L. Kachnar Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 0.62 3.59 0.05

14 Bombax ceiba L. Semal Malvaceae

10.00 10.00 0.62 3.59 0.05

5

15

Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex

Colebr. Salai Burseraceae

10.00 10.00 0.92 3.85 0.06


Euphorbiace

ae 10.00 10.00 1.15 4.05 0.06

17 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. Achar

Anacardiacea

e 20.00 20.00 1.80 7.66 0.09

18 Butea monosperma (Lam.)

Taub.

Palash/Pa

rsa Leguminosae

20.00 20.00 1.65 7.53 0.09

19 Careya arborea Roxb. kumhi

Lecythidacea

e 10.00 10.00 0.92 3.85 0.06

20 Casearia graveolens Dalzell Gilchi Samydaceae

10.00 10.00 0.35 3.35 0.05

21 Cassia fistula L. Amaltas Leguminosae

30.00 30.00 0.67 9.71 0.11

22 Catunaregam spinosa

(Thunb.) Tirveng. kharhar Rubiaceae

10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

23 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. bhirra Rutaceae

10.00 20.00 1.54 5.82 0.08

24 Cleistanthus collinus,

Benth.

Karra/Gar

adi

Euphorbiace

ae 10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

25

Cochlospermum religiosum

(L.) Alston galgal Bixaceae

10.00 10.00 0.35 3.35 0.05

26 Dalbergia lanceolaria

subsp. paniculata (Roxb.)

Thoth.

dhoban Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 2.50 5.23 0.07

27 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Shisham Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 1.61 4.46 0.06

28 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb. Dhoban Leguminosae

20.00 20.00 0.79 6.78 0.09

29

Dalbergia sissoo, Roxb. Sissoo Leguminosae

20.00 20.00 1.68 7.56 0.09

30 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. kalla Dilleniaceae

10.00 10.00 1.03 3.95 0.06

6

31

Diospyros melanoxylon

Roxb. Tendu Ebenaceae

40.00 70.00 0.45 16.85 0.16


(Rottb.) Pers. Jamrasi Celastraceae

10.00 10.00 3.16 5.81 0.08

33 Ficus benghalensis L. bad Moraceae

10.00 10.00 10.53 12.28 0.13

34 Ficus glomerata, Roxb. Dumar Moraceae

10.00 10.00 4.97 7.40 0.09

35 Ficus infectoria, Roxb. Pakari Urticaceae 10.00 10.00 1.15 4.05 0.06

36 Ficus religiosa, Linn Rai, Ali Moraceae

10.00 10.00 21.68 22.06 0.19

37

Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.)

Merr. Kakai Bixaceae

10.00 10.00 1.68 4.52 0.06

38 Gardenia latifolia, Ait. Pakhna Rubiaceae

20.00 20.00 1.34 7.26 0.09

39 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Kekad Burseraceae

10.00 10.00 1.61 4.46 0.06

40 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Dhaman Tilliaceae

30.00 40.00 0.84 11.29 0.12

41

Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.)

Ridsdale Haldu Rubiaceae

10.00 10.00 2.50 5.23 0.07

42

Hardwickia binata, Roxb. Anjan Leguminosae 10.00 10.00 9.99 11.80 0.13

43 Kydia calycina Roxb. baranga Malvaceae

10.00 20.00 0.58 4.98 0.07


Roxb.

Senjha/Le

ndia Lythraceae

30.00 40.00 2.26 12.53 0.13

45

Lannea coromandelica

(Houtt.) Merr. Jhingan

Anacardiacea

e 10.00 10.00 1.76 4.58 0.06

46 Madhuca indica J.F.Gmel. Mahua Sapotaceae

30.00 40.00 2.59 12.82 0.13

47

Mallotus philippensis

(Lam.) Müll.Arg. roli

Euphorbiace

ae 10.00 10.00 0.50 3.48 0.05

7

48 Mitragyna parvifolia

(Roxb.) Korth. Kalam Rubiaceae

10.00 10.00 0.62 3.59 0.05

49

Ougeinia oojeinensis

(Roxb.) Hochr. Tinsa Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 0.54 3.51 0.05

50

Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Aracaceae 10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

51 Phyllanthus emblica L. Aonla

Euphorbiace

ae 10.00 10.00 2.68 5.39 0.07

52 Pongamia pinnata (L.)

Pierre Karanj Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

53

Pterocarpus marsupium

Roxb. bija Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 0.82 3.76 0.05

54 Randia dumetorum (Retz.)

Lam. Mainphal Rubiaceae

10.00 10.00 0.54 3.51 0.05

55

Randia uliginosa (Retz.)

Poir.

Kala

phetra Rubiaceae

10.00 10.00 0.62 3.59 0.05

56 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.)

Merr. Kusum Sapindaceae

10.00 20.00 1.44 5.73 0.08

57

Schrebera swietenioides

Roxb. mokha Oleaceae

10.00 10.00 1.03 3.95 0.06

58 Semecarpus anacardium

L.f. Bhilwa

Anacanrdiace

ae 10.00 10.00 3.26 5.90 0.08

59 Shorea robusta Gaertn. sal

Dipterocarpa

ceae 30.00 30.00 12.37 19.98 0.18

60 Soymida febrifuga.A. Juss. Rohan Meliaceae

10.00 10.00 5.75 8.09 0.10

61

Sterculia urens Kullu Sterculiaceae

10.00 10.00 2.50 5.23 0.07

62 Stereospermum

personatum (Hassk.)

Chatterjee

Bhains

Padar Bignoniaceae

10.00 10.00 0.82 3.76 0.05

63

Stereospermum

suaveolens, D.C.

Garudphal Bignoniaceae

10.00 10.00 1.03 3.95 0.06

8

64 Strychnos nux-vomica,

Linn.

Mastih Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

65 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Jamun Myrtaceae

10.00 10.00 1.40 4.27 0.06

66 Tamarindus indica L. Imli Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 1.83 4.65 0.06

67 Tectona grandis L.f. Sagaun Verbenaceae

10.00 10.00 1.03 3.95 0.06

68 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex

DC.) Wight & Arn. Koha

Combretacea

e 10.00 10.00 2.50 5.23 0.07

69

Terminalia bellirica

(Gaertn.) Roxb. Bahera

Combretacea

e 10.00 10.00 1.76 4.58 0.06

70 Terminalia chebula Retz. Harra

Combretacea

e 10.00 10.00 1.03 3.95 0.06

71

Terminalia tomentosa

Wight & Arn. Saj

Combretacea

e 10.00 10.00 1.40 4.27 0.06

72 Wrightia tomentosa, R&S Kali Dudhi Apocynaceae

10.00 10.00 0.82 3.76 0.05

73

Xylia xylocarpa, Roxb. Suria,

Karhi

Leguminosae

10.00 10.00 0.54 3.51 0.05

74 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Ber Rhamnaceae

10.00 10.00 0.62 3.59 0.05

75

Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.)

Willd. Ghont Rhamnaceae

10.00 10.00 1.03 3.95 0.06

620 700 113.9 300 3.69

Annexure-X: Summary sheet of ecological study of middle canopy in buffer zone – I

(5 km radius) from proposed area

S.No.


Family F% Density/Ha

Abandance

IVI DI

1 Acacia pinnata Link Chhoti-chil

Leguminosae

23.33 93.33 1.00 20.34 0.18

2 Achyranthes aspera L. Chirchit Amarantha 10.00 40.00 1.00 10.94 0.12

9

a ceae


Satawari

Liliaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 8.59 0.10


jangli bhindi

Malvaceae 13.33 53.33 1.00 13.29 0.14

5 Carissa opaca, Stapf. Karonda

Apocynanceae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.24 0.08

6 Embelia robusta Roxb. Baibidang

Myrsinaceae

13.33 66.67 1.25 15.31 0.15


van tulsi Acanthaceae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.24 0.08


van rahar

Leguminosae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.24 0.08

9 Gerwia hirsuta, Vahl. Gudsakari

Tiliaceae 16.67 66.67 1.00 15.64 0.15

10 Helicteres isora L. Marodphali

Sterculiaceae

6.67 26.67 1.00 8.59 0.10


Koreya Apocynaceae

6.67 26.67 1.00 8.59 0.10

12 Leea macrophylla, Roxb. Hathpan

Vitaceae 16.67 66.67 1.00 15.64 0.15

13 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. seharua Oleaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 8.59 0.10

14 Petalidium barlerioides, Nees.

Indrajata

Acanthaceae

26.67 200.00 1.88 33.46 0.24

15 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chhindi Palmae 10.00 66.67 1.67 15.63 0.15


bhatkataiya

Solanaceae

6.67 26.67 1.00 8.59 0.10

17 Swertia angustifolia, Ham. Chirayata

Acanthaceae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.24 0.08

18 Tribulus terrestris L. gokharu Zygophyllaceae

23.33 120.00 1.29 23.56 0.20

19 Shorea robusta Sarai Dipterocarpaceae

30.00 200.00 1.67 33.95 0.25

20 Smilax zeylanica, Linn Ramdaton

Liliaceae 13.33 53.33 1.00 13.29 0.14


Garudphal

Bignoniaceae

6.67 26.67 1.00 8.59 0.10

22 Wrightia romentosa, R&S Kali Dudhi

Apocynaceae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.24 0.08

23 Xylia xylocarpa, Roxb. Suria, Karhi

Leguminosae

3.33 13.33 1.00 6.24 0.08

256.67 1266.67 25.744 300.00 2.98

10

Annexure-XI: Summary sheet of ecological study of ground cover in buffer zone – i (5

km radius) from proposed area.

S.N

o.

Botanical Name Local

Name

Family F% Densit

y/Ha

Abanda

nce

IVI DI A/F

1 Ampelocissus latifolia

(Roxb.) Planch.

Dokarbel

a

Vitaceae 3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

2 Bauhinia vahlii Wight &

Arn.

mahulbe

l

Legumin

osae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

3 Celastrus paniculatus

Willd.

Penbeej

a

Celastrac

eae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

4 Combretum decandrum Pivar bel Combret

aceae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

5 Dioscorea hispida Dennst. baichan

di

Dioscore

aceae

10.00 1333.33 1.33 6.52 0.08 0.13

6 Dioscorea pentaphylla,

Linn.

Musalka

nd

Dioscore

aceae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

7 Ichnocarpus frutescens,

Br.

Dhimarb

el

Apocyna

ceae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

8 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Kewanch Legumin

osae

10.00 1333.33 1.33 6.52 0.08 0.13

9 Smilax zeylanica L. Ramdato

n

Liliaceae 3.33 1333.33 4.00 8.88 0.10 1.20

10 Symphorema polyandrum

Wight

Chitki Lamiace

ae

10.00 2000.00 2.00 8.42 0.10 0.20

11 Tinospora cordifolia

(Willd.) Miers

Giloy Menispe

rmaceae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

12 Vallaris solanacea (Roth)

Kuntze

dudhibel Apocyna

ceae

10.00 1000.00 1.00 5.57 0.07 0.10

13 Ventilago calyculata Tul. Keontibe

la

Rhamna

ceaae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

14 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.)

Mill.

Makor Rhmnac

eae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

15 Ziziphus rugosa Lamk. Kanta

kuli

Rhamna

ceae

3.33 333.33 1.00 2.90 0.04 0.30

16 Vanda roxburghii Banda Lorantha

ceae

6.67 666.67 1.00 4.24 0.06 0.15

17 Apluda mutica L. phulhara Poaceae 30.00 7000.00 2.33 20.78 0.18 0.08

18 Arundo donax L. barru Poaceae 10.00 2666.67 2.67 10.31 0.12 0.27

19 Cynodon dactylon, Pers. Doob Poaceae 33.33 7333.33 2.20 21.90 0.19 0.07

20 Dichanthium caricosum Marbel Poaceae 6.67 1666.67 2.50 7.87 0.10 0.38

21 Eleusina contortus Gaertn. Mudai Poaceae 10.00 3333.33 3.33 12.21 0.13 0.33

22 Eragrostis tenella (L.)

P.Beauv. ex Roem. &

Schult.

Bhurbusi Poaceae 13.33 9666.67 7.25 27.35 0.22 0.54

23 Eulaliopsis binata (Retz.) bagai Poaceae 20.00 5333.33 2.67 16.45 0.16 0.13

11

C.E.Hubb.

24 Heteropogon contortus

(L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. &

Schult.

Kushal Poaceae 16.67 5000.00 3.00 15.63 0.15 0.18

25 Imperata cylindrica (L.)

Raeusch.

Chhir Poaceae 23.33 6666.67 2.86 19.36 0.18 0.12

26 Panicum miliare, Limk. Kosra Poaceae 20.00 5000.00 2.50 15.76 0.15 0.13

27 Paspalum scrobiculatum,

Linn.

Kodo Poaceae 13.33 4333.33 3.25 14.27 0.14 0.24

28 Vetiveria zizanoides, Nash. Khas Poaceae 3.33 1333.33 4.00 8.88 0.10 1.20

29 Elephantopus scaber Ban

Tambak

hu

Asterace

ae

13.33 1666.67 1.25 7.72 0.09 0.09

30 Parthenium hysterophorus Gajar

Ghas

Asterace

ae

46.67 3666.67 0.79 18.64 0.17 0.02

31 Loranthus longiflorus

Desr.

Banda Lorantha

ceae

13.33 666.67 0.50 5.27 0.07 0.04

32 Viscum articulatum Viscum Lorantha

ceae

10.00 2000.00 2.00 8.42 0.10 0.20

366.67 78333.33 63.760 300.00 3.22 8.93

Annexure-XII: Summary sheet of ecological study of top canopy in buffer zone – ii (10

km radius) from proposed area

S.No.


Family F% Abandance

Density/Ha

Basal Area m2/Ha

IVI DI

1 Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd.

Khair Leguminosae

20.00 0.20 20.00 1.18 3.86 0.06


Bel Rutaceae 10.00 0.10 10.00 0.54 1.87 0.03

3 Alangium salviifolium (L.f.) Wangerin

akol Cornaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 2.87 5.91 0.08

4 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth.

Kala siris

Leguminosae

10.00 0.10 10.00 1.61 3.17 0.05


Dhawa Combretaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 3.68 5.70 0.08

6 Azadirachta indica A.Juss.

Neem Meliaceae 20.00 0.20 100.00 0.28 6.29 0.08

7 Bauhinia malaberica, Roxb.

Amta Leguminosae

20.00 0.20 20.00 0.87 3.48 0.05

8 Bauhinia purpurea L. Keolar Leguminosae

10.00 0.10 10.00 0.42 1.72 0.03

9 Bombax ceiba L. Semal Malvaceae

20.00 0.20 470.00 0.00 22.24 0.19


Salai Burseraceae

40.00 0.40 50.00 0.74 6.18 0.08

12


Kasai Euphorbiaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 0.48 3.00 0.05


Achar Anacardiaceae

30.00 0.30 40.00 1.06 5.36 0.07

13 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub.

Palash/Parsa

Leguminosae

30.00 0.30 80.00 0.55 6.51 0.08

14 Careya arborea Roxb. kumhi Lecythidaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 0.54 1.87 0.03

15 Casearia graveolens Dalzell

Gilchi Samydaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 0.42 1.72 0.03

16 Cassia fistula L. Amaltas Leguminosae

40.00 0.40 60.00 0.78 6.67 0.08


kharhar Rubiaceae

40.00 0.40 40.00 1.03 6.10 0.08

18 Chloroxylon swietenia DC.

bhirra Rutaceae 30.00 0.30 30.00 1.71 5.71 0.08


Karra/Garadi

Euphorbiaceae

30.00 0.30 40.00 1.93 6.42 0.08

20 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb.

Shisham Leguminosae

10.00 0.10 10.00 0.46 1.77 0.03

21 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb.

Dhoban Leguminosae

10.00 0.10 10.00 4.36 6.52 0.08

22 Dalbergia sissoo, Roxb.

Sissoo Leguminosae

20.00 0.20 20.00 1.27 3.97 0.06

23 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb.

Tendu Ebenaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 1.68 4.47 0.06

24 Elaeodendron glaucum (Rottb.) Pers.

Jamrasi Celastraceae

20.00 0.20 70.00 0.88 5.70 0.08

25 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr.

Kakai Bixaceae 20.00 0.20 20.00 0.65 3.21 0.05

26 Gardenia latifolia, Ait. Pakhna Rubiaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 3.36 5.31 0.07

27 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Dhaman Tilliaceae 20.00 0.20 20.00 0.74 3.32 0.05

28 Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.) Ridsdale

Haldu Rubiaceae

50.00 0.50 110.00 0.68 9.52 0.11

29 Kydia calycina Roxb. baranga Malvaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 0.89 3.51 0.05

30 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb.

Senjha/Lendia

Lythraceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 1.27 3.97 0.06

31 Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Merr.

Jhingan Anacardiaceae

20.00 0.20 90.00 2.66 8.74 0.10

32 Madhuca indica J.F.Gmel.

Mahua Sapotaceae

30.00 0.30 60.00 1.09 6.28 0.08

33 Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Müll.Arg.

roli Euphorbiaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 0.56 3.10 0.05


Kalam Rubiaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 1.34 4.05 0.06


Tinsa Leguminosae

30.00 0.30 30.00 0.55 4.30 0.06

36 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Aracaceae

20.00 0.20 20.00 0.98 3.61 0.05

13

37 Phyllanthus emblica L.

Aonla Euphorbiaceae

30.00 0.30 40.00 1.21 5.55 0.07


bija Leguminosae

10.00 0.10 10.00 0.42 1.72 0.03


Mainphal

Rubiaceae

20.00 0.20 30.00 2.18 5.52 0.07

40 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Merr.

Kusum Sapindaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 2.32 4.04 0.06

41 Semecarpus anacardium L.f.

Bhilwa Anacanrdiaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 2.68 4.47 0.06

42 Shorea robusta Gaertn.

sal Dipterocarpaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 3.06 4.94 0.07

43 Soymida febrifuga.A. Juss.

Rohan Meliaceae 10.00 0.10 10.00 0.67 2.03 0.03

44 Sterculia urens Kullu Sterculiaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 0.98 2.40 0.04

45 Stereospermum personatum (Hassk.) Chatterjee

Bhains Padar

Bignoniaceae

30.00 0.30 30.00 1.83 5.86 0.08


Garudphal

Bignoniaceae

30.00 0.30 30.00 1.47 5.42 0.07


Mastih Leguminosae

50.00 0.50 90.00 0.52 8.44 0.10


Jamun Myrtaceae 10.00 0.10 20.00 5.48 8.33 0.10

49 Tamarindus indica L. Imli Leguminosae

30.00 0.30 110.00 4.13 12.18 0.13

50 Tectona grandis L.f. Sagaun Verbenaceae

80.00 0.80 10.00 0.54 7.25 0.09

51 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex DC.) Wight & Arn.

Koha Combretaceae

30.00 0.30 10.00 0.98 3.94 0.06


Bahera Combretaceae

20.00 0.20 30.00 1.27 4.41 0.06

53 Terminalia chebula Retz.

Harra Combretaceae

30.00 0.30 40.00 1.29 5.64 0.07


Saj Combretaceae

30.00 0.30 70.00 0.90 6.48 0.08

55 Wrightia tomentosa, R&S

Kali Dudhi

Apocynaceae

40.00 0.40 50.00 1.16 6.70 0.08

56 Xylia xylocarpa, Roxb. Suria, Karhi

Leguminosae

10.00 0.10 10.00 1.61 3.17 0.05

57 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam.

Ber Rhamnaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 1.40 2.92 0.05

58 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.) Willd.

Ghont Rhamnaceae

10.00 0.10 10.00 1.83 3.44 0.05

1300.00 13.00 2270.00 82.071 300.00 3.92

14

Annexure-XIII: Summary sheet of ecological study of middle canopy in buffer zone –

II (10 km radius) from proposed area

S.No.

Botanical Name Local Name Family F% Density/Ha

Abandance

IVI DI

1 Achyranthes aspera L.

Chirchita Amaranthaceae

10.00 40.00 1.00 5.78 0.08


Khatua Euphorbiaceae 13.33 53.33 1.00 7.07 0.09


Satawari Liliaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06


jangli bhindi Malvaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06


Rasna Seitamineae 13.33 53.33 1.00 7.07 0.09

6 Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand.

aak Asclepiadaceae

3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05

7 Carissa opaca, Stapf.

Karonda Apocynanceae 23.33 173.33 1.86 15.10 0.15

8 Clerodendron serratum, Sprenge.

Duma Verbinaceae 16.67 66.67 1.00 8.35 0.10


van tulsi Acanthaceae 23.33 1200.00 12.86 68.82 0.34


van rahar Leguminosae 16.67 186.67 2.80 15.62 0.15

11 Gerwia hirsuta, Vahl.

Gudsakari Tiliaceae 26.67 160.00 1.50 14.85 0.15

12 Helicteres isora L. Marodphali Sterculiaceae 13.33 66.67 1.25 7.97 0.10


Koreya Apocynaceae 16.67 186.67 2.80 15.62 0.15

14 Lagerstroemia parviflora, Roxb.

Senjha/Lendia

Lythraceae 16.67 93.33 1.40 9.97 0.11

15 Leea macrophylla, Roxb.

Hathpan Vitaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05

16 Mitragyna parviflora,(Roxb.) Korth

Kalam/Mundi

Rubiaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06

17 Phoenix acaulis Roxb.

Chhindi Palmae 16.67 66.67 1.00 8.35 0.10

18 Phyllanthus emblica, Linn.

Naal Euphorbiaceae 10.00 53.33 1.33 6.85 0.09

19 Pterocarpus marsupium, Roxb.

Beeja Leguminosae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06

20 Randia dumetorum, Lamk.

Mainphal Rubiaceae 16.67 93.33 1.40 9.97 0.11

21 Randia uliginosa, D.C.

Kala phetra Rubiaceae 20.00 106.67 1.33 11.12 0.12

22 Shorea robusta Sarai Dipterocarpaceae

23.33 120.00 1.29 12.31 0.13

15

23 Smilax zeylanica, Linn

Ramdaton Liliaceae 10.00 40.00 1.00 5.78 0.08


bhatkataiya Solanaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05

25 Spondias mangifera, Willd.

Amodi Leguminosae 13.33 53.33 1.00 7.07 0.09

26 Sterculia urens Kullu Sterculiaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06

27 Stereospermum chelonoides

Padri Bignoniaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05


Mastih Leguminosae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06


Chirayata Acanthaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05

30 Tribulus terrestris L. gokharu Zygophyllaceae

16.67 66.67 1.00 8.35 0.10

31 Vitex peduncullaris, Wall

Chiraigodi Verbenaceae 6.67 26.67 1.00 4.50 0.06

32 Wrightia romentosa, R&S

Kali Dudhi Apocynaceae 3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05

33 Xylia xylocarpa, Roxb.

Suria, Karhi Leguminosae 3.33 13.33 1.00 3.21 0.05

386.67 3160.00 51.817 300.00 3.10

Annexure-XIV: Summary sheet of ecological study of ground cover in buffer zone – ii

(10 km radius) from proposed area

S.No.


Family F% D/Ha A IVI DI A/F


Dokarbela Vitaceae 6.67 1333.33 2.00 5.40 0.07 0.30

2 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) W.T.Aiton

dheemarbela

Apocynaceae 20.00 4000.00 2.00 9.53 0.11 0.10

3 Abrus precatorius L. Gunj Leguminosae 13.33 1666.67 1.25 5.62 0.07 0.09

4 Dioscorea hispida Dennst.

baichandi Dioscoreaceae 26.67 5666.67 2.13 12.00 0.13 0.08


Giloy Menispermaceae

60.00 10000.00 1.67 20.17 0.18 0.03


dudhibel Apocynaceae 3.33 333.33 1.00 2.50 0.04 0.30

7 Ventilago calyculata Tul. Keontibela Rhamnaceaae 3.33 333.33 1.00 2.50 0.04 0.30

8 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.) Mill.

Makor Rhmnaceae 6.67 666.67 1.00 3.34 0.05 0.15

9 Apluda mutica L. phulhara Poaceae 30.00 3333.33 1.11 9.56 0.11 0.04

10 Arundo donax L. barru Poaceae 16.67 2666.67 1.60 7.43 0.09 0.10

11 Cynodon dactylon, Pers. Doob Poaceae 56.67 18666.67 3.29 27.39 0.22 0.06

12 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Nees

Bans Poaceae 13.33 1333.33 1.00 5.01 0.07 0.08


Mudai Poaceae 26.67 7000.00 2.63 13.62 0.14 0.10


Bhurbusi Poaceae 46.67 53666.67 11.50 59.91 0.32 0.25

15 Heteropogon contortus (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem.

Kushal Poaceae 40.00 25333.33 6.33 33.22 0.24 0.16

16

& Schult.

16 Imperata cylindrica (L.) Raeusch.

Chhir Poaceae 6.67 666.67 1.00 3.34 0.05 0.15


Kans Poaceae 6.67 666.67 1.00 3.34 0.05 0.15


Hepa Poaceae 6.67 666.67 1.00 3.34 0.05 0.15


Khas Poaceae 40.00 13666.67 3.42 21.44 0.19 0.09


Garundi Amaranthaceae 30.00 6666.67 2.22 13.39 0.14 0.07

21 Argemone mexicana L. Pila Dhotra Papaveraceae 6.67 666.67 1.00 3.34 0.05 0.15


ameda Lamiaceae 6.67 1000.00 1.50 4.37 0.06 0.23


Asteraceae 13.33 2000.00 1.50 6.23 0.08 0.11


Gajar Ghas

Asteraceae 6.67 2333.33 3.50 8.49 0.10 0.53

25 Tridax procumbens (L.) L.

Ghamra Asteraceae 16.67 1666.67 1.00 5.84 0.08 0.06

26 Loranthus longiflorus Desr.

Banda Loranthaceae 3.33 333.33 1.00 2.50 0.04 0.30

27 Viscum articulatum Viscum Loranthaceae 10.00 2333.33 2.33 7.18 0.09 0.23

523.33 168666.67 59.98 300.00 2.87 4.34

DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS

Sr.No

Name No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F

P_06

P_SC

P_ST

P_LIT

P_ILL

TOT_WORK_P

MAINWORK_P

MARGWORK_P

NON_WORK_P

1 Aalnar 62 270 132 138 47 0 270 129 141 132 107 25 138

2 Kirandul 334 1355 655 700 201 135 365 854 501 433 424 9 922

3 Kodenar 460 1843 924 919 248 535 546 1239 604 946 665 281 897

4 Madadi 241 1034 502 532 160 1 1029 377 657 622 445 177 412

5 Hiroli 178 802 381 421 170 0 802 279 523 444 407 37 358

6 Pirnar 71 336 162 174 48 0 336 112 224 168 152 16 168

7 Samalwar 274 1024 494 530 201 1 1022 206 818 619 418 201 405

8 Gumiyapal 244 1134 539 595 256 1 1128 344 790 426 234 192 708

9 Kutrem 124 579 275 304 130 1 558 179 400 303 210 93 276

10 Taneli 76 372 186 186 65 0 372 213 159 223 148 75 149

11 Pedka 47 208 96 112 48 1 197 139 69 115 53 62 93

12 Acheli 64 267 127 140 43 0 264 40 227 160 121 39 107

13 Aranpur 137 748 463 285 108 10 595 318 430 486 425 61 262

14 Bengpal 70 278 133 145 70 0 278 105 173 160 76 84 118

15 Bodepali 54 223 105 118 19 0 223 90 133 150 69 81 73

16 Cholnar 219 919 446 473 152 1 907 529 390 464 263 201 455

17 Purangel 56 253 124 129 48 0 253 96 157 135 81 54 118

2711 11645 5744 5901 2014 686 9145 5249 6396 5986 4298 1688 5659

18 Tarlaguda 42 203 110 93 33 0 203 3 200 99 97 2 104

19 Bainpalli 64 255 133 122 79 0 255 6 249 140 62 78 115

20 Porokonda Sawali

27 116 61 55 4 0 116 20 96 75 63 12 41

21 Kondasawali 283 1266 636 630 59 0 1265 229 1037 788 731 57 478

22 Porokakadi 12 60 31 29 7 0 60 4 56 30 29 1 30

23 Kanhaiguda 34 159 87 72 53 0 159 4 155 83 32 51 76

462 2059 1058 1001 235 0 2058 266 1793 1215 1014 201 844

Note: HH: Household, TOT_P: Total Population, TOT_M: Total Male, P_06: Population 0-6, M_06: Male 0-6, F_06: Female 0-6, P_SC:

Population SC, PST: Population ST, MAIN_WORK_P: TOT_WORK_P: Total Workers Population, Main workers Population,

MARGWORK_P: Marginal Workers, NON_ Work_ P: Non Workers

INFRASTRUCTURES FACILITIES

Sr No

Village Name

Education

Medical

Water Communication

Transportation

Road Rcreation

Electricity

1 Aalnar GPS NIL UCW,HP,S,T/P/L

NIL NIL GKR NIL ED

2 Kodenar GPS,GMS,GSS

PHC,PHSC

HP,S,T/P/L T PBS,TX,T BTPR,GKR

NIL EA

3 Madadi GPS,GMS

NIL HP,S NIL NIL BTPR,GKR

DNP ED

4 Hiroli GPS,GMS

NIL HP T NIL GKR DNP ED,EC

5 Pirnar GPS,GMS

NIL HP,R/C,T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL ED

6 Samalwar GPS,GMS

NIL HP,R/C T NIL GKR ED

7 Gumiyapal GPS,GMS

NIL UCW,HP PO NIL GKR NIL ED

8 Kutrem GPS NIL UCW,HP,S,R/C

NIL NIL GKR NIL ED

9 Taneli GPS NIL UCW,HP,S,R/C

NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

10 Pedka GPS NIL UCW,HP,R/C,T/P/L

NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

11 Acheli GPS NIL HP NIL NIL GKR NIL ED

12 Aranpur GPS,GMS,PMS

NIL HP,S,T/P/L PO NIL GKR NIL ED

13 Bengpal GPS NIL UCW,HP,T/P/L

NIL NIL FP NIL NIL

14 Bodepali GPS NIL UCW,HP,T/P/L

NIL NIL FP NIL NIL

15 Cholnar GPS,GMS

NIL HP,TW/BH,S T NIL BTPR,GKR

NIL ED,EAG

16 Purangel GPS NIL UCW,HP,R/C NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

17 Tarlaguda GPS NIL HP,R/C,T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

18 Bainpalli GPS NIL HP,R/C,T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

19 Porokonda Sawali NIL T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

20 Kondasawali GPS NIL HP,T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

21 Porokakadi NIL NIL HP,R/C,T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

22 Kanhaiguda NIL NIL HP,R/C,T/P/L NIL NIL GKR NIL NIL

LANDUSE PATTERN

Sr.No

Village Name

Total Geographical Area

Forest Area

Area under Non-Agricultural Uses

Barren & Un-cultivable Land Area

Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Land Area

Land Under Miscellaneous Tree Crops etc. Area

Culturable Waste Land Area

Fallows Land other than Current Fallows Area

Current Fallows Area

Net Area Sown

1 Aalnar 1044.36 565.16 22.93 15.61 5 0 177.54 10.2 36.28 211.64

2 Kodenar 152.55 7.59 54.26 0.3 0.3 0 7.68 20.75 17.87 43.8

3 Madadi 941.78 215.82 17.24 1.81 1.3 3.44 24.95 40.69 229.65 406.88

4 Hiroli 827.04 582.17 18.95 38.8 6.75 0.13 10.5 15.7 16.62 137.42

5 Pirnar 384.18 176.51 18.05 5.7 0 0 5.4 5.3 19.35 153.87

6 Samalwar 1724.12 416.78 15.97 341.2 20 0.44 110.2 160.5 123.67 535.36

7 Gumiyapal 1941.26 741.81 62.53 32.1 26.72 0 575.47 50.55 102.7 349.38

8 Kutrem 977.43 289.75 23.69 235.26 13 0 46.39 35.86 1.79 331.69

9 Taneli 631.49 195.69 6.36 6.41 5 0 52.53 22.9 26.98 315.62

10 Pedka 331.58 0.31 6.69 53.54 0 0 20.64 25 5.9 219.5

11 Acheli 651.22 240.14 5.48 95.29 2.54 0 17.21 55.9 17.11 217.55

12 Aranpur 1337.22 33.53 38.09 35.9 0.93 0 12.82 153.46 195.23 867.26

13 Bengpal 604.09 540.16 1.73 13.85 3.59 0 1.9 1.1 10.77 30.99

14 Bodepali 560.42 428.59 12.81 0 7.15 0 2.4 2.57 25.9 81

15 Cholnar 591.63 45.61 8.6 32.38 1.5 8.73 4.6 22.46 109.77 357.98

16 Purangel 341.48 109.02 5.87 76.57 5.11 0 15.5 25.35 42.14 61.92

Total 13041.85 4588.64 319.25 984.72 98.89 12.74 1085.73 648.29 981.73 4321.86

17 Tarlaguda 927.88 281.22 86.5 147.73 281.22 0 30.21 0 0 101

18 Bainpalli 866.39 581.7 24.64 0.62 10 0 58.71 10 28.36 152.36

19 Porokonda Sawali

95.53 81.41 0.31 5.19 5 0 2.93 0 0.69 0

20 Kondasawali 1023.24 124.14 73.2 138.45 200 0 134.52 10 7 335.93

21 Porokakadi 325.54 26.27 8.41 133.94 40.5 0 51 2 2.62 60.8

22 Kanhaiguda 356.48 216.61 2.02 6.5 7 0 7.35 6.2 3.6 107.2

Total 3595.06 1311.35 195.08 432.43 543.72 0 284.72 28.2 42.27 757.29

CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited is a company registered under the company act 1956, headed by Shri Rajiv

Agrawal is one of the renowned personality and industrialist of Chhattisgarh region. The group took over the

company with an intention to setup an integrated steel plant in Chhattisgarh. ASPL applied for new mine to

Government and Government has allotted an Iron ore mine with an area 31.55 ha in the Bailadila region. Bailadila

region is having good potential of iron ore deposit. The present M.L. applied area having outcrops of iron ore and has

been proved with physical and chemical characteristics, therefore, M/s. Aarti Sponge & Power Limited have embarked

on acquiring mining rights on the above region. We shall therefore endeavor to:

Prevent and control environmental pollution due to mining and associated activities by adopting safe,

scientific and environmental friendly methods of mining and mineral processing for applicable legal

requirements like forest, environmental and other statutory clearances.

Maintain the machineries in excellent condition to ensure minimum impact of their operation on

environment.

Conserve the natural resources by ensuring minimum wastage of our product” Iron Ore and Diamond”, optimum consumption of electricity, fuel oil, lubricant oil and water.

Monitor and ensure compliance of all applicable environmental & forest clearance conditions. It shall report

to Board of Directors and concerned stakeholders.

Promote environmental awareness amongst employees, local communities and interested parties through

proactive communication and training.

Continual Environmental performance improvement through framing objectives.

Management will review the suitability and effectiveness of environmental objectives and targets through its

periodic management review process.

The policy shall be communicated to employees at all levels, local communities and stakeholders for its compliance.

Place: Raipur Managing Director

Date:

1

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : Iron Ore Mining, Alnar (31.55 Hectares)

Name of the proponent : Aarti Sponge & Power Limited, Raipur

(i) Mailing Address : Aarti House, Ashok Ratna, Vidhan Sabha Road, Sankar Nagar, Post & District Raipur, 492007 (C.G.)

E-mail : [email protected]

Telephone : 0771-4222701/702/703

Fax No : 0771-4222701

(b) Objective of the project : Mining of Iron Ore

(c) Location of mine (s)

Village(s) Tehsil District State

Alnar Kuwankonda (Bade Bacheli)

Dantewada Chhattisagarh

(d) Does the proposal relate to:

(i) New mine Yes No

(ii) Expansion Yes No Increase in ML area Yes No

Increase in annual

production Yes No

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes No

Note 1 : All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma.

Note 2 : Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No

Note 3 : No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly mentioned.

Note 4 : Core zone is the mining lease area. Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around

the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5 : Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study. Note 6 : Please indicate source of data.

√

√

√

√

√

2

(iv) Modernisation Yes No

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location

Latitude

Longitude

Survey of India Topo sheet number

Elevation above Mean Sea Level

Total mining lease area (in ha.)

(ii) Dominant nature of terrain Flat Yes No

Undulated Yes No

Hilly Yes No

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

(a) Agricultural

(b) Forest

(c) Waste land (d) Grazing

(e) Surface water bodies

(f) Others (Specify) Mining area

Total

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10 years.

(a) Severity (Richter Scale) Zone- II of Earthquakes.

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to

Life Yes No

Property Yes No

Existing mine Yes No

No

18o 32’ 58.0033” N to 18o 33’ 09.6788” N

√

√

√

√

31.55 Ha

No

No

No

0

31.55 Ha

81o 13’ 55.0305” E to 81o 14’ 36.1751” E

E44J2 (65 F/2)

660 m MSL

31.55 Ha

√

√

√

3

4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan:

Purpose Mining Lease Area Total Area acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Government Private Government Private

Forest Others

Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others

1 Area to be excavated

5.943 0 0 0 5.943 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Storage for top soil 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 Overburden / Dumps

1.294 0 0 0 1.294 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 Mineral storage 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 Infrastructure (Workshop, Administrative

Building, Roads)

1.117 0 0 0 1.117 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 Railways 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7 Green Belt 0.225 0 0 0 0.225 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Tailings pond 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 Effluent treatment plant

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10 Coal handling plant mineral separation

plant

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 Township area 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 Other (Specify)

Undisturbed Area

22.971 0 0 0 22.971 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TOTAL 31.55 0 0 0 31.55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Source: Approve mining plan.

4

5. Township (outside mining lease)

(a) Total area (in ha)

(b) No. of dwelling units (c) Distance from mine site

6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance

from

River Bank * Other Water bodies *

Sea / creek / lake / nallah etc.

(specify)

Mining lease boundary …… …….

Outsite Mine lease boundary Malenger 1.53 …… …….

Palldu 2.98 …… …….

Korum nalla

4.89 …… …….

Koyar 6.94 …… …….

Vemal gurun

8.54 …… …….

[* From highest flood line / high tide line]

Source: EIA/EMP report. 7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare

nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [ *Director, Space Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram:

Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata: Naval Hydrographers‟s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the

approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the project

area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S. No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from (in km.)

Core Zone Buffer Zone

NIL

NIL

---

√

5

S. No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from (in km.)


1. National Park / Sanctuary None --- ---

2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve / Elephant

Reserve / any other Reserve

None --- ---

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified) Reserved Forest 31.55 Ha

4. Habitat for migratory birds None --- ---

5. Corridor for animals of schedule I & II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

None --- ---

6. Archaeological sites

* Notified None --- ---

* Others

7. Defense Installation None --- ---

8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants None --- ---

9. Other Mines Mines owned by NMDC

NMDC KIRANDUL

--- 9.0 KM

10. Airport None ---

11. Railway Lines Kirandul --- 8.49

12. Sate Highway SH-5 --- 6.43

Source: EIA/EMP report.

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.* [* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific institute /

University / Chief Wildlife Warden office. Information to be based on field survey.]

A. Flora Annexure 1

Agricultural crop Wheat, Rice, Mays and Ramtil

Commercial crop NA

Plantation Teak

Natural Vegetation/ Forest type Teak & mixed vegetation

Grasslands Eragrostis and Apluda

Endangered Species NA

Endemic species NA

Other (Specify) NA

B. Fauna Annexure 2

6

Total listing fauna 90

Endangered Species 2

Endemic species NA

Migratory species None

Rout of Migratory species None

Other (Specify) NA

Details of Aquatic fauna (if any) Fishes like rohu & Katla

Source: EIA/EMP report. 10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in million tonnes)

(a) Proved (b) Indicated

(c) Inferred

(d) Mineable reserves

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes No (b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of

(i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No

[

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No

2.371

0

1.731

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Mine Plan

7

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

(c) Lease period (Years)

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y)

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines

(i) Date of opening of mine

(ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5th year

from year……… to year ………

in million tonnes.

(iii) Projected production for the next 6th to 10th year 5 years from year ……… to year

………..in million tonnes.

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes No opening of the mine?

If yes, details thereof including last production

figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD

Opencast Manual

Underground Semi-mechanised

Both Mechanised

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

(a) Existing

(a) Additional

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine (i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)

1,50,000

√

11.5

NA

Applied for lease

NA

NA

√

NA

0.75

√

√

NIL

NIL

NA

NA

8

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of existing mine (in m bgl)

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(vi) Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in overburden / waste.

Height & width of the bench in ore body /

coal seam.

Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal /

ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while operating the mine as well as at the time of closure of the mine.

Whether transverse sections across the Yes No

opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at the end of the life of the mine

have been submitted? (vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.

(b) Underground mine

(i) Seam / Ore body Min.Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip Direction of dip

in degree

0

0

0

5m 15 m 5 m

None

5 m

5 m 5 m

6m × 6m

5m & 6m × 6m

450 at the inner side of walls and at closure time it will reach 650

Controlled blasting with low speed slurry explosives.

√

638 m MSL

9

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine

Shaft

Adit

Incline

(iii) Details of machinery

On surface -

At Face -

For transportation -

Others

(iv) Method of stoping (metalliferrous mines) NA

Open

Filled

Shrinkage

Caving

Combination of above

Others (Specify)

(v) Extraction method [

Caving

Stowing

Partial extraction

(vi) Subsidence NA

Predicted max. subsidence (in m)

Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m)

Max. slope change (in mm/m)

Whether identified possible subsidence

area(s) superimposed on Surface Yes No

Plan has been submitted? V

Major impacts on surface features

√

√

√ √

10

like natural drainage pattern, houses, buildings, water bodies, roads, forest,

etc.

Salient features of subsidence management (monitoring and control). Not Applicable

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification / diversion Yes No

in the existing natural drainage pattern at any

stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be

diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any other water body falling within core zone and

its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction (a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of

(i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes No

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes No

(b) If so, provide details thereof. Mining plan

(b) Impact of embankment on HFL and settlement Not Applicable around.

(d) Impact of weir on downstream users of water. Not Applcable

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

Type of Vehicles No. of Vehicles/day

(a) Existing Two wheeler 40

Three Wheeler 5

Car/Jeeps 5

Trucks/Buses 0

Non motorable vehicle

50

√

√

√

√

11

Type of Vehicles No. of Vehicles/day

(b) After the proposed activity Two wheeler 50

Three Wheeler 10

Car/Jeeps 10

Trucks/Buses 24

Non motorable

vehicle

50

(c) Whether the existing road network is adequate?

If no, provide details of alternative

proposal?

Yes

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on

surface:

(a) Manual Yes No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks. Yes No ]

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify).

20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road

(b) Rail

(c) Conveyors

(d) Rope way

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

(g) Others (Specify)

Total

150000

150000

100

100

375 Km

√

None

21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data

(a) Micro-meteorological data

[Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly data. For coastal

area also furnish day-time and night time data.

Annexure 3

Day time X

Night time X

24 – hours period √

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm) Cloud Cover** (Octas of

sky)

Mean Max.

% of calm

Mean

(Dry Bulb)

Highest

Lowest

Mean Highest

Lowest

Total 24-hours Highe

st

No. of rainy days

Predominant

Pre monss

on

2.5 4.5 11.34 27.4 43.5 11.3 53.9 86.4 21.4 5.9 1 mm 7 1/8

* 24-hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day.

* Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. rainfall is 2.5 mm.

** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD

meteorological station from which climatological data have been obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any.

Jagdalpur, It is located at

a distance of 156.0 km from site.

(b) Ambient air quality data* (RPM, SPM, SO2, and NOx)

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except as in 21 (a) (i)] [*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly

for SPM & RPM. For gaseous pollutants 24- hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out. Premonsoon (1 March 2016 to 31 May 2016)

(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station- 8

Station code


PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx (μg/m3

) CO (mg/m

3)

O3 (μg/m3

) NH3 (μg/m3

) (μg/m3

) (μg/m3) (μg/m3

)


Station code


PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx (μg/m3

) CO (mg/m

3)

O3 (μg/m3

) NH3 (μg/m3

) (μg/m3

) (μg/m3) (μg/m3

)

Maximum 44 22 8 12 0.272 16.8 23


Maximum 42 21 6 8 0.243 15.6 21

AAQ 3 Gumiyapal Minimum 37 16 5 5 0.248 10.7 10

Maximum 43 19 7 9 0.286 18.9 32

AAQ 4 Bengpal Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12

Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29

AAQ 5 Bodepali Minimum 42 18 5 11 0.242 11.6 12

Maximum 62 28 9 26 0.328 19.4 28

AAQ 6 Madakmaras Minimum 34 13 5 7 0.165 6.7 5

Maximum 44 19 7 13 0.22 13.8 13

AAQ 7 Taneli Minimum 40 18 5 12 0.248 10.1 12

Maximum 56 32 8 28 0.355 18.2 29


Maximum 68 38 9 28 0.358 18.2 32

AAQ 9 Perpa Minimum 49 21 5 11 0.242 10.8 12

Maximum 64 34 8 26 0.362 19.2 29

AAQ 10 Kirandul Minimum 51 21 5 12 0.217 11.4 12

Maximum 66 32 7 24 0.341 19.2 28


60 (24 hrs)

80 (24 hrs)

80 (24 hrs)

2 (8 hrs)

180 (1 hrs)

400 (24 hrs)

Source: EIA/EMP REPORT. 22. Stack and emission details , if any* NA

S. No.

Process / unit of

operatio

n (e.g. DG Set, Boiler)

Height of stack

(m)

Internal top dia.

(m)

Flue gas exit

velocity

(m/sec)

Emission rate (kg/hr) Heat emission rate from

top of stack

(K.cal/hr

)

Exhaust / Flue gas

SPM SO2 NOx CO Temp OC

Density

Specifi

c Hea

t

Volumetric flow

rate (m3/hr.)

1 Not Available

Not Available

Not Available

Not Availabl

e

Not Available Not Available

Not Availab

le

Not Availa

ble

Not Ava

ilable

Not Availabl

e

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations*

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid

size, terrain features, and input meteorological data

ISCST3 (Line, open pit, Volume and

point source), Polar grid at 100 m interval and 10o increment, Site

specific data

(b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise (SPM)

5.4 µg/m3

(Drilling+Loading+Transportation activities)

4.4 µg/m3 (Blasting activity)

(In μg/m3)

S. No. Pollutants Incremental Value

1. SPM 73.5 g/m3

[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.] [**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA

and above] 25. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation Not Applicable Not Applicable

2. Land reclamation Not Applicable Not Applicable

3. Dust suppression 5 5.0

4. Drinking 2 2

5. Green Belt 3 2

6. Beneficiation Not Applicable Not Applicable

7. Washeries Not Applicable Not Applicable

8. Fire Service Not Applicable Not Applicable

9. Others (specify) Not Applicable Not Applicable

B. Township

1. Green Belt Not Applicable Not Applicable

2. Domestic Not Applicable Not Applicable

3. Other (specify) Not Applicable Not Applicable

Total 10 10

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) Not Applicable

2 Ground water Not Applicable

3 Mine water (sump / pit) Not Applicable

4 Other surface water bodies (specify)

Tanker

10

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in

case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]

27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs)

28. Ground water potential of the study area

28.1. Ground water availability 5-10 m bgl (i.e. 595-590 m msl)

28.2 Water demand - Competing users of the water source

S. No. Usage Present Consumption (m3/day)

Additional proposed

as per local plan

(m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic 0 0 2

2 Irrigation 0 0 0

3 Industry 0 0 0

4 Mining 0 0 5.0

5 Others (specify) 0 0 3

Green belt

Total 0 0 10.0

0

Source Approved mining plan

29. Water quality*

(a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point **

Annexure 7

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection Level) should be written instead of „NIL‟.

30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine

dewatering *

(a) Radius of influence (in m)

[To be estimated based on analysis of pumping test data and application of empirical formula]

No

NIL

√

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? Yes No (applicable to coastal areas)

(c) Impact on stream / lake / springs

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon

baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures

such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For estimation** of

ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial /

unconsolidated formations)] [**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation

Committee recommendations of 1997]

31. Waste Water Management

Mine

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

Not Applicable

(i) Mine water discharge during

Lean period 0

Monsoon period 20 m3/day

(ii) Workshop 0

(iii) Domestic (mine site) 1.0

(iv) Beneficiation / Washeries Not Applicable

(v) Coal Handling Plant Not Applicable

(vi) Tailings pond Not Applicable

(vii) Others (Specify) Not Applicable

Total 21 m3/day

(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow sheet for treatment process attached.

Not Applicable

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused / to be recycled in Not Applicable

(i) Percentage Not Applicable

(ii) m3 /day Not Applicable

(d) Point of final discharge

Final Point Quantity discharged

(in m3/day)

1. Surface

(i) Agricultural land Not Applicable

(ii) Waste land Not Applicable

(iii) Forest land Not Applicable

(iv) Green belt 1.0

2. River / nallah 20 m3/day

3. Lake Not Applicable

4. Sea Not Applicable

5. Others (specify) Not Applicable

Total 20 m3/day

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No

(iv) Industry Yes No

(v) Others (specify)

(f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged (cumecs)

(i) Average flow rate

(ii) Lean season flow rate

(iii) Aquatic life

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters Yes No upstream and 100 meters downstream of discharge point submitted.

Township

(a) Waste water generation from

township (m3/day)

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage Yes No

treatment plant?

No waste water

×

NIL

×

√

√

√

√

√

√

At the site septic tank & soak pit will be provided.

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

33. Ambient noise level leq dB(A)

SL. NO. LOCATION Zone Date of Sampling

RESULT dB (A)

DAY NIGHT

NL-1 Project site Core 17.04.2016 45 34

NL-2 Alnar Buffer 14.04.2016 45 35

NL-3 Gumiyapal Buffer 15.04.2016 51 44

NL-4 Bengpali Buffer 14.04.2016 55 45

NL-5 Bodepali Buffer 16.04.2016 53 45

NL-6 Madakmaras Buffer 15.04.2016 49 44

NL-7 Taneli Buffer 16.04.2016 53 46

NL-8 Kanhalguda Buffer 15.04.2016 50 42

NL-9 Perpa Buffer 18.04.2016 54 45

NL-10 Kirandul Buffer 19.04.2016 52 44 CPCB STANDARDS

Residential area 55 45

Industrial area 75 70



Dust Suppression

5 KLD

Green Belt 3.0 KLD

Drinking & Sanitation

2.0 KLD

Settling Tank

If min

e w

ate

r no

t availa

ble

34. Solid Waste

(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality

Name (Lump/fines/slurry/

Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity

(m3/month)

Method of disposal

Mining activity*

a. Top Soil Laterite+litters 0.065 For plantation

b. Over burden Laterite and other BHQ

1.000 Backfiling

c. Others (specify) Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable

Effluent Treatment Plant

(sludge)

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable

[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.]

(b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/

radioactive materials or heavy metals?

No

(ii) If yes, whether details and precautionary measures provided?

Not Applicable

(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities. Not Applicable

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste. Not Applicable

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for backfilling? Not Applicable

(ii) If yes, when do you propose to start backfilling? Not Applicable

(in million m3)

Solid waste (s) Already accumulated

(A)

To be generated

(B)

% of A & B to be backfilled

A B

Over burden Not Applicable 0.0315 MTPA 100 % Not Applicable

Others (specify) Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable

Land reclamation Plan

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(i) Associated environmental problems Not Applicable

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps 2-3 & square dumps size (5m x 6m x 6m)

No. of external dumps Not Applicable

Max. projected height of dumps (in m) 5 m

No. of terraces and height of each stage 3 & 1.5m height

Overall slope of the dump (degree) 45 degree

Proposed reclamation measures Backfiling and plantation

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation to the adjacent ground profile attached.

No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements* [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW) NA

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present

2 Proposed / additional

Total

(b) Source of power (in MW) NA

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant

DG Sets

1 Present

2 Proposed

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority]

(c) Details of fuels NA

S.No. Fuel Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific value (Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1

2

3

HSD LSHS

Other (specify)

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials Explosion work will be given at contract to IBM Approved agency.

37. Human Settlement


Population* Nil 13704

No. of villages Nil 23

Number of households village-wise Nil 3173

[* As per 2011 census record or actual survey]

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be

displaced, other-wise a summary plan]

(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages

Number Name

Core zone Nil Not Applicable

500 m from the blasting site (s) Nil

Buffer zone 23 Annexure 4

Township site

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone NA S. No. Village name

Population* Average Annual Income Tribal Others

NIL

[*As per 2011 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees

Name of village(s) falling within Number of oustees

Land (only) Homestead

(only)

Land and Homestead

(both)

Mining Lease

1. NIL 2.

NIL NIL NIL

Township Site 1. NIL 2.

NIL NIL NIL

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalized? If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled & facilities existing / to be created.

Nil

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package. Nil

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement. Not Applicable

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project

Affected People (PAP).

Not Applicable

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over. Not Applicable

39. Lease -wise plantation details

(a) Lease area (in ha.) Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up Not Applicable 0.225 ha

(ii) To be broken up Not Applicable Not Applicable

(iii) Area not to be broken-up Not Applicable Not Applicable

(b) Township area (in ha.) Not Applicable Nil

(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral

(i) Existing 0

(ii) Proposed 0.225 ha

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing Not Available

When plantation was started?

1000

(ii) Proposed

No. of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha.)

200/Year 2500

40. Environmental health and safety

(a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated?

Not Available

(b) What provisions have been made/ proposed to

be made to conform to health and safety requirements?

Annexure 7

(c) In case of an existing mine

(i) Comprehensive report on health status of the workers as under the Mines Act

annexed.

Yes

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

Free silica 0.012 µg/m3

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent) Not Applicable

Lead** 0.010 µg/m3

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.

Not Applicable

[* Only for Chromite mines], [**Only for Base Metal mines]

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures

S. No.

Environmental issues*

Already practiced, if applicable

Proposed

1 Air pollution

Water sprinkler for haul

road transportation

Water sprinkler and water

spraying at the crusher point

2 Water pollution Sedimentation tank for run off

Sedimentation tank for run off

3. Water conservation

NIL Water reservoir of the quarry for water resource conservation.

4. Noise pollution Ear muff and vehicle

maintenance

Ear-muff and vechile

maintenance.

5. Solid waste / Tailings

NIL Backfilling & Plantation

6. Land degradation NIL Backfilling and Green Belt Development

7. Erosion & Sediment Not applicable Garland drain

8. Top soil Backfilling Backfilling & Plantation

9. Ground vibration Controlled blasting Controlled blasting

10. Wildlife conservation Green Belt Development Green Belt Development

11. Forest protection

No raw material will be used that is derived from

the forest

No forest materials will be used

12. Others (specify) Rain water Harvesting

[* As applicable]

42. Compliance with environmental safe guards (For existing units) NA

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of environmental clearance

issued by MoEF, if any, enclosed.

No

(b) Status of the compliance of „ Consent to Operate‟ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed.

No

(c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. No

43. Scoping of EIA

Whether environmental impact assessment of the project has been carried out by following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed.

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine closure plan. Yes

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for implementing the same (in Rs.

lakhs)

4.9

45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh) (Based on latest estimate) 46. Cost of environmental protection measures (in Rs. 50.25 Lakh)

Sr. No.

Environment Activities Capital Cost (Lakh Rs.)

Annual recurring Expenses (Lakh

Rs.)

1. Air Pollution Control (dust suppression in mine and alongwith haul roads

8.0 5.00

2. Water pollution control measures 8.0 2.00 3. Plantation & Maintenance 1.25 0.25

4. Rainwater Harvesting (office Building & nearby villages)

1.00 0.20

5. Environment Monitoring 12.00 1.20

6. Occupational Health & Safety 8.00 2.50 8. Social Welfare Measures 12.0 8.5

Total 50.25 19.65

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby

villages other than R&R plans.

S.No Particulars Budget (Rs. in Lakh/Year)

1 Education 2.25

2 Community Health 2.50

3 Livelihood & Employability 2.25

4 Infrastructure Development 1.00

5 Plantation 0.25

6 Support provided to Local Panchyats 0.25

Total (Rs.) 8.50

48. Public Hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement 27.08.2016

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared Desh Bandhu, The Amrut Sandesh and Hindustan Times

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY) 30.09.2016

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present Additional District

Collector, Dantewada & Regional Officer,

Jagdalpur

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting and number of people from the lease area.

150 30

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form. Annexure 5

600 lakhs

49. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been obtained?

(i) Site clearance from MoEF Yes No

(ii) „Consent for Establishment‟ from the State Pollution Control Board Yes No

(iii) NOC from Atomic Mineral Division Yes No

(iv) Mining plan approval from IBM / Ministry of Coal Yes No

(v) In case of existing mines, mining scheme approval from IBM Yes No

(vi) Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Yes No

(vii) NOC from Chief Controller of Explosives Yes No

(viii) Commitment regarding availability / pumping of water from the concerned Yes No

Authorities

(ix) In case of ML area falling in notified areas of the Central Ground Water Authority, Yes No

NOC from them.

[* Annex copies of approvals and number them]

50. Was / is there any court case relating

to the project or related activities? Yes No

Verification: The data and information given in this proforma are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: 10.10.2016 ( Signature of the applicant* with name & address)

(Rajiv Mudada)

Place: Raipur [* Owner or his authorized

signatory] Given under the seal of organisation on behalf of whom the applicant is signing

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Annexure 1: Floristic Status Observed/Reported In Study Area Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

1 Ampelocissus latifolia

(Roxb.) Planch. Dokarbela Vitaceae C * * * NA

2 Ichnocarpus frutescens

(L.) W.T.Aiton Dheemarbela Apocynaceae C * * NA

3 Abrus precatorius L. Gunj Leguminosae C * * NA

4 Acacia caesia, W.& A. Badi-chil Leguminosae C * * NA

5 Acacia catechu (L.f.)

Willd. Khair Leguminosae T * * NA

6 Acacia leucophloea

(Roxb.) Willd. Rinjha Leguminosae T * * NA

7 Acacia pinnata Link Chhoti-chil Leguminosae S * * NA

8 Achyranthes aspera L. Chirchita Amaranthaceae S * * * NA


Bel Rutaceae T * * * NA

10 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Maharukh Simarubiaceae T * NA

11 Alangium salviifolium

(L.f.) Wangerin akol Cornaceae T * * NA

12 Albizia lebbeck (L.)

Benth. Kala siris Leguminosae T * * NA

13 Albizia procera (Roxb.)

Benth. Safed siris Leguminosae T * * NA

14 Alternanthera sessilis (L.)

R.Br. ex DC. Garundi Amaranthaceae H * * * NA

15 Andrographis paniculata

(Burm.f.) Nees chirenta Acanthaceae S * * NA

16 Anogeissus acuminata

Wall Pani dhawada Combretaceae T * * NA

17 Anogeissus latifolia

(Roxb. ex DC.) Wall. ex Guillem. & Perr.

Dhawa Combretaceae T * * * NA

18 Anthocephalus kadamba,A. Rich

Kadam Rubiaceae T * NA

19 Antidesma diandrum

(Roxb.) Spreng. Khatua Euphorbiaceae S * * NA

20 Apluda mutica L. phulhara Poaceae G * * * NA

21 Argemone mexicana L. Pila Dhotra Papaveraceae H * NA

22 Arundo donax L. barru Poaceae G * * NA

23 Asparagus racemosus

Willd. Satawari Liliaceae S * * * NA

24 Azadirachta indica

A.Juss. Neem Meliaceae T * * NA


jangli bhindi Malvaceae S * * NA

26 Bauhinia malaberica,

Roxb. Amta Leguminosae T * * NA

27 Bauhinia purpurea L. Keolar Leguminosae T * * NA

28 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Asta Leguminosae T * * NA

29 Bauhinia vahlii Wight &

Arn. mahulbel Leguminosae C * * NA

30 Bauhinia variegata L. Kachnar Leguminosae T * * NA


Rasna Seitamineae s * * NA

32 Bombax ceiba L. Semal Malvaceae T * * NA

33 Borassus flabalifer, Linn. Tad Aracaceae T * NA

Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II


Salai Burseraceae T * * * NA


Kasai Euphorbiaceae T * * * NA

36 Buchanania lanzan

Spreng. Achar Anacardiaceae T * * * NA

37 Butea monosperma

(Lam.) Taub. Palash/Parsa Leguminosae T * * NA

38 Butea parviflora Nasbel Leguminosae C * * NA

39 butea superba nash bel Leguminosae C * * NA

40 Calotropis procera (Aiton)

Dryand. aak Asclepiadaceae S * NA

41 Careya arborea Roxb. kumhi Lecythidaceae T * * * NA

42 Carissa opaca, Stapf. Karonda Apocynanceae S * * NA

43 Caryota urens, L. Salphi Aracaceae T * NA

44 Casearia graveolens

Dalzell Gilchi Samydaceae T * * NA

45 Cassia fistula L. Amaltas Leguminosae T * * * NA

46 Cassia tora Chirota, Travar,

Leguminosae H * * NA

47 Catunaregam spinosa

(Thunb.) Tirveng. kharhar Rubiaceae T * * * NA

48 Celastrus paniculatus

Willd. Penbeeja Celastraceae C * * * NA

49 Chloroxylon swietenia

DC. bhirra Rutaceae T * * NA

50 Chrysopogon zizanioides

(L.) Roberty urai Poaceae G * * * NA


Karra/Garadi Euphorbiaceae T * * NA

52 Clerodendron serratum,

Sprenge.

Duma Verbinaceae S * * NA

53 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) Alston

galgal Bixaceae T * * NA


ameda Lamiaceae H * * NA

55 Combretum decandrum Pivar bel Combretaceae C * * NA

56 Curculigo orchioides

Gaertn. kali musli Hypoxidaceae H * * * NA

57 Curcuma longa, Linn. Haldi Zingiberaecae H * * NA

58 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarbel Convelvulaceae P * NA

59 Cymbopogon martini (Roxb.) W.Watson

rusha Poaceae G * * NA

60 Cynodon dactylon, Pers.

Doob Poaceae G * * * NA

61 Dalbergia lanceolaria subsp. paniculata (Roxb.)

Thoth.

dhoban Leguminosae T * * * NA

62 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Shisham Leguminosae T * * NA

63 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb.

Dhoban Leguminosae T * * NA

64 Dalbergia sissoo, Roxb. Sissoo Leguminosae T * * NA

65 Dendrocalamus strictus

(Roxb.) Nees Bans Poaceae G * * NA

Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

66 Desmodiun laxiflorum, D.C.

Latkani Leguminosae S * * * NA

67 Dichanthium caricosum Marbel Poaceae G * * NA

68 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. kalla Dilleniaceae T * * * NA

69 Dioscorea hispida

Dennst. baichandi Dioscoreaceae C * * NA

70 Dioscorea pentaphylla, Linn.

Musalkand Dioscoreaceae C * * NA

71 Diospyros melanoxylon

Roxb. Tendu Ebenaceae T * * * NA


(Rottb.) Pers. Jamrasi Celastraceae T * * * NA


Asteraceae H * * * NA


Mudai Poaceae G * * NA

75 Embelia robusta Roxb. Baibidang Myrsinaceae S * * NA


Bhurbusi Poaceae G * * * NA

77 Eranthemum purpurascens Wight ex

Nees

van tulsi Acanthaceae S * * NA

78 Eulaliopsis binata (Retz.)

C.E.Hubb. bagai Poaceae G * * * NA

79 Ficus benghalensis L. bad Moraceae T * * NA

80 Ficus glomerata, Roxb. Dumar Moraceae T * * NA

81 Ficus infectoria, Roxb. Pakari Urticaceae T * * NA

82 Ficus religiosa, Linn Rai, Ali Moraceae T * * NA

83 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.)

Merr. Kakai Bixaceae T * * NA

84 Flemingia macrophylla

(Willd.) Merr. van rahar Leguminosae S * * NA

85 Gardenia latifolia, Ait. Pakhna Rubiaceae T * * NA

86 Gardenia turgida, Roxb Safed phetra Rubaceae T * NA

87 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Kekad Burseraceae T * * NA

88 Gerwia hirsuta, Vahl. Gudsakari Tiliaceae S * * NA

89 Gmelina arborea Roxb. khamher Lamiaceae T * * NA

90 Grewia tiliifolia Vahl Dhaman Tilliaceae T * * NA

91 Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.)

Ridsdale Haldu Rubiaceae T * * * NA

92 Hardwickia binata, Roxb. Anjan Leguminosae T * * NA

93 Helicteres isora L. Marodphali Sterculiaceae S * * * NA

94 Heteropogon contortus

(L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.

Kushal Poaceae G * * * NA

95 Holarrhena antidysenterica (Roth)

Wall. ex A.DC.

Koreya Apocynaceae S * * * NA

96 Ichnocarpus frutescens,

Br. Dhimarbel Apocynaceae C * * NA

97 Imperata cylindrica (L.)

Raeusch. Chhir Poaceae G * * NA

98 Indigofera arborea, Roxb. Neel Leguminosae S * * NA

Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

99 Indigofera pulchella, Roxb.

Ghirol Leguminosae S * * NA

100 Kydia calycina Roxb. baranga Malvaceae T * * * NA


Roxb. Senjha/Lendia Lythraceae T * * * NA

102 Lannea coromandelica

(Houtt.) Merr. Jhingan Anacardiaceae T * * * NA

103 Leea macrophylla, Roxb. Hathpan Vitaceae S * * NA

104 Loranthus longiflorus

Desr. Banda Loranthaceae P * * * NA

105 Madhuca indica

J.F.Gmel. Mahua Sapotaceae T * * * NA

106 Mallotus philippensis

(Lam.) Müll.Arg. roli Euphorbiaceae T * * NA

107 Mangifera indica L. Aam Anacardiaceae T * * NA


Kalam Rubiaceae T * * * NA

109 Morinda tinctoria, Roxb. Aal Rubiaceae T * * NA

110 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Kewanch Leguminosae C * * * NA

111 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. seharua Oleaceae S * * NA


Tinsa Leguminosae T * * * NA

113 Panicum miliare, Limk. Kosra Poaceae G * * * NA


Gajar Ghas Asteraceae H * * * NA

115 Paspalum scrobiculatum, Linn.

Kodo Poaceae G * * NA

116 Petalidium barlerioides,

Nees. Indrajata Acanthaceae S * * NA

117 Phoenix acaulis Roxb. Chhindi Palmae S * * * NA

118 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Aracaceae T * * NA

119 Phyllanthus emblica L. Aonla Euphorbiaceae T * * NA

120 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre

Karanj Leguminosae T * * NA


bija Leguminosae T * * LC


Mainphal Rubiaceae T * * * NA

123 Randia uliginosa (Retz.) Poir.

Kala phetra Rubiaceae T * * * NA

124 Ricinus communis L. arandi Euphorbiaceae S * * NA


Kans Poaceae G * * NA

126 Schleichera oleosa

(Lour.) Merr. Kusum Sapindaceae T * * * NA

127 Schrebera swietenioides Roxb.

mokha Oleaceae T * * NA

128 Semecarpus anacardium

L.f. Bhilwa Anacanrdiaceae T * * NA

129 Seraria verticilata Chilla Poaceae G * * NA

130 Shorea robusta Gaertn. sal Dipterocarpaceae T * * LC

131 Smilax zeylanica L. Ramdaton Liliaceae C * * * NA

132 Solanum xanthocarpum

Schrad. & H. Wendl. bhatkataiya Solanaceae S * * * NA

133 Soymida febrifuga.A. Rohan Meliaceae T * * NA

Sl.


CORE

BF-I BF-II

Juss.

134 Sterculia urens Kullu Sterculiaceae T * * NA

135 Stereospermum personatum (Hassk.)

Chatterjee

Bhains Padar Bignoniaceae T * * NA


Garudphal Bignoniaceae T * * NA


Mastih Leguminosae T * * NA


Chirayata Acanthaceae S * * NA

139 Symphorema polyandrum Wight

Chitki Lamiaceae C * * NA


Jamun Myrtaceae T * * * NA

141 Tamarindus indica L. Imli Leguminosae T * * NA

142 Tectona grandis L.f. Sagaun Verbenaceae T * * * NA

143 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb.

ex DC.) Wight & Arn. Koha Combretaceae T * * * NA

144 Terminalia bellirica

(Gaertn.) Roxb. Bahera Combretaceae T * * * NA

145 Terminalia chebula Retz. Harra Combretaceae T * * NA


Saj Combretaceae T * * * NA


Hepa Poaceae G * NA


Giloy Menispermaceae C * * * NA

149 Tribulus terrestris L. gokharu Zygophyllaceae S * * NA

150 Tridax procumbens (L.) L. Ghamra Asteraceae H * * * NA

151 Vallaris solanacea (Roth)

Kuntze dudhibel Apocynaceae C * * * NA

152 Vanda roxburghii Banda Loranthaceae Ep. * * * NA

153 Ventilago calyculata Tul. Keontibela Rhamnaceaae C * * * NA


Khas Poaceae G * * NA

155 Viscum articulatum Viscum Loranthaceae P * * * NA

156 Vitex negundo L. Nirgundi Verbenaceae T * * NA

157 Wrightia tomentosa, R&S Kali Dudhi Apocynaceae T * * * NA

158 Xanthium strumarium Gokharu Asteraceae H * * * NA

159 Xylia xylocarpa, Roxb. Suria, Karhi Leguminosae T * * NA

160 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Ber Rhamnaceae T * * NA

161 Ziziphus oenopolia (L.)

Mill. Makor Rhmnaceae C * * NA

162 Ziziphus rugosa Lamk. Kanta kuli Rhamnaceae C * * NA

163 Ziziphus xylopyrus (Retz.)

Willd. Ghont Rhamnaceae T * * NA

59 153 163

Source: Forest Working Plan (Dantewada Forest Division) & Primary survey conducted by

Anacon Team

Annexure 2: DETAILS OF FAUNA OBSERVED/REPORTED IN CORE ZONE


Schedule as per WPA Core Buffer-I

Buffer-II

Mammals

1 Axis axis Miriga, Harina Cervidae III LC * *

2 Bandicota bengalensis Musa Muridae V LC * * *

3 Canis lupus Bhedia Canidae II LC * * *

4 Felis chaus Bana Biradi Felidae II LC * *

5 Funambulus palmarum Gunduchi Musa Sciuridae IV LC * * *

6 Herpestes edwardsi Neula Bada Herpestidae II LC * *

7 Lepus nigricollis Thekua Leporidae IV LC * *

8 Macaca mulata Kalamuh ka bandar Cercopithecidae II LC * * *

9 Presbytis entellus Common langur Cercopithecidae IV NA * * *

10 Rattus rattus Musa Muridae V LC * *

11 Semnopithecus entellus Hanuman bandar Cercopithecidae II LC * *

12 Sus scrofa Barha Suidae III LC * *

13 Suncus murinus Chhachhunder Soricidae VI LC * * *

14 Canis aureus Lomdi Canidae VI LC * * *

15 Hyaena hyaena Lakadbaghha Hyaenidae III NT * *

16 Hystryx indica Sehi Hystricidae III LC * *

17 Muticus muntjak Kotri Cervidae IV LC * *

18 Vulpes bengalensis Lomdi Canidae II LC * *

Reptiles

19 Bungarus caeruleus Rona Elapidae IV NA *

20 Calotes versicolor Endua Agamidae IV NA * * *

21 Hemidactylus flaviviridis Jhitipiti Gekkonidae IV NA * *

22 Naja naja Gokhar Elapidae II DD * * *

23 Ptyas mucosa Dhaman Colubridae II NA * * *

24 Pythun molurus Ajgar Pythonidae I

VU A2acd

* *

25 Vipera russeli Viper Viperidae III NA * *

26 Natrix piscator Paniha Colubridae NA * *

27 Bungarus caeruleus Karait Elapidae NA * *

28 varanus bengalensis Goh Varanidae I NA * *

29. Xenochrophis piscator checkered keelback Colubridae IV NE * *

Avifauna

30 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnidae IV LC * * *

31 Alcedo atthis Chhota kilkila Alcedinidae IV LC *

32 Anastomus oscitans Asian open bill stork Ciconiidae IV LC *

33 Apus affinis Little Swift Apodidae IV LC *

34 Apus apus Common Swift Apodidae IV LC * *

35 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond-Heron Ardeidae IV LC * *

36 Athene brama Spotted Owlet Strigidae IV LC * * *

37 Bubo bubo Eurasian Eagle Owl Strigidae IV LC *

38 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV LC * *



Buffer-II

39 Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Cuculidae IV LC * * *

40 Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV LC *

41 Columba livia Rock Pigeon Columbidae IV LC * *

42 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Coraciidae IV LC * *

43 Corvus splendens House Crow Corvidae IV LC * * *

44 Coturnix coturnix Bater Phasianidae IV LC * * *

45 Dicrurus macrocercus Bhringraj Dicruridae IV LC * * *

46 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae IV LC * *

47 Egretta intermedia Ardeidae IV LC * *

48 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Cuculidae IV LC * * *

49 Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin Phasianidae IV LC *

50 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin Phasianidae IV LC *

51 Gallus gallus Red Junglefowl Phasianidae IV LC * *

52 Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird Nectariniidae IV LC *

53 Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden-Oriole Oriolidae IV LC *

54 Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird Sylviidae IV LC * *

55 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passeridae IV LC * * *

56 Perdicula asiatica lava Phasianidae IV LC *

57 Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV LC *

58 Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant

Phalacrocoracidae IV LC *

59 Ploceus philippinus Baya Ploceidae IV LC * *

60 Psittacula cyanocephala Plum-headed Parakeet Psittacidae IV LC * *

61 Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV LC * * *

62 Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV LC * * *

63 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin Muscicapidae IV LC * *

64 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove Columbidae IV LC * *

65 Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler Timaliidae IV LC * * *

66 Upupa epops Hudhud Upupidae IV LC * *

67 Tirsiphone paradisi Doodhraj Columbidae IV NA * *

68 Treron phoenicoptera Hariyal Columbidae IV NA *

69 gallus sonneratii Jangli murga Phasianidae IV NA * *

70 Gracula religiosa Kali Myna Sturnidae IV NA * *

71 micropternus brachyurus Woodpacker Picidae IV LC * *

72 Dinopium javanense Great black peeker Picidae IV LC * *

Butterfly

73 Badamia exclamationis Brown Awl Hesperiidae R LC * *

74 Catopsilia pomona Common Emigrant Pieridae R LC * *

75 Charaxes solon Black Rajah Nymphalidae R LC * *

76 Cynthia cardui Painted Lady Nymphalidae R LC * * *

77 Euploea core Common Crow Nymphalidae R LC * *

78 Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow Pieridae R LC * * *



Buffer-II

79 Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy Nymphalidae R LC *

80 Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly Papilionidae R LC * *

81 Papilio polytes Common Mormon Papilionidae R LC * *

Pisces

82 Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae c NA * *

83 Channa punctatus Bloch Channidae c NA *

84 Cirrhinus mrigala Mirgal Cyprinidae c LC * *

85 Clarias batrachus Magur Clariidae c LC * *

86 Cyprinus carpio Common Carp Cyprinidae c NA *

87 Tilapia mossambica Tilapia Cichlidae c LC * *

88 Labio rohita Rohu Cyprinidae c LC * *

89 Wallago sifu Mahasir c LC * *

90 Heteropneustes fossilis Singhi Heteropneustidae c LC *

27 65 90

Source: Forest Working Plan (Dantewada Forest Division) & Primary survey conducted by

Anacon Team

Annexure 3: Windrose Pattern (16 direction, Site specific) The Site Specific pre monsoon season wind pattern is given in Figure 3.4 of Chapter 3 in EIA/EMP report.

Annexure 4: List of Habitation village within the 10km radius (study area ). Sr.No Name

1 Aalnar

2 Kirandul

3 Kodenar

4 Madadi

5 Hiroli

6 Pirnar

7 Samalwar

8 Gumiyapal

9 Kutrem

10 Taneli

11 Pedka

12 Acheli

13 Aranpur

14 Bengpal

15 Bodepali

16 Cholnar

17 Purangel

18 Tarlaguda

19 Bainpalli

20 Porokonda Sawali

21 Kondasawali

22 Porokakadi

23 Kanhaiguda

Annexure 5 : DETAILS OF ACTION PLAN FOR THE ISSUES RAISED BY PUBLIC DURING PUBLIC HEARING

Sr. No Name and Address

Issues Raised during PH Response Action Plan

1 Shri Pramod Nayak Mining Office, Dantewada

What do you mean by the Soil Productivity is Medium and What are the mitigation measures for Soil Erosion and Reddish Water Discharge?

The Soil found in the Study Area is Sillty, Clayey and Lateritic soil. Which contains low percentage of Nitrogen and Phosphorus. So this kind of soil is suitable for Maze, Lean Seed, and Other Minor Millets etc., this kind of Soil is not suitable for Higher Value Agri products. The Mitigation measures of Soil Erosion and Reddish Water Discharge already discussed in detail in Chapter 4 on paragraph 4.1.6.2 of the EIA EMP Document of this project. As per the EIA EMP Document Retaining Wall will be constructing along the slopes to Reddish the soil Erosion. To Protect the Surrounding Water bodies, Reddish water will be store in De-silting Tank, and after proper filtration will be used for afforestation purpose

There is a provision for mine water treatment before discharging it.

2 Shri K. Shiva, Bacheli

We are the local resident of this area, if the company will appoint outsiders, then what we will do? As we have seen that some other companies are appointing peoples from Bhadrachalam and Andhra, if the project will come, what will happen to us.

In this project Total 171 worker will have to be appointed, out of that 26 worker will be Skilled and 145 worker will be Semi-Skilled and Unskilled. The company will give preference to local people only. The unskilled worker will be upgrade into Semi skilled and Skilled by various training programmes conducted.


3 Smt Ranji Bai, Awanra Bhata Dantewada

I am working as Office Cleaner From last 28 Years, still not permanent employee of forest department. So kindly take care of me, as I am very poor.

NA NA

4 Shri Rafiq Khan, Geedam

Where we will Job, in coming project? Kindly appoint the local peoples

In this project Total 171 worker will have to be appoint, out of that 26 worker will be Skilled and 145 worker will be Semi-Skilled and Unskilled. The company will give preference to local people only.


5 Shri Radhakrishna Banjare, Nayab Tehsildar Bade Bacheli

In our village area no one knows that the Industry is coming. Mostly the peoples of this area are educated 5

th to 8

th Classes only.

Whether the project will provide any training before the starting of project.

The unskilled worker will be upgrade into Semi skilled and Skilled by time to time various training programmes.


6 Shri Rakesh Kumar Sahu, Kirandul

The Hospital and School which are going to start, will provide facilities either only for the mine workers or the surrounding people and their families also?

According to CSR Fund, the Company will make arrangement for Health Camps, and Education Development training programmes, this will be helpful for all the peoples of the nearby areas.

Under CSR Heads Rs. 8.5 lakh /annum

7 Shri Dayanand Ghosh, Kirandul

I am residing at Geedam (Dantewada) as I heard the mining companies will provides so many jobs for the surrounding area. As per my opinion this project will have to come.

Appreciating the projects and hoping for start as soon

-

8 Shri Rajesh, Village Dugeli

In Bacheli area, I am not getting Jobs because of Mostly the outsiders are entertained by companies.

If you are fulfill the criteria of the skilled category job, which details are already given in EIA/EMP Chapter 2 under Table 2.8. you are welcome to submit your application for that job.

-

9 Shri Subrat Sana, Palnar

If the project will start the local people will get Job opportunities.

Appreciating the projects.

10 Shri Shrawan Kadhti, BJP Jila Mantri, Dantewada

This is a good opportunity for Local youngsters for getting job and their development. Most of the local unemployed youth will get job by this project.



11 Shri Amal Ghosh, Bhansi

I wish for the opening of this project soon, it will help to local youth to get employment through it.


12 Shri Santosh Singh, Dantewada

The Project of Aarti Sponge is Appreciated by me. We want do work in this plant, there fore such type of industries should come.


13 Shri Suresh Kumar Tomo, Bade Bacheli

I am employee of NMDC Bacheli, and I come to know that one small unit of Iron Ore is proposed in the Alnar Village which will provide the job for surrounding youth


14 Shri Rajuram Tamo, Bade Kameli

I wish such type of mine will open in our area. Most of the companies are giving fake promises before opening. The local people are wishing to take job, school facilities and hospital facilities in their area.


-

Suggestion coming from mail regarding Environmental Public Hearing organized on 30-09-2016 and the detailed explanation towards the written

objections is as under.

Annexure 6: Ground water physico-chemical properties.

Sr.

No.



1 pH - 6.5-8.5 (NR) 6.2 7.2 7.1 7.4 6.8 7.3 7.6 6.5

2 Colour Hazen 5 (25) 4 5 7 9 6 7 8 6

3 Taste - Agreeable Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag Ag

4 Odour - U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O. U.O.

5 Conductivity µS/cm NS 476.0 360.0 386.0 424.0 274.0 232.0 178.0 396.0

6 Turbidity NTU 5 (10) 4.0 8.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 4.0 3.0

7 Total dissolve Solids

(TDS)

mg/l 500(2000) 320.0 235.0 260.0 280.0 184.0 152.0 120.0 265.0

8 Total Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/l 300(600) 161.0 163.1 167.0 194.7 105.8 88.4 65.2 178.0

9 Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3

mg/l 200(600) 112.0 106 178.0 170.0 75.0 66.0 78.0 191.0

10 Calcium as Ca+2

mg/l 75(200) 50.8 35.1 31.2 42.4 26.3 22.7 17.3 38.2

11 Magnesium as

Mg+2

mg/l 30(100) 8.3 18.3 21.6 21.6 9.7 7.7 5.4 20.1

12 Residual Chlorine mg/l 0.2 Min <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

13 Boron as B mg/l 1.0 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.012 <0.01 <0.01

Sr.

No.



14 Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 250(1000) 32.6 31.5 8.2 26.4 26.3 22.7 8.5 6.6

15 Sulphates as SO22-

mg/l 200(400) 38.9 26.3 2.4 7.2 7.9 6.2 2.8 0.4

16 Fluorides as F- mg/l 1.0(1.5) 0.5 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.4

17 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 45(NR) 42.7 2.1 2.8 4.6 20.4 13.2 1.8 0.1

18 Sodium as Na

mg/l NS 32.2 8.2 14.3 7.8 14.3 12.7 13.1 10.6

19 Potassium as K mg/l NS 3.4 1.0 1.8 2.4 1.3 0.8 0.5 0.6

20 Phenolic

Compounds as

C6H5OH

mg/l 0.001(0.002) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

21 Cyanides as CN- mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

22 Anionic detergents

as MBAS

mg/l 0.2 (1.0) <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

23 Mineral Oil mg/l 0.01 (0.03) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25 Arsenic as As mg/l 0.01 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05 (1.5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27 Lead as Pb mg/l 0.05 (NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

28 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.1 (0.3) <0.01 <0.01 0.1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

29 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3(1.0) 0.11 0.20 0.14 0.22 0.27 0.16 0.11 0.18

30 Chromium as Cr+6

mg/l 0.05(NR) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

31 Selenium as Se mg/l 0.01(NR) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 5(15) 0.7 1.0 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.2 0.4 0.22

33 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.03(0.2) 0.11 0.1 0.06 0.08 0.2 0.46 0.51 0.16

34 Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001(NR) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

35 Pesticides mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

36 E-coil - Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

37 Total coliforms MPN/

100ml

10 <2 1.0 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

Annexure 7: Safety measures and control plan. 1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

1.1 Occupational Health

For any industry, where multiple activities are involved during construction, operation and maintenance; the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, industrialization generally brings several problems like occupational health and safety. Mining Industry is not an exception and above also holds good. Therefore, proper plan and steps are required to be taken to minimize the impact of mining and for ensuring appropriate occupational health during the constructional and operational phases. Occupational health as such needs attention during construction, operation and mine closure phases.

Construction

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage are mainly due to dust, noise and accident associated with various constructional activities. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduce it within Threshold Limit Values (TLV’s), necessary protective equipment will have to be supplied to workers.

Operational

The problem of occupational health during mining is primarily due to dust and noise which could affect the workers from respiratory and hearing problems. Pre-employment and periodic training on occupational health and safety will be imparted to all the employees of the mine. The necessary personal protective equipments like helmets, ear plugs, safety shoes, goggles, hand gloves, etc will be provided to all the workers. Necessary provision for first aid will be maintained at site office and with site supervisor. A vehicle will be kept ready at mine site for transportation of injured person to nearby hospital, in case of emergency. Full-fledged hospital facilities are available at its integrated Steel Plant unit and also in Dantewada town. All working personnel will be medically examined at least once in every year and at the end of his term of employment. This is in addition to the pre-employment medical examination. 1.2 Safety Plan

An effective organization of the mine including safety plan shall be put into place as per DGMS Guidelines/ Circulars, which shall include all safety precautions during the mining operations, posting of sufficient number of statutory officials and persons, disaster management, etc, for which sufficient funds shall be provided. Since mining is a hazardous industry, necessary measures shall be taken to prevent accident due to following anticipated hazardous/risk prone activities.

Slope failure;

Handling of explosives;

Fly-rocks during blasting;

Movement of HEMM;

Inundation due to surface water;

Dust hazards;

Hazards associated with use of electricity/ Diesel Generator Sets; and

Flooding of lower benches 1.2.1 Statutory Rules

Deployment of HEMM in any mine for excavation of mineral needs planning of various activities in confirmation with the prevailing statutory provisions as per Mines Act 1952, Metalliferous Mines Regulation 1957, various DGMS circulars & bye-laws. All applicable statutory rules, regulations, bye-laws etc. and statutory requirement related to Govt. licenses, workers compensation, insurance, etc., including minimum wage act for

workers employed by the outside agency shall be adhered to. Any other rule imposed by local/state/central authorities shall also be complied by user of HEMM equipment and then shall have to supply various protective equipment viz. helmets, shoes, safety gear for welding, working at height, electrical apparatus handling, etc. to the workmen at Management's cost. 1.2.2 Safety Aspects for HEMM/Equipment and Workers

Special precaution shall be taken in case of outsourcing the HEMM and workers in the mine. Some of the major safety aspects before outsourcing of workers & HEMM to the mine are enumerated as follows: For Workers

No worker shall be deployed unless he is skilled enough to take up the designated assignment and trained at VTC;

Records in Form- B and Form- D shall be maintained;

Records of vocational training certificate and driving license of operators shall be kept by HEMM outsourcing agency and shall be made readily available for inspection by management;

No persons shall be employed unless person holds VTC certificate and management is informed. A record of it shall be maintained;

Adequate supervision shall be maintained by qualified competent persons;

Outside agency shall follow safety guidelines and safety instruction from project authorities;

All drivers shall obey traffics rules prepared by the management; and

Before deploying workers, they must be trained and briefed about safety aspects in opencast mine. However, during course of execution of the work, if any accident occurs, whether major or minor, the matter shall have to be immediately informed to the mine management so that notices of accidents in a accordance of (Reg.9 of MMR 1957) and Section-23 of Mines Act, 1952 may be given and other necessary steps may be taken in accordance with the Mines Act, 1952.

(B) For Machineries as Recommended by DGMS Circular (Tech.) 1 of 1999

All machineries to be deployed in mines shall be checked before deployment by competent authority;

Regular checking of machines deployed shall be done. No unfit machine shall be deployed before the defect is rectified;

A proper record of repair and maintenance along with inspection done by management and defect pointed out shall be maintained and signed by authorized person;

The HEMM shall be provided with audio visual alarms, proper light for use at night and period when natural light is not sufficient. Also audio-visual alarms for reversing of HEMM shall be provided;

RTO certificate photo copies of all vehicles shall be submitted to manager;

Regular inspection of HEMM shall be done by the agency’s mechanic as directed by the management;

Machine manufacturers shall be asked to give risk analysis details in respect machines deployed by outside agencies;

Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided in every machine;

Transport system will be deployed in such a way so as to minimize pollution in the mine and keep the environmental status as recommended under the approved EMP

1.2.3 Stability of Benches, Quarry High Walls and Spoil Dumps

During quarry operations, it is necessary to adopt suitable parameters for the stability of benches, high-walls and spoil dumps. It is also mandatory to examine systematically the fencing of mine working, landslides and cracks between benches. It is required to maintain well graded and wide roads on benches keeping the width of working areas sufficient for spreading of blasted rock and movement of the mining and transport equipment. During mining operation, systematic observations and regular monitoring of the condition of benches, high-wall slopes and spoil dumps shall be carried out and the dimensions shall be modified if necessary, to suit the local conditions. 1.2.4 Precautions against Danger of Inundation from Surface Water

A careful assessment shall be made against the danger from surface water before the onset of rainy season. The necessary precautions shall be clearly laid down and implemented. A garland drain will be provided to drain away the surface rain water from coming into the mine. Garland drain shall be provided around working mines to course the rain water to main streams;

Inspections for any accumulation of rain water, obstruction in normal drainage; Standing order for withdrawal of working persons in case of apprehended danger; During heavy rain, inspection of vulnerable points is essential. In case of any danger,

persons are to be withdrawn to safer places; 1.2.5 Prevention of Flooding of Equipment Deployed at Bottom Horizons

During the heavy monsoon period, the mining operation in the lower-most benches shall be stopped. Adequate pumping capacity on the basis of historical data of maximum rainfall and distribution of rainfall has to be designed. But in case of unprecedented rainfall, machineries shall be withdrawn from lower benches temporarily and redeployed after dewatering in the lower benches again. 1.2.6 Dust Suppression

Following measures shall be adopted for dust suppression at all quarry working places, dump, haul roads, and near other auxiliary mining operations:

Water sprinklers shall be deployed in haul road.

Spraying with water on all working faces.

While drilling holes, drills with necessary dust extraction arrangement shall be used.

Leveling of spoil dump surface.

Maintaining the engine and exhaust conditioners properly, so as to keep emission gases within limits and regular checking of exhaust and recording the same.

1.2.7 Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention

In addition to statutory provisions, the measures for firefighting and prevention of fires will be as follows:

Provision of portable fire extinguishers. Emergency organization shall be formed to deal with emergency during fire. The

organization shall have names of responsible person along with their telephone numbers. Their duties shall be clearly specified and the persons shall be properly trained. Mock rehearsals shall be held.

1.2.8 Measures during Drilling and Blasting

Following measures shall be taken while drilling and blasting operations in the quarry: 1. Drilling and blasting in quarry shall be done in accordance with the provisions of

Mines Act, rules and regulations; 2. Adequate safety measures will be taken during blasting operations in the quarry so

that men/machines are not affected; 3. Ground vibration due to blasting will be controlled by following:

Reducing the explosive charge per delay.

Spacing and burden are to be optimized by the blasting engineer.

Reducing the amount of explosive charged per blast.

Adoption of controlled blasting by using suitable initiating sequence and delay. 1.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of various hazards (unsafe conditions) that exist in the mines. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, mining equipment and personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the mine. Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks, maximum credible accident analysis, and consequence analysis are addressed which gives a broad identification of risks involved. Based on the risk estimation disaster management plan has to be prepared. The mining will be carried out under the management control and direction of a qualified Mine Manager holding a first class manager’s certificate of competency. The DGMS have been regularly issuing standing orders, model standing orders and circulars to be followed by the mine management in case of disaster, if any. Moreover, mining staff will be sent to refresher courses from time to time to keep them alert. However, following natural/industrial hazards may occur during normal operation:

Accident due to explosives;

Accident due to heavy mining equipment; and

Sabotage in case of magazine.

In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be adopted:

All safety precautions and provisions of the Mine Act, 1952 and the Mines Rules, 1955 will be strictly followed during all mining operations;

Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited;

Firefighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office, crusher and mining area;

Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will be made available to the employees and regular check for their use;

Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous premises; Under mines rules all employees of mines shall have to undergo the training at a regular interval;

Working of mine, as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plans;

Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent persons only;

Provision of magazine at a safe place with fencing and necessary security arrangement;

Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer’s guidelines;

Suppression of dust on the haulage roads;

Adequate safety equipment will be provided at explosive magazine; and

Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and other similar drives.

1.3.1 Storage of explosives

The blasting will be done by contractual agency; hence storage of explosive is not required. Only competent persons will be allowed to handle explosives and adequate security will be provided at the magazine area.

Precautionary measures during blasting (a) Although the mine is away from any major habitation, precaution will be taken to

minimize nuisance caused by blasting. All necessary safety precaution will be taken in accordance with the explosive act. Precaution will also be taken as per MMR 1961 106(2) (b) for deep hole drilling & Blasting and usage of heavy earth moving machinery.

(b) Drilling and blasting operations will be carried on strictly as per the provision of MMR, 1961 under the strict supervision of qualified persons. For storage and issue of explosives, the relevant provisions of Indian Explosives Rules, 1983 will be followed. Blasting time is generally fixed at lunch interval or after the working shift-taking. All required precautions, like marking the danger zone with red flags, use of warning signals and providing blasting shelters etc.

Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers

All transportation within the main working area would be carried out under the direct supervision and control of the management;

The vehicles will be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week by a competent person authorized for this purpose by the management;

Broad signs would be provided at each and every turning point specially for the guidance of the drivers ;

To avoid dangers while reversing the vehicles, all areas as far as possible, will be made man free and

A statutory provision of the fence, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidence of such accidents.

1.3.2 Disaster Management Plan

The disaster management plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this order of priorities.

The disaster/emergency situations will be countered with an organizational chart entrusting responsibility to various mine personnel with their specific roles during emergency and will be updated from time to time.

The composition of the disaster management team will be:- 1. Mines Manager 2. Site Supervisors/ Foremen 3. Personnel/Administrative Manager/Environmental Manager 4. First Aid Expert/ Medical Coordinator 5. Transport in-charge

For effective implementation of the disaster management plan following facilities would be including widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills.

Infrastructure at site 1. Emergency Control Room

Site office will be used as Emergency Control Room. Following facilities will be kept ready at the site office for use in emergency conditions:

a. Master plan of the mines. b. First aid boxes.

c. Gas masks. d. Telephone line with STD facility. e. Loud speakers f. Emergency lighting system. g. Stretchers. h. Transport facility.

Assembly Points

Assembly points will be set up in the Mine lease at farthest from the location of likely hazardous events, where pre-designated persons from the works, contractors and visitors would assemble in case of emergency. Up-to-date list of pre-designated employees of various departments will be available at these points so that roll call could be taken. Pre-designated persons would take charge of these points and mark presence as the people come into it.

Communication System

Different types of alarms to differentiate types of emergencies will be assigned and communicated. Alarms will be followed by an announcement over Public Address System. In case of failure of alarm system, communication will be made through Public Address System (loud speakers). If everything fails, a messenger will be used for sending the information.

Warning System and Control

The Control Centers will be located at an area of minimum risk or vulnerability in the premises concerned, taking into account the wind direction, areas which might be affected by fire/explosion, toxic releases, etc. For promptness and efficiency, the premises/storage sites will be divided into number of zones, which will be clearly marked on the site plan.

Emergency Services

This includes the fire-fighting system, first aid center, ambulance etc. Alternate sources of power supply, communication with local bodies, fire brigade etc., will be identified and clearly demarcated at control room. Adequate number of external and internal telephone connections will be provided.

Fire Protection System

The fire protection system in the proposed iron ore mine consist of portable fire extinguishers of suitable types and capacities to be placed in cabins of HEMM, transport vehicles and additional fire extinguishers at site office. Water pumps will be used for supporting the firefighting arrangements.

1

INDEX 10 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CHAPTER – 1 : INTRODUCTION 1.1 General 1.2 Background a. Concering the Company b. Brief on Factory c. Board of directors d. Registered of ce e. Work site 1.3 Location 1.4 Access 1.5 Requirement of Land 1.6 Forest in the area 1.7 Project Significance 1.8 Government guideline 1.9 Impact zone 1.10 Basic approach and methodology 1.11 Data Collection CHAPTER – II : WILD LIFE MANAGEMENT- I : INTRODUCTION 2.1 Basic concept 2.2 Environment 2.3 Ecosystem 2.4 Habitat 2.5 Habitat Analysis and Evaluation 2.6 Biodiversity Conservation 2.7 The Niche 2.8 Conclusion CHAPTER – III : CONSERVATION PLANNING COMPONENT 3.1 Component 3.1.1 Food 3.1.2 Cover 3.1.3 Water 3.1.4 Space 3.1.5 Conclusion CHAPTER – IV : AREA DETAILS 4.1 The Tract Dealt with 4.2 Configuration 4.3 Slope and Hydrology 4.4 Geology, rock and soil 4.5 Climate 4.6 Ecology of the area 4.7 Terrestrial Ecology 4.8 Aquatic Ecology 4.9 General

10-19

20-22

23-24

25-26

2

CHAPTER - IV : AREA DETAILS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CHAPTER – V : THREATS 5.1 General Threats (Due to Biotic factors & Natural Threats) CHAPTER – VI : MITIGATION MEASURE 6.1 Public Awareness and Peoples participation 6.2 Soil Conservation 6.3 Compensatory Plantation 6.4 Conservation plan of Flora in 10 km. radius of site 6.5 Conservation Plan of Fauna in 10 km. radius site 6.6 Bio-diversity conservation through natural resources CHAPTER - VI : MITIGATION MEASURE CHAPTER – VII: MONITORING 7.1 General 7.2 Scheme period 7.3 Objective 7.4 Physical target and financial requirement CHAPTER – VIII : MONITORING 8.1 General 8.2 Monitoring Mechanism 8.3 Monitoring Committee Annexure Annexure A :- Domestic animal loss, Human wild life conflict, Census

Annexure B :- List of the Flora found in 10 km. radius of site in Scheme area

Annexure C :- List of the Fauna found in 10 km. radius of site in Scheme area

Annexure D :- Medicinal Plants and its Use

Annexure E :- Letters From Govt. of India, State Evaluation Committees Standard T.O.R.

Annexure 48-53 54-62

27-28

29-45

46-48

49

50-72

3

63-69

7

TEAM OF EXPERTS FOR

MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION PLAN FOR

FLORA AND FAUNA OF

VILLAGE ALNAR OPEN CAST MINE PROJECT DANTEWADA FOREST DIVISION

S.no. Name Designation 1. Shri K.N.S. Chauhan, IFS Rtd. Conservator of Forest 2. Shri I.H. Khan, IFS Rtd. D.F.O. 3. Shri C.M. Shakeel, SFS Consultant Environment & Forest 4. Shri M.A. Ali, SFS Rtd. Wild Life Superintendent 5. Shri Bhandari, SFS Rtd. SDO (Forest) Dantewada 6. Shri Syed Zeeshan Photographer 7. Shri Mohammad Iqbal Khan Computer Operator, Shine art

S. no. Name Designation

I. H. Khan Rtd. I.F.S.

Consultant Environment & Forest Raipur (C.G.)

(C. M. Shakeel) Consultant, Environment & Forest

Raipur

8

Preface

This report is based on experienced team of forest of cers, Botanist, wild

life experts and sociologist. Central mining & Energy research organization,

Dhanbad report has also been taken into account.

Methodical reviews, site visits, evidences and assessment of the same,

resulting in the study of flora and fauna and its conservation plan for village

ALNAR, Tehsil – Kuwankonda, (Bade Bacheli) District Dantewada. Iron ore

mining area for a untouched block of 31.55 hectare in Protected forest. which

falls in Bacheli forest range of Dantewada forest division, Chhattisgarh.

I. H. Khan Rtd. I.F.S.

Consultant Environment & Forest Raipur (C.G.)

(C. M. Shakeel) Consultant, Environment & Forest

Raipur

9

Special Thanks

I would like to thanks the of cers of the forest Department,

Bastar Circle under which

Dantewada Forest Division falls, for the extension of their help and

co-operation is collecting

eld data, information and maps etc.

CHIEF CONSERVATOR OF FOREST

Shri Tapesh Jha, IFS

DIVISIONAL FOREST OFFICER

Shri K.R. Badhai, IFS

SDO FOREST

Shri P.S. Chaturvedi

FOREST RANGE OFFICER

Shri B.K. Chakarborty

RANGE ASSISTANT

Shri H.S. Baghel

BEAT GUARD

10

Introduction 1.1 General

The state of chhattisgarh is endowed with abundant mineral wealth which cater to the

need of Industrial infrastructure to cater the needs of the region. With industrial development

receiving highest priority, this mascent state has taken

up several infrastruactural developments. With

urbanization increase use of power & steel has created

a demand which resulted in identi cation of several

projects from time to time for meeting the increased

demand. The State of chhattisgarh has opened avenues

for private sectors to produce sponge iron, Steel rods

etc. & Power also.

The south Bastar rather entire Bastar area has

huge minerals in open land and forest land. Companies

like the applicant company Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd.

were very much interested to install their steel plant with assurance to produce about 1,50,000

TPA iron ore the highest amongst the Indian States. But the Bastar Culture, Beautiful Sal forest,

wild life, Biodiversity will be destroyed and pollution, noise, bad

environment, poor ecosystem, Heavy trafc, influx of heavy

population entire world is afraid of future climate and present change

in climate, Hydrology, Oxygen, Rainfall, Hoods etc. How can we

sacrifice our hidden wealth. So there is planning to exploit the Bastar

wealth in patches and reclamations of exploited area, So that the least

effect is seen in the entire environment and what we have that is secured.

10

11

1.2 Background

a. Concerning the Company

Aarti Sponge & Power Limited is the agship company of Aarti Group of companies, Raipur, ASPL is a Public limited and ISO 9001:2008 certi ed company (In process for 14001:2005 EMS Certi cations) was established with a view to set-up and Integrated Steel Plant comprising of Sponge Iron Plant, Induction Furnace and Captive Power Plant. The Company was incorporated as a public Limited Company on 14th May, 2004. The Company is engaged in the business of manufacture of sponge iron & MS Ingot/Billet with annual capacity of 90,000 mts. for sponge iron and 48,000 mts. for MS ingot/Billet, The Company's works are located at village Munrethi, Siltara, Raipur (C.G.) Expansion Programmes in hand ; Backward integration by acquiring mining rights for iron ore. Addition of one more furnace to the existing two furnaces. Setting up of Power Plant for captive consumption. Civil work is in progress. The Company has already installed 3 x 100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant and 2 x 8 MT induction Furance Unit at the village Siltara loacation and operating successfully. The Company has envisaged expansion and backward integration through installation of 1 x 15 MT Induction Furance and 8 MVV Power Plant. Company has also completed preliminary stages of Iron ore & in the near future short period time company will get the same. Under section 5(1) of Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 Ministry of Mines. Government of India vide its letter no. 5/98/2010-M.IV, New Delhi dated 21.04.2011 has give it prior approval in favor of M/s Aarti Sponge and Power Limited to the grant of mining lease for iron ore in Khasra no. 416, 417 & 418 over an area of 31.55 hects in village Alnar, Distt. South Bastar Dantewada. (Copy of letter is attached herewith)

b. Brief on Factory

The Company has already installed 3 x 100 TPD Sponge Iron Plant and 2 x 8 MT Induction Furance Unit at the village Siltara location and operating successfully. The Company has envisaged expansion and backward integration through installation of 1 x 15 MT Induction Furnace and 8 MW Power Plant. Company has also completed preliminary stages of Iron ore mines & in the near future short period time company will get the same. The Company has proposed to install Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) of reputed make to control the pollution level and maintain ambient air quality in compliance to the norms of pollution control board and also proposed to install Bag lters at product hopers, raw material plant & cooler discharge building. The process ow chart to Sponge Iron can be depicted as follows :-

11

Iron Ore

12

Coal Dolomite Rotary Kiln Rotary Cooler Vibratoryn Magnetic Separator SI Lumps/ Fines Char Flue Gases HRSG Boiler

c. Board of Directors

Shri Rajeev Kumar Agrawal, Managing Director

Shri Sriprakash Mandal, Director

Dr. Manish Kumar Mandal, Director

Shri Rajeev Kumar Mundra, Director

d. Registered of ce

Aarti House, Ashoka Ratna,

Vidhansabha Road, Shankar Nagar,

Raipur (C.G.) 492 007

Phone : 4222701/702/703

Fax : 4222704/709

E-mail : [email protected]

e. Work Site

Bahesar Road, Village: Munrethi,

Siltara Raipur, Chhattisgarh – 493111

mailto:[email protected]

13

1.2 Location ALNAR village is in tehsil kuwakonda (Currently Bade Bacheli), distt. Dantewada in

south Bastar. A small patch of 31.55 ha. in Comp. no. 1688, 1689 as for Proposed Iron ore

mines is situated in forest area of Bacheli Forest Range, of Dantewada Forest Division in the 10

Km. radius of the scheme site following villages are there :-

(i) Alnar (xi) Pedka (xxi) Kondasawaali

(ii) Kirandul (xii) Acheli (xxii) Porokakadi

(iii) Kodenar (xiii) Aranpur (xxiii) Kanhaiguda

(iv) Madadi (xiv) Bengpal

(v) Hiroli (xv) Bodepali

(vi) Pirnar (xvi) Cholnar

(vii) Samalwar (xvii) Purangel

(viii) Gumiyapal (xviii) Tarlaguda

(ix) Kutrem (xix) Bainpalli

(x) Taneli (xx) Porokonda sawali

Malenger river (1.53 km.), Palladuvegu river (2.98 km.), Koram Nala (4.3 km.), Koyar

river (6.94 km.) and Vemal Guran (8.54 km.) are the natural water bodies in the scheme area.

The site is in 68 Km. away from Distt. HQRS Dantewada and 156 Km. from Jagdalpur to Join

National Highway is bounded by Sukma & Jagdalpur on in south west and north respectively of

the Bacheli range where site exist.

1.4 Access

From Jagdalpur city Dantewada is 80 Km. and from there 30 Km. is kirundal. The road

is extraction path from there fair weather road is available. N.M.D.C. HQ is at Bacheli which is

a small town with almost all facilities. The access is easy with many check points of forest

deptt. suice the plying of truck will be in few nos there fore there will not be any traffic problem

or noise or Pollution. Off course the area is affected by Naxal activities but when the villages

will get employment they become soft enough to carry out the job.

1.5 Requirement of Land

The total land required is 31.55 ha. for Iron ore mining :-

1. Forest Land - 31.55 ha.

14

The Proposed area does not fall within 10 Km. from any of the following :-

a. National Park

b. Wild Life Sanctuary

c. Existing or proposed Tiger/Elephant reserve.

d. Migratory route of Elephant

e. Area Protected under international conventions, National or Local legislation for

their Ecological landscape, Culture or other relative value.

f. Noti ed wet land and biosphere

g. Area used by protected important or sensitive species of Flora & Fauna.

This distance of Indravati National Park is 100 Km. away and Kanger Valley is more

than 100 Km. from the site.

15

Scheme for Conservation of Flora & Fauna and Wild Life Management in Impact Zone of village - ALNAR

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 15 1. PROJECT :-

The State of Chhattisgarh is blessed with abundant minerals wealth and the government

is interested in developing industrial infrastructure to cater the need of the region several

projects have been identified from time to time for meeting the increased demand of Power and

steel the Government has opened the door for private entrepreneurs also the in Alnar village of

Dantewada District. Aarti group of Companies. Raipur is in process to clear all formalities

before starting Iron ore mines.

2. Mines :-

The Alnar village is in Tehsil Kuwakonda now (Bade Bacheli) , District Dantewada in

South Bastar which is very remote area of the state, where revenue forest khasra no. 416, 417,

418 with an area of 31.55 ha. which was notified as protected forest and demarcation as P/1688,

P/1689 have been promised to be given. Govt. of India vide his letter no. 5/98/2010 M. IV new

delhi dated 21-04-2011 has asked the govt. chattisgarh for grant of 30 years lease in

compartment no. P/1688, P/1689, after compliance of the amended, provisions of the rules.

a. Forest Land - 31.55 ha.

b. Govt. Land - nil

c. Tenancy land - nil

d. Revanue Forest Land - nil

For permission under forest Conservation Act for Non-Forestry use of the Protected

forest land the case in under consideration of state government and will shortly be forwarded to

Government of India, "Conservation of Flora and Fauna and Management of Wildlife" is being

prepared and will be produced by the said company.

3. Project Significance :-

The Alnar village is near to NMDC iron ore mine in Bacheli. There will be 5 to 10

Trucks expected to play when mine will be in operation. There will be little increase in human

activity and vehicular traf c and little increase in noise due to blasting etc. The tranquility of

the area will be negligibly disturbed. The population is so Low that destruction of nearby forest

is also negligible. The wild life population is also low and Birds movement to other areas is

seen. Thus it is evident that in due course the ora and fauna of the adjoining area will be least

affected.

16

4. Impact :-

Since the wildlife population is low their movement to nearby forest cannot be ruled out.

They want safety, forage and tranquility. They are expected to remain in Bacheli range only, not

moving to other forest ranges. The Impact zone will be only one range i.e. Bacheli.

2. Basic Approach and Methodology :- The Primary objective of this scheme includes determination of present scenario, study

of speci c activities and probable environmental effects and suggesting remedial measures. The

objectives is as under :-

a. Protection and Conservation of natural resources

b. Checking degradation and loss of Biodiversity.

c. Ecological restoration, environmental conservation and Eco-development.

The study used a combination of tools for generating maximum information using most

appropriate scientific tools. The study explored the secondary data sources and amalgamate

them with primary data.

16

18

6. Data Collection :-

The primary data was collected by visiting eld and special emphasis given to wildlife,

and detail discussion with eld staff, chawkidar, re watcher, villagers, secondary data

was obtained from working plan, District statical data. Discussion with D.F.O. and

C.C.F.

7. Scheme Area :-

The Scheme area extends over Bacheli range of Dantewada division. It covers 31.55

hectare area of Protected forest of Alnar village.

8. Con guration :- The area is plain to undulating. Nearly more than of 30% area around has slope less than

20%.

9. Hydrology :-

Malanger river is the main river of the area and Alnar Nala is owing upto March.

10. Climate :-

In general the climate of the area is moist, hot and arid seasonally.

11. Ecology of the area :-

The area is on the border of tropical to subtropical, humid to dry. Winter is medium but

sometimes temperature goes down to 60 C, while the pack summer season temperature

cross 420C. Post Monsoon period is very good to area. Most of the plants and trees shed

their leaves in Feb. March increasing the visibility to long distance in the Forest. This is

the most vulnerable period for the wildlife.

12. Flora and Fauna :-

Flora :- The scheme area contains Teak, Mixed Species, Mahuwa, Bamboo is sparsely

seem.

Fauna :-

(i) Most commonly seen carnivores are Jackal, Hyena, Boar, wild cat and Fox.

(ii) Other commonly seen animals are wild monkey, Langoor, Porcupine, hare,

Squirrel etc.

(iii) Among herbivore cheetal and Kotri, though reported but rarely seen.

(iv) The elephant is not seen decades together because of habitat not suitable for

elephant.

(v) The variety of birds are good which is seen regularly.

19

13. Threats :-

The ora and fauna in forest are so much interlinked with each other that it is

impossible to view them separately and undependently

(a) Threats due to Biotic factor

(i) Grazing

(ii) Fire

(iii) Human interference

(b) Threats due to Biotic factor

(i) Drought

(ii) Flood

(iii) Soil erosion

14. Mittigation Measures :- In view of existing threats, following mittigation measures appear necessary.

(i) Public Awareness

(ii) Soil Conservation

(iii) Compensatory plantation

(iv) Conservation of flora

(v) Conservation of fauna

(vi) Bio diversity conservation through natural resources with the help of

community.

20

CHAPTER - II WILD LIFE MANAGEMENT

20

2.1 Basic :-

Wild life Management generally means protection and conservation of wild life, creation

of such favorable conditions that optimum as per the carrying capacity is achieved and

future propagation is ensured wild life management is an ecological science, Ecology,

the study of inter relationship between plants, animals and their environment.

2.2 Environment :-

Environment is "the sum total of physical and biotic conditions in uencing the

responses of organization" the hydrosphere lithosphere and atmosphere into which life

penetrates is biosphere the biosphere is the most nearby self suf cient biological

system, which includes all the living organisms interacting to maintain steady state of

system. HABITAT is a speci c set of physical and chemical conditions such as space,

substratum, climate etc. Thus the environment can be considered as srrounding of an

organism. Plant and animals respond to the environment and adaptation as seen in both

communities. Any attempt to dislocate this will results in an ecological dislocation.

2.3 Eco System :-

The general characteristics of an eco system as under :-

(i) It is basically a biological system it supports life.

(ii) It maintain is stability through dynamic equilibrium. the overall structures not

affected, under otherwise disturbed.

(iii) It is elastic there however, certain limits beyond which if the damage is done the

ecosystem cannot be repaired. Repeated res, pool frosts, oods etc make an

ecosystem vulnerable.

(iv) It can tolerate waste to some extent.

(v) It has a biotic diversity.

(vi) It has atrophic structure.

(vii) It is complete in itself and is functional with dif cult to de ne the exact

boundries of a eco system.

21

2.4 HABITAT :-

"HABITAT" is the place where an organism or community lives habitat can be

visualized as "Macro Habitat" Macro Habitat is a broader concept on the other hand has micro

habitat pertains to the various "on site feeder" Micro habitat can be reasonably managed and

that is the erux of the wild life management.

2.5 HABITAT ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION :-

(a) Habitat analysis is a close study of the characteristic of a given habitat. It is a

statement of feels. To Study habitat an Inventry is prepared giving an account of

calamites, high temperature, shortage of water, disease etc. And also forestry

operation, re, grazing, Loggings, mining, encroachment, theft etc. Food,

water and cover are most important component to study the import on habitat.

Such studies cover animals and plant both.

(b) HABITAT EVALUATION

The habitat evaluation is done keeping following parameters in view.

(i) Physical Parameters :- Climate

Temperature

Humidity

Wind

Topography

Geology & Soil

Fire

Water holes

(ii) Biological Parameters :- Food

Cover

Forest

Grass Land

Phenology

Edge

Diversity

21

22

2.6 BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION :-

Biodiversity measured refers to the variety of life on earth in other words it is Biological

diversity. There are many level of diversity from DNA and genes to species, population,

ecosystems and communication. Genetic diversity refers to the variety of genes within

individual plant and Animals and between different species. No two plants and two

people are exactly the same. Life on earth would not exist if its rich biodiversity were

severly altered. Because of human interference a lot of plant and animal species have

become extinct or at the verge of extinction. there are many reasons for a species

becoming endangered such excessive exploitation, introduction or certain exotic species

leading to elimination of indigeneous species. Preserve of various contaminenets in the

environment, destruction of habitat. Hence preservation of genetic diversity is of prime

importance in wild life management.

2.7 THE NICHE :-

Every single species of plant and animal has evolved to its present form after successful

competitions and has special capacity to survive under a given set of environmental

conditions within its tolerances limit. This special capacity or ability of species

contributes to its ecological role is called as the "NICHE" A wild life habitat may have

several predators like tiger, panther and wild dogs in a particular area but there is no

strife between these species for food and space because they occupy different niches due

to their feeding habit, prey size, spatial-temporal utilization of habitat, Niche essentially

pertains to food and other important parameters are cover, water & space. The polarity

or speciality of an endangered species has to be kept in mind while planning habitat

management.

2.8 CONCLUSION :-

In nut shell the wild life management basically means proper management and

development of habitat

keeping into consideration the environment the ecosystem, the bio-divesity and the

"NICHE".

22

23

CHAPTER - III Conservation Planning Components

3.1 Components :-

The essence of wild life management lies in carrying out planned activities in such a

way that habitat of wild life is kept perfectly in order. Habitat is the place where any

form of life or community lives. Will be either "MACRO" or "MICRO" habitat.

A wild life habitat has following four basic Components :-

(i) Food

(ii) Cover

(iii) Water

(iv) Space

3.1.1 Food :-

Food is essential pre-requisite for any organism lie herbivores depend on the plant

material for their sustenance, whereas carnivores survive on the availibility of prey

animals. The range of food material which an animal usually feed is called its 'food

spectrum' the carnivore food material in high in energy and The herbivores food material

is lower in energy. It become critical by shortage, herbivores are also selective.

3.1.2 Cover :-

The cover has been de ned in various ways as far as wild life management is

concerned. Essentially, it can be considered as a variation scan in habitat, which affords

protection to animals from weather, predators or enemies by offering a better vantage

point. The Cover means vegetative or other shelter for wild life. It may be natural or

arti cial, further it may be vegetal or non-vegetal in nature. A Broad classi cation of

cover can be as under ;

(a) Refuge cover : This means a vegetation from which the wild animals cannot be driven

out during hunting.

(b) Ambush Cover : This means any cover used by a predatory animals for ambushing its

prey. It can be vegetal or non-vegetal.

(c) Loa ng Cover : Some animals at certain point of from may prefer to spend their time

aimlessly wondering at some seduced place in habitat.

24

(d) Breeding Cover : This is important in mammals since they exhibit parental care.

Certain birds also have well built nests during breeding season. Subterranean of

wether may prefer burrows, Tall grass is also good cover.

(e) Roosting Cover for Birds : Birds require a safe resting which is known as

roosting cover. The above categories of cover are antrhopomosphic and are inter

changed able. The escape cover of one animal species may serve as ambushing

cover for the other and vice versa. Usually caves and overhangs act as non

vegetal caves. There are various methods of analyzing the cover such as use of a

radiometer, measurement of visibility, obstruction expressed as a percentage,

taking photographs and arrival photographs, measuring relative transmission

from overhead cover, using photo light meter, simple counting of stems per unit

area, computing wind velocity in a relative way and making an overall

subjective estimate as dense, light or moderate on a calibrated scale.

3.1.3 Water :-

Water replacement is essential for all wild animals. Presence of abandent foods

in a habitat is rendered useless, if water is not available in close proximity many

wild animals love to have both or some large water bodies river, rivulet and nala

during summer.

3.1.4.Space :-

Animals require physical space to live, it is day to day requirement like

procurement of food, water, cover and mates are not form the space. The amount

of space required depends on the population size which in turn is dependent on

the habits and body size of the animal species and the diversity available in the

habitat to meet the various requirements.

Conclusion :-

In general the various components of a habitat like food, water and shelter are

known as " welfare factors" because they build up a population by increasing the

animal numbers on other hand factors like starvation, re, epeodemies and

unhealthy competition are called as "decimating factor" because they bring down

the animal population.

24

25

CHAPTER - IV AREA DETAILS

4.1 Tract Dealt with :-

The scheme area covers the forest of Bacheli Range of Dantewada Division, Dantewada.

The are is

bordered as under :-

North - Kondagaon Forest Division

South - Sukma Forest Division

East - Jagdalpur Forest Division

West - Bijapur Forest Division

There is no forest village in vicinity but Alnar, Pandupara, Nadipara, Bandipara,

Patelpara, Hiroli, Madkamras, Tenli, Bodepali, Kutram and Gumiyapal revenue villages

are in the radius of 10 Km. of the mining site. Since the villages are affected by naxal

activities therefore, JFMC is lying dead. Since R.F. or P.F. is not involved there is no

point to iseuss here. The area is dominated by schedule tribe whose population is about

94.31% the ratio between man and woman 102 to 100.

4.2 Con guration :- The area is plain to undulating. Nearly more than 30% of area has slope less than 30%

4.3 Hydrology :-

The river Malenger is main river of the area and Alnar Nala which owing upto march

joins this river.

River sabri and indravati is fairly away from the site.

4.4 Geology, Rock and Soil :-

The Geological Succession and rock formation seen here are in varieties in different area

and zone. In Bastar area Metamorphosed quest site, schist, Gniess, Gramite, Laterite &

son on rocks are in abundance different type of soil are farmed by weathering of the

parant rocks. Gneiss results in dark brown laomy soil which contains sal and mixed

forest.

4.5 Climate :-

(a) Summer - It Starts from march and continues upto mid of the june. In summer

maximum temperature some time crosses 420C.

26

25 (b) Rainy Season - It starts from middle of the june and continues upto september.

But early monsoon is always expected in Bastar and Micro climatic effect is

such that very often it starts

raining. Average rainfall 1427.40 mm.

(c) Winter - It starts in october and continues upto february the lowest temperature may come to 60C but the average is 120C.

4.6 Ecology of the area :-

The area is on the border of tropical to subtropical, humid to dry zone. Winter is medium

rarely goes below 60C the average temperature. In winter it is 120C. While the summer is also

not scorching as on other parts of chhattisgarh state but the average temperature is 420C which

rarely crosses to higher side.

In monsoon the whole of Bastar is lush green, waterfalls are active and rivers flow in

full swing when in February leafs are shed the visibility reasons to long distances in the forest.

Poachers take advantage of it but for the wild life it is most vulnerable period.

27

26

CHAPTER - V THREATS

5.1 General Threats :-

The Flora and Fauna in forest are so much interlinked with each other it is

impossibe to view them separately and independently.

(a) Threats Due to Biotic Factors

(i) Grazing - Grazing has been one of the most important reasons for degradation of

forest. Its effect are as under -

Destruction of regeneration

Damage to Young Plants

Hardening of Soil

Destruction of wild life habitat & Shelter Spots.

Consumption of Food material of wild life

Spreading of diseases

(ii) Fire

Another major factor causing degradation of the forest re.

Destruction of Seeds

Destruction of regeneration

Severe damage to plants due scorching heat.

Destruction of humus.

Reduction of Soil Moisture

Creating dries Soil

28

(iii) Human Interference

Diversion of forest area and encroachment

Heavy removal of fuel wood

Illicit fellings

Poaching, Trapping, Poisioning

Blasting in Mines area, removal of ores & minerals

(iv) Natural Threats

Repeated drought

Floods

Soil erosion

Disturbance of tranquility of the wild habitat

Fragmentation and reduction of territories resulting in disturbed breeding.

Spreading of diseases

28

29

CHAPTER - VI MITIGATION MEASURES

6.1 Public awareness and peoples participation :-

The most important factor in protection of forest and wild life is the Public awareness

and their willing cooperation. without Public support no effort can succeed. The importance of

forest & wild life should explained in such a way that con dence of people is gained. If there

are any loss of life or injury it should be properly and immediately compensated. Where crop

damage is reported or killing of cattle's, senior officer mush visit the site and compensate the

loss, villagers should be provided crackers, drums etc. and fencing too in villagers adjoining the

forest. Human-Animal con ict is must to avoid by taking appropriate measures.

6.2 Soil Conservation :-

The forest area in Bacheli Range of Dantewada forest Division contains step to gentle

provision have been made in working plan for soil and water conservation, but however based

on the guide lines given by WALMI and as contained in "Technical & Manual of watershed

development" Issued by central soil and water conservation Research and training institute,

Deharadun. In selected areas following provision can be made -

(i) Construction of contour trenches and bunds.

(ii) Creation of ring-heads at the month of gully, easing of the slope and brushwood

mulching.

(iii) Gully plugging

(iv) Construction of Check Dams.

(v) Seed sowing & Planting of on trenches, bunds, gaps etc.

(vi) Digging of ponds at the base of slope to catch the water comming out from drills

& slopes.

6.3 Compensatory Plantation :- Many irrigation, P.W.D., Power and Mines projects line in Reserved forest or protected

forest ever the orange areas and Revenue forest is not untouched. Therefore the Govt. of India

and State Government agreed to release the said area in line of the area. For degraded forest

double the land and in other areas some area of the freehold land is to be provided by company

or the other govt. agencies with suf cient amount to plant up the area.

30

Here the applicant Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd. provided free hold land in village Gadami in R.I.

Samri of Tehsil Kusmi, P.H.No.9 and Khasra no. 375,388,242,243,251,252,71,70,247,374, 235,377,

360, 376 of Balrampur District of Chattisgarh State. The soil is sandy loam, Slopy and adjacent to sabag

beat of chando forest range of Balrampur forest Division. The forest area of land for compensatory

plantation in 32.953 hectare which has been registered for compensatory afforestation. how ever

suitability certificate is obtained for 33.053 ha. which is to be transferred to Balrampur Division. The

aforesaid private land can be very easily intended SABAG beat and off course the forest operation will

be taken in private land, species should be of local origin –

(i) Chain link fencing of 32.953 hact. with angle iron poles.

(ii) 6" boring for water to irrigate plantation form feb to june.

(iii) Planting of fruit bearing trees like Mahuwa, Jamun, Aonla, Aam, Imli, Bad, Peepal, Kusum.

(iv) Planting of Karra, Senha, Sissoo, Karanj, Amaltas, Neem, Lasoda, Teak, Khamar, Bel,

Kahuwa, Achar, Bahera, Khair, Kasai, Harra, Kachnar etc.

(v) Planting Shrubs, herbs and grasses to cover ground is most neccessary. Species like

Kukranda, Baibirang, Tulsi, Dhawai, Satawar, Ramdatoon, Keokand, Baichandi, Dudhi,

Grasses doob, Khas, Phoolbhari can be taken.

(vi) Spacing between two plants is very important e.g. Imli, Bargad, Peepal should be planted in

12mt. x 12mt. spacing, Mango, Neem, Jamun, Kusum at a spacing of 10mt. x 10mt., rest at

4x4 mt. or as the demand of place. But no ground should be lift open there shrubs, Herbs,

Climbers, Grasses should be planted.

6.4 Conservation Plan of Flora in 10km. Radius of scheme area site :-

The area under study has been taken is 10 km. radius of mine site. It has been taken is 10 km.

radius of mine site. It has been evaluation with respect to physical and chemical parameters. The physio-

chemical properties of soil are important for plant growth and agricultural productivity. The texture,

density, moisture content and water holding capacity of the soil play an important role. The core zone

has reddish and some where brown grayish and the texture is sandy laom. The mining site will be cleared

for iron ore mining the adjoining area with variety of vegetation is to be protected against destrucion.

This insite conservation will help to presurve the existing species. There is no old plantation but the

natural forest should be kept protected from –

(i) Forest Fire

(ii) Illicit felling

(iii) Encroachment

(iv) Grazing

(v) Over exploitation of forest.

31

30 Around the mining site a green belt is necessary to stop pollution, dust and noise, four rows of

plants at a spacing of 4mt. x 4mt. should be planted and in between the rows some medicinal plants &

Climbers can be planted e.g.

6.5 Consservation Plan of Fauna in 10 km. Radius of site :-

(a) Protection Measrues :

With help of the local villagers and employees of the company watch will be kept on the

wild life as well as illegal tree fellings. Forest and Police department well be informed is such

incident occurs to take legal action against the offender. Funds will be provided to forest

department for fencing the safety zone, so that no wild animal strays in the mining area. In

addition under biological reclamation in green belt area there will be enough food for wild

animals and there are little chances of crossing them to mining site.

(b) Strengthening of water bodies :

Under community development work in ALNAR village and four other village should

be selected for new tanks so as to hold water throughout the year. Digging and deepening of

existing ponds and tanks, dependence on natural water courses by villagers will be significantly

reduced, this disturbance to wild animals will be minimized.

(c) Providing Drinking water to ground FAUNA Avi-FAUNA and more congenial habitat

to AQUA-FAUNA :

In this mining project denatured mine water through setting tank will be release to

nearby Malegnar Nala and other connected nala to make those perennial. Wild animals will get

water easily. If needed check dams should be constructed at few sites, which is able to retain

water during summer season. Reclamation of water will also help to raise the level of ground

water or in other words it will help to grow fodder.

(d) Providing food and fodder through enrichment of oral belt : In the 10km. radius of mining site good quality mixed forest is available, but addiction

of fruit bearing owring and leaby trees is bene cial to wild life and human being also, some of

them is given below –

S.no. Local Name Saintific Name Beneficiaries 1 Mahuwa Maduca latifolia Bear & other animals 2 Jamun Syzium cumini Bear, Jackal 3 Aonla Embilica officinelia For villagers, Medicinal use 4 Aam Mangiferai Indica Monkey, Men 5 Tendu Dyospyros melanoxylon Bear and other animal 6 Shchwat Guava Morus alba Different animal 7 Guava Psidium guajava Monkey, birds & local people 8 Bad Ficus benglalensis Bear, birds and other animals 9 Peepal Ficus eligiosa Bear and other animal

10 Imli Tamarindus indica Monkey, other many animals, man 11 Kusum Schliechera olcosa Shady tree, economicaly good shade 12 Lasoda Cordia dichotoma Fruits for many animals 13 Kachnar Bauhinia varigata shady & ornamental 14 Arjun Terminilia arjuna shady, Medicinal value 15 Karanj Pongamia pinnata shelter, honey bees, Medicinal 16 Palas Butea monosperma For Shelter, nectar to birds 17 Amaltas Cassia fistula For Honey bees, ornamental

32

18 Neem Azadiracta indica Medicinal, Honey bees 19 Semul Bombax ceiba Birds, Honey bees, cotton 20 Dudhi Wrightia tinctoria Cheetal, Kotri etc. 21 Karonda Carissa calandaus Small size animals, rdents 22 Achar Buchanania lanzon Sambhar, birds 23 Dhawai Woodfordia fruticosa Cheetal, Kotri etc.

6.5.1 Special Protection for will life & their breeding areas :-

Panther, Sloth bear and Pangolin is seldom seen in this area. Panther comes from far away forest

in search of food and vanished soon. Similerly Sloth bear is very fond of honey and mahua

where as pangoline is rarely seen. A regular rescue team which will keep eye and movement of

these animals has to be constituted. They will see that human animal conflict is avoided as far as

possible. catching of pangoline in this area is not reported.

Panther is actually PRINCE of the forest, it measures about 7 ft. long along 3 ft. long

tail, female is 1 ft. less, weighting about 50 to 60 kg. Both in dense & open Forest is the habitat,

and also resides in the fringes of habitation and near streams. surrounded by scrubs & bushes. So

it is the most adaptable big cat. Its enemies are Tiger and wild dog but both are not found in this

area. It hunts small preys and hunts the car casses up trees. They prey upon cattle's, dogs & even

children they mate throughout the year. no definite mating time. It is hunted for its beautiful skin

& teeth.

Sloth bear is found in evergreen/deciduous forest & grassland. It resides generally in

hills where there is sufficient number of rocks & caves to hide. During summer and spring

season sloth bear comes down from hills in search of flower & fruits and off course sufficient

water is available. Mammals measures 2’2” to 2’to10” and 41/2 to 51/2 in length and weight about

175 kg. and covered with dense long black hairs. There may be two incisor in upper mandible,

lower lip is longer with rough tongue. Sloth bear has poor eye sight as well poor hearing but

very strong smelling power. This animal is good swimmer, but un predictable sloth bear mates in

summer, male attracts the female by using a sweet voice. The area is not the proper habitat of the

said there wild animals, therefore they are not seen oftenly.

6.5.2 Protection :-

With the help of local people and employers of the company and fire watches. Forest &

police department should be informed for poaching or illegal tree felling. Fund should be

provided to forest department for fencing the safety zone, So that no wild animal strays to the

mining area (core zone) and face danger under biological reclamation of over burden dumps and

back filled area, fruit trees like mahua, jamun, mango etc should be planted. In core zone and

buffer zone strengthening of water bodies should be done. Now tanks should also be dug

wherever neccessary to hold water throughout the year.

33

Madhuca indica

Fam – Sapotaceae. (Mahua) A tree Bark leaves,

flowers and seeds have medicinal value. can be

propagated through seeds.

34

Bauhinia Veriegata

Fam – Caesalpiniaceae. (Kachnar) Small

tree Bark, roots buds and gum have

medicinal value can be propagated

through seeds.

Phylanthus emblica

Fam – Euphorbiaceal (Aonla) a tree, all

plant parts have medicinal value. Can be

propagated through seeds.

35

Saraca asoca

Fam – Caesalpiniaceae (asoca) A tree,

Bark and flower have medicinal vlaue.

Can be propagated through seeds.

Mangifera indica – (mango)

Mangifera indica – (Mango)

36

Rauvolfia serpentina

Fam – Lilliaceac (Sarpgandha) A shrub.

Root and other plant have medicinal

value. Can be propagated through seeds.

Glorissa superba

Fam – Lilliaceac (Agnisikha) A climbing

head, Root has Medicinal Properties. Can

be propagated through seeds.

37

Besides the species shown in photograph other species can be considered as they are not

only wand breaker or pollution observer but of great use of villagers. Such as Bad, Peepal,

Gular, Safed siris, Kala siris, Arjun, Bel, Neem, Soanl, Lasoda, Sisso, Karra, Munga, Harsingar,

Karanj, Harra, Bahera and giloe, bach, Bhui neem, Mitha Neem, Malkangini, Badam,

Ashwagandha, Baibidang etc.

There ve factors have been indeti ed the destruction of forest but here in Bacheli

Range forest re and grazing is dif cult to control. It requires not only the silvicultural or

mechanical means but awareness in villagers is most necessary. It these factors in eliminated

form destruction factors the forest will thrive like any good vegetation. The miscellaneous forest

or sal forest is actually a life line for advasi and non advasis whose life within the vicinity of

forest, forest give energy thing which they want like food, medicine, employment, fuel, wood

and small scale industries basen on the minor forest produce, Now marketting is not a problem

since every forest division has opened a shop "SANJEVNI" where herbal products are sold and

these products are collected from JFMC or individual living near forest. Since the product is

pure purchaser rely on it, some times these shops are unable to supply the product due to

shortage. Raw silk, Lac and honey is such a product which can be sold in open market on good

price. Jelly from Mahuwa & Juice is very popular in Nagpur and to produce these product with

the help of forest department villagers have installed plant for extraction, packing etc. To

achieve the goal forest and revenue department should come forward.

Curcuma aungustifolia

Fam – Zingiberaceae (Tikhoor) a head,

Tibuers have medicinal value. Can be

propagated throgh rhizomes.

38

Fauna of the Area Although the population of wild animals is low the following fauna is often seen –

S.no. Local Name English Name Zoological Name Status Under W/L Schedule Part

1 Siyar Jackal Canisaureus II II

2 Lomdi Common Fox Vulpus bangalensis II II

3 Langur Human Langur Prebytis entullus II I

4 Khargosh Hare Lepus nigrocolis II II

5 Lakarbagha Hyena Hyaena hyeana III III

6 Chamgadar Bat Cynopterus sphinux III III

7 Chuha Fielt Rat Bandicota bengalensis - -

8 Gharelu Chuha House Rat Rattus rattus - -

9 Sahi Puropine Hystrix indica II II

10 Jangli Billi Jungle Cat Felis chaus II II

39

SLOTH BEAR

(Malursus ursinus)

Kingdom - Animalia

Phylum - Chorddata

Class - Mammalia

Order - Carnivora

Family - Ursidae

Genus - Melursus

Species - Ursinus

IUCN Status/WPA - Vulunerable/I

40

JACKAL

(Canes aureus)

Kingdom - Siyar, Gidad (hindi)

Golden Jackal, and

Jackal (English)

Class - Mammalia

Order - Carnivora

Family - Canedae

Latin Name - Caes aureus


41

COMMON FOX (vulpes bengalensis)

Kingdom - Animalia

Phylum - Chordata

Class - Mammalia

Order - Carnivora

Family - Canidae

Genus - Vulpes

Species - Bengalensis

IUCN Status/WPA - Lower risk/11

42

LANGUR

(Presbitis entellus)

Kingdom - Animalia

Phylum - Chorddata

Class - Mammalia

Order - Carnivora

Family - Ursidae

Genus - Peesbytis

Species - Ursinus


43

Hyena

44

PYTHON

45

6.6 Bio-diversity conservation through natural resources

Bio-diversity refer to the variety of life an earth, in other words it is biological

diversity. There are many level of diversity from DNA and genes to species, population,

ecosystem and communities genetic diversity refers to the variety of genes different

species. Think of the seeding that grow people within your family. No two plants or two

people are exactly the same species diversity refers to the variety of different types of

plants & animals, bacteria, Fungi, insects, Mammals, Plants and everything in between.

Ecosystem diversity refers to the variety of habitats and climate on earth. The

interaction between these ecosystems and the species that live in bio diversity helps to

keep our air and water clean, regulate the climate and provide us food and shelter,

clothing, Medicine and other useful products, what makes life on earth so Complex in

this means the variety of life on earth.

Why bio-diversity is important. Life on earth would not have existed if its rich

biodiversity were severely altered. Man and animals and the ecosystems a species or a

change in the life of one species can change the eco-sysstem. Genetic diversity in

domestic species and their wild relatives enable researchers to develop improved variety

of animals and plants for human needs, Diversity in wild plants species is a major

medicinal resource in "AYURVEDIC YUNANT" Medicinal system where 40% of the

allopathic drugs too were originally made from wild medicinal plants, and this provide

insurance for further food security. Biodiversity provides free service which include

clean water, pure air, pollination, soil formation and protection, provides foods, bers,

fuel and drugs about 80% population in Chattisgarh state lives in rural areas and large

part of this populations, depends directly or indirectly on the natural resources,

conservation of biodiversity is crucial for the sustainability and different sectors such as

agriculture, forestry, shries, wild life, industry, health, tourism, commerce, irrigation

and power.

Recently U.S.A. has announced the amendments in IPR Policy, it is evident that

these amendments are not the requirement of country but under the pressure of MNC's

of U.S.A. These companies are supplying slow poison to our kitchen and dinning table,

but in the name of research our bio-diversity is being syphoned. We don't want bio-tech

or monsento to sell their product in India. In 1998 Lakhs of agriculturist gathered gave

slogan "Monsento Leave India" because Indian bio-diversity actually suits this county

and Govt. of India has also agreed to it. Now we have to decide between life,

industrialization or destruction.

46

44

CHAPTER - VII PROJECT

7.1 General :-

With the rapid industrial growth demand for power and steel throughout world it is not

possible for government to take all mining in his hand therefore private players were

invited. Aarti Sponge Iron & Power Limited is the agship company of Aarti Group of

companies, Raipur is engaged in manufacturing of Sponge Iron and MS Ingot/Billets,

therefore they applied for Iron ore block near ALNAR village area of Protected forest.

7.2 Scheme Period :-

As per the Standard terms of experience Govt. grants licence for three years initially

which can be extended as per the requirement and evaluation of mining work.

7.3 Objectives

The objective of this project is as under

(i) To control poaching by better supervision

(ii) To generate public awareness.

(iii) To create suitable conditions by improving forest cover, so that

disturbance is minimum

due to mining.

(iv) To create good habitat cover, shelter, food and water for animals.

7.4 Physical Target and Financial Requirement :-

The capital expenditure is not much but the protection and silvicultural expenditure will

continue for period of ve years. The eld work is supposed to be completed in 1st

three years.

45

47

EXPENDITURE FOR FIVE YEARS

EXPENDITURE FOR FIVE YEARS IN ALNAR VILLAGE FOREST S.no. Name of the work Expenditure in

Core area in Lakh Rs.

Expenditure in Buffer

area in Lakh Rs.

Total

1 Public Awareness 2.00 2.00 4.00

2

Mixed & fodder Plantation of Species palatable to wild life & useful of villagers as per the norms of fixed by adl. PCCF (Development) Chhattisgarh forest department , Raipur for mixed plantation @ Rs. 118562.00 per Ha

3.00 3.00 6.00

3 Strengthening of water bodies by digging water holes 0.00 2.00 2.00

4 Deepening of existing water tank in village 0.00 3.00 3.00

5 Fire protection (4 month in a year) 2.50 2.50 5.00

6 Soil & water conservation measures in slopy /hilly areas.

1.00 1.00 2.00

7 Bio-diversity conservation and educating to villagers 1.00 1.00 2.00

8 Research & Scientific studies L.S. L.S. 4.00

9 Purchase of rescue van & Accessories L.S. L.S. 14.00

10 Wages of rescue members L.S. L.S. 5.00

11 Contingencies & unforeseen expenditure including compensation

L.S. L.S. 4.00

Grand Total 51.00

(Rs. Fifty One Lacs)

Note : amount of compensatory a forestation will be remitted as per rules which is above 175 lacs.

Around Mine area a stripe of doubly fence area 7.5 mt. will be planted as safety zone, area 1.08Ha.

48

EXPENDITURE FOR FIVE YEARS

EXPENDITURE FOR FIVE YEARS IN ALNAR VILLAGE FOREST (Year wise)

46

Core Area Expenditure : 9.50 Lacs Buffer Area Expenditure : 14.50 Lacs L.S. Expenditure : 27.00 Lacs Total Expenditure : 51.00 Lacs

49

CHAPTER - VIII MONITORING

8.1 General :-

A wild life issues are complex in nature, the effect of habitat improvement,

water harvesting bio-diversity conservation and protection as will the movement of

wild life in Buffer Zone forest is required to be monitored and evaluations from time to

time. Following indicators, the number of animals and birds can be estimated. The

positive or negative trend can be observed.

(i) Pug/foot Marks

(ii) Birds Nest and resting site

(iii) Pellet groups and fecal deposits.

(iv) Feeding sign

(v) Kill evidences and dragmarks

(vi) Digging, uprooting

(vii) Call count, especially of birds.

8.2 Monitoring Mechanism :-

The monitoring will be done by the concerned range of cer in their ranges with help of

the staff and they will submit export to D.F.O.

8.3 Monitoring Committee

A Committee to monitor the implementation of scheme, assess the result & suggest

reanedial measures, will one in june every year for ve years member are as under :-

(i) Chief wild life worden, C.G.

(ii) Ad. P.C.C.F. (wild life) C.G.

(iii) Ad. P.C.C.F. (land management) C.G.

(iv) C.C.F. Bastar Circle

(v) D.F.O. Dantewada Division

(vi) M.D. Aarti Sponge & Power Ltd.

47

50

ANNEXURE - A (Domestic animal loss, Human wild life conflict, Census)

48

51

DANTEWADA FOREST DIVISION, DANTEWADA DOMESTIC ANIMAL LOSS FINANCIAL YEAR 2014-15

9

FINANCIAL YEAR 2015-16

52

FINANCIAL YEAR 2016-17

55

ANNEXURE – B

(List of the Flora found in 10 km. radius of site in Scheme area)

48

56

List of the Flora found in 10 km. radius of site in Scheme area

S.no. Common Name Generic Name

1 Raonja Acacia leucophloea

2 Bel Aegle Marmalas

3 Kala siris Albizzia lebbek

4 Safed sris Albizzia Procera

5 Dhawda Anogeissus latifolia

6 Kardhai Anogeissus pendula

7 Neem Azadirachta indica

8 Amta Bauhinia malabarica

9 Salai Bauhinia serrata

10 Kasai Butea retusa

11 Palas Butea monosperma

12 Bhirra Chloroxylon sweitenia

13 Garari Cleistanthus collinus

14 Dhobin Dalbergia paniculata

15 Gular Ficus glomerata

16 Pakar Ficus infectoria

17 Pipal Ficus religiosa

18 Kekad Garuga pinnata

19 Gamari Gmelina arborea

57

List of the Flora found in 10 km. radius of site in Scheme area


20 Dhaman Grewia tiliaefolia

21 Anjan Hardwicki binata

22 Chiroal Holoptelea integrifolia

23 Mahua Maduca Indica

24 Aam Mangifera Indica

25 Karanj Pongamia pinnata

26 Bija Pterocarpus marsupium

27 Semal Bombax ceiba

28 Ritha Sapindus laurifolius

29 Kusum Schleichera trijuga

30 Rohan Soymida febrifuga

31 Kullu Sterculia urens

32 Sagaon Tectona grandis

33 Arjun Terminalia arjuna

34 Bahera Terminalia belerica

35 Harra Terminalia chebula

36 Saja Terminalia tomentosa

37 Tinsa Ougenia dalbergioides

58

SMALL TREE


1 Aamta Bauhinia malabarica

2 Kevlar Bauhinia purpurea

3 Kachnar Bauhinia veriegate

4 Achar Buchanania lancan

5 Gilchi Casearia graveolens

6 Anwala Emblica officinalis

7 Sehund Euphorbia nivulia

8 Barnga Kydia calycaina

9 Bilsena Limonia acidissima

10 Khirani Mimusops hexandra

11 Mithineem Murraya koenigii

12 Ber Zizyphus jujube

60

SHRUBS (SH) AND HERBS (H)


37 chirchita h. Achyranthes aspera

38 Fern h. Adiantum lunulatum

39 Bhuineem h. Andrographis paniculata

40 Kali-Musli h. Curculigo orchioides

41 Sheolingi h. Diplocyclos palmate

42 Sankhpushpi h. Evolvulus alsinoides

43 Anantmool h. Hemidesmus indicus

44 Dudhi (Korea) sh. Holarrhaena antidysenterica

45 Gokhura h. Sphaeranthus indica

46 Jangali Akarkara h. Spilanthus calva

47 Sarphunka h. Tephrosia purpurea

61

CLIMBERS


1 Gurar Acacia caesia

2 Raini Acacia pennata

3 Mahul Bauhinia vahlii

4 Plasbel Butea superbe

5 Sagargoti Caesalpinia bonducella

6 Kukranj Calycopteris floribunda

7 Malkangni Celastrus peniculata

8 Tupbel Derris Scandens

9 Baichandi Dioscorea daemona

10 Agnishikha Gloriosa superba

11 Gundmar Gymnema sylvestris

12 Chikti Marsdenia tenacissima

13 Goaj Milletia auriculata

14 Kivanch Mucuna pruriens

15 Ramdataon Smilax macrophylla

16 Giloy Tinospora cordifolia

17 Keoti Ventilago calyculata

18 Makor Zizyphus cenoplia

64

ANNEXURE – C

(List of the Fauna found in 10 km. radius of site in Scheme area )

65

MAMMALS

S.no. Common Name Scintific Name

1 Common Indian hare Lepus ruflicaudatus

2 The threestriped Palm squirrel Funambulus palmarum

3 Jackal Canis aurus

4 Shornosed Fruit Bat Cynopterus sphinx

5 Field Rat Bandicota bengalensis

6 Common House Rat Rattus rattus

7 Jungle cat Felis chaus

8 Indian wild boar Sus scrofa

9 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi

10 Striped hyaena Hyaena hyaena

11 Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis

12 Common Langur Presbytis antellus

13 Indian Porcupine Hystrix indica

14 Indian Pangolin Scaly ant eater Manis crassicaudata

71

ANNEXURE – D (Medicinal Plants and its Use )

72

ANNEXURE – E (Letters From Govt. of India, State

Evaluation committees Standard T.O.R. )

FORFORFOR

FLORA & FAUNAFLORA & FAUNAFLORA & FAUNAALNAR VILLAGE IRON ORE MINEALNAR VILLAGE IRON ORE MINEALNAR VILLAGE IRON ORE MINE

OFOFOF

DANTEWADA FOREST DIVISION DANTEWADA, DANTEWADA FOREST DIVISION DANTEWADA, CHHATTISGARHCHHATTISGARH

DANTEWADA FOREST DIVISION DANTEWADA, CHHATTISGARH

grap

hic

desi

gn b

y sh

ine

art 7

4158

9705

6

Submitted for Environmental Clearance after Public Hearing as per ...

Documents

Transcript of Submitted for Environmental Clearance after Public Hearing as per ...